How far have we come toward Orwell’s vision? They already stalking and interfering in tv live broadcasting today

The mind controlling the human mind through live tv broadcasting all ready today.

Mind control and oppression through live interference actions in life, media, radio, television is reality today.

The Beast system, The Matrix, mass consciousness, reptilian Hive Mind brain, carnal mind and desire consciousness, and organized gang stalking.

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

The foundation for all organized gang stalking actions is designed to subtly protect the desires of the carnal nature. This world is built up around the materialistic desire or the desires consciousness of materialism. Carnality is the carnal mind, and carnal mind is Satan (the ultra ego).

Remote viewing
Reverse Remote viewing
Remote imitating/mirroring
Reverse imiating/mirroring
Remote viewing and interference in real time (simultanously and synchronously actions)

Mind Control, Brainwashing, Gaslighting, “Thought stopping” and the Orwellian Society of control and oppression, and “Remote viewing” of control is in action today, and is everywhere

The rulers and powers have been working to a long planned and coordinated agenda to create a world government, central bank, army, and a micro-chipped population linked to a global computer, or a global world brain. This is the Orwellian Society of Technocracy where mind control, brainwashing, transhumanism, scientific dictatorship will be ruled by thought control and thought stopping method. The RFID chip is including in these orwellian methods.

They using remote viewing, reverse remote methods, and spiritual and psychological warfare even before they have implemented the RFID chip to the big masses. The ruling system is that rules behind the scenes and the shadow is the beast system.

There are more potenatial combinations of DNA (physical forms) than there are atoms in the universe.” On that basis, given the fantastic diversity of the reptilian species on the Earth alone, it would be more amazing if there were not reptilians of a humanoid and intelligent variety. These “gods” interbred with each other and Earth people and these unions are recorded in endless ancient accounts. These were the Sons of God who interbred with the daughters of men to seed the hybrid race, the Nefilim, as described in the Old Testament book of Genesis. The most important interbreeding was between the reptilians and the blond-haired, blue-eyed, Nordic peoples, both of extraterrestrial origin, as an alliance was formed between factions of these races. The union produced what has been called the Aryan or “noble” race —the “master race” of the Nazis. This is the fusion of the Nordic and reptilian DNA (the genetic code that decides physical characteristics) and, as the ancient records confirm,, the reptilian-Nordic hybrids, that were placed in the positions of ruling royal power in the Thousands of years before “Known” history.

Orwell portrayed television as a negative medium useful to dictators intent on mind control.

ruler’s ideas and surveillance to the outer regions of vast empires; through closed doors; and into the inner intellectual, emotional and phvsical regions of the person. … For Orwell mass communications,, especially television, was the invention which finally permitted total state control: By comparison with that … The inguiring and courageous mind can find alternative sources of ideas and information.

Orwell portrayed political oppression, Huxley portrayed a society in which people had come (in Postman’s words) to ‘adore the technologies that undo their capacities to think’. Orwell feared a captive culture, Huxley a trivial one. Orwell warned of people being controlled by inflicting pain, Huxley warned of people being controlled by inflicting pleasure.

The Archons have created an fear based and pain based mind control system, built around avoiding pain. This keep them in power because it represents the state of duality, and in this state the other half supresses and oppresses the other half. Fear, pain, terror, oppression, and all form of interference methods working to prevent duality be dissolved into Oneness and the Divine state of mind. Perception is been controlled through projections, and a hijacked version of the Self. Organized Gang Stalking is the Archons spiritual and psychological warfare which they hijacking and barricading the real Self with constant interference.

Our ability to decode reality is linked to what we are able to perceive. Icke believes our reality has been hijacked by an invisible force the Gnostics used to call Archons.

These invisble forces;

The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

There is a glimmer of hope. The Archons have one fatal weakness: They must work in the dark, in secret. When their plans are exposed to the light, icke says, the spell is broken, and their control system will topple like a house of cards. And there’s a change in the air. More and more people are opening their minds, waking up, beginning to shake off the shackles of the Archons and their humanoid minions.

The more humankind is awakening from their slumbering state, the matrix, the mind prison, the dreamworld, the orwellian oppression of the mind, the more they awakening from the matrix the more they will see how the matrix “entangles” them with advanced psychology of thought control, thought stopping, thought science, scientific dictatorship, political and scientific oppression.

Organized Gang Stalking entangles through remote viewing.

Organized Gang Stalking is Organized Mass Conciousness

Stalking, entangle, interference, mirroring, gaslighting

This is the planet Earth and Satan and its habitants in this living area.

The Darwin evolutionary theory may just be another form of created deceptions by same entities that have genetic manipulated the human dna strand and how knowledge about all these endless mind control methods everyone using.

The lower universe, is but a shadow substance, a deceptive, half real realms flawed by deficiencies that are built into its fiber. In many Gnostic systems one finds what might appear to be a Platonic notion that this world is but a mirror. Organized Gang Stalking including all forms of actions of imitating, mirroring and gaslighting psychology.

With Big Brother, we all live in a world with no choice and total thought control. There is no flair, creativity or individuality. With Big Brother, nothing changes, ever. If we ‘Think differently’, we get freedom and individuality. We also unleash creativity and take human development to the next level.

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Organized Gang Stalking has built up an multi-layer mind control – brainwashing grid to trap, entangle and captivate everyone within the matrix with methods of thought control, thought stopping, thought science, scientific dictatorship, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies.

Orwellian Society and real life interference through televison is reality 2019

Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

The carnal mind is based on endless with methods to control anyone and everybody in the matrix

Sitchin write; Tiamat may be an earlier Earth. Sitchin states that Tiamat, or at least half her body, is now the “earth” we stand on. The “heaven” part of Tiamat could well be the fragments in the asteroid belt.

Organized Gang Stalking and the Orwellian Nightmare of Matrix Mind Prison Control

Virtual Reality and simultanously and synchronously interference in real time; neighbors, workers, people on street, radio and televison

It is not just a Orwellian system of technocracy, it may be human wiith another mind brain software………….and these has hacked humankinds reality……….so humans can´t decode their mind control program, and organized gang stalking may be some form of archon- orwellian-reptilans -mind software agenda of reptilians

Matrix
Mind Prison
Orwellian society
Archons
Organized Gang Stalking

In Nineteen Eighty-Four, Orwell describes a Leviathan that has been around for quite some time. Power has become its own end because it is the only thing the new vampires have to value in a world where liberal ideals have decayed. The inner party seeks to control the outer party because it perceives the outer party as a historical threat to its position of privilege.

Thought control is reality 2019 and organized gang stalking is the new form of The Orwellian Society

Many of us instantly think of the George Orwell book that told the story of a dystopian future. 1984 is about mind control through propaganda. Big Brother is the figurehead leader who controls everything. Individualism is prohibited and independent thinking is regarded as ‘thoughtcrime: The Thought Police uncover and punish thoughtcrime. They use surveillance and psychological monitoring to find and eliminate members of society who challenge the party’s authority and ideology. Many of Orwell’s ideas have become reality or entered everyday language. “Thought Police” is widely used to refer to political and ideological correctness.

With Big Brother, we all live in a world with no choice and total thought control. There is no flair, creativity or individuality. With Big Brother, nothing changes, ever. If we ‘Think differently’, we get freedom and individuality. We also unleash creativity and take human development to the next level.

The image of the velvet yoke also introduces the fourth feature of Leviathan anticipated by Orwell. While the new psychology of power (imperium) brings Leviathan into being, the emergence of new technologies of power are necessary to sustain it. The controllers can control effectively and efficiently thanks to the strategic manipulation of information. Subjects are told only what they need to know.

The control of information and understanding, a key strategy of imperium, dovetails nicely into the fifth and final feature of Leviathan imagined by Orwell: the eclipse of political meaning. This involves the reconstruction of political culture through a process of redefining, or in some instances obfuscating, key political notions and ideals. The controllers of Leviathan master the strategic use of political symbols and manufacture legitimacy by exploiting the values and principles of the culture they have transcended.

George Orwell’s book 1984, a nightmarish view of a totalitarian future written shortly after World War II.’ The world of 1984 is grim: individualism is suppressed under the reign of terror of the Thought Police. Orwell’s novel details the efforts of one man to maintain a personal sense of uniqueness and that man’s ultimate failure.

In his classic novel, 1984, George Orwell portrayed a totalitarian society in which the government, referred to as the “Party,” had almost complete control over the people. The omnipresent “Big Brother” led the party. While posters reminded everyone that “Big Brother is Watching You,” telescreens, which could not be turned off, broadcast brainwashing propaganda about the greatness of the government. Through coins, stamps, books, and films, the government emphasized the three slogans of the Party: “War is Peace,” “Freedom is Slavery,” and “Ignorance is Strength.” This police state included helicopters that hovered over communities to spy on residents and peer into their windows. Moreover, the “Thought Police” produced even more fear. The telescreens not only transmitted propaganda, they also transmitted back to the “Thought Police” both audio and video from inside the homes. People were taught to hate their enemies through thought control from the tele-screens. Neighbors were recruited by the “Thought Police” to spy on each other to root out dissidents. People lived by rigid schedules dictated by the “Thought Police.” Loud alarms were transmitted through the telescreens to order people to do duties specified by the party.

One of the most significant events of the ’80s took place when the calendar rolled around to the year 1984, which had been the focus of George Orwell’s book Nineteen Eighty-Four, published in 1949. That novel predicted that by the mid-1980s, there would be a Superstate, constant war, government surveillance, and manipu-lation of the public through Newspeak, the government’s invented language. Orwell wrote about the Superstate being under the control of the privileged “Party” elite whose Thought Police persecuted individualism and independent thinking as Thoughtcrime. The Party was not interested in the well-being of others, but cared solely about power for its own sake. The Party leader was Big Brother, whose rise to power was based on a powerful cult of personality, and who may not have even existed.

In 1949, Orwell’s masterpiece novel, “1984,” wove a tale about a fictitious shadowy world in which government surveillance was ubiquitous, public mind control was an open secret and independent thinking was labeled and prosecuted as a “thought crime.” The tyrant in control was the mysterious being called Big Brother.

The society of 1984 is ruled by the Inner Party, which constitutes some 2 percent of the population. Heading the Party is Big Brother—most likely a mythical figure created by the ruling elite to satisfy people’s yearning for a leader.The Party indoctrinates people to love Big Brother, whose picture is every-where. The Ministry of Truth resorts to thought control to dominate and manipulate the masses and to keep Party members loyal and subservient. Independent thinking is destroyed. Objective truth no longer exists. Truth is whatever the Party decrees at the moment. If the Party were to proclaim that two plus two equals five, it would have to be believed. In this totalitarian society of the future, all human rights are abolished, people are arrested merely for their thoughts.

What is needed is mastery of a technique called ‘reality control’—control in the present, the future and the past. If reality is based on what is perceived by virtually all minds, ‘reality control’ implies thought control, hence the existence of a ‘thought police’ to repress ‘thoughtcrime’.

The famous matrix, the mind prison, the dreamworld.

In the Orwellian model of the world, the dreamworld is the real world, and the one who free themselves from the matrix, mind prison and slumbering state and the dreamworld, will be targeted. Thinking outside the “dreamworld” or the outside the state of ignorance is a threat to the matrix rulers, and threats becomes stalked, harassed

The Matrix is a computer generated Dreamworld built to keep us under control, in order to change a human being into a battery of energy.

The Orwelllian society and organized gang stalking using gaslighting as a method to mind and brainwashing targeted individual minds. The goal with organized gang stalking is to make the targeted doubt on their own thought, beliefs and perceptions, and drive them to a mind- state where they think they are crazy, and they using psychological methods to drive to madness.

Gaslighting is the process of causing someone to doubt their own thoughts, beliefs and perceptions. The term “gaslighting” come from the 1944 movie “Gaslight,” about a man who attempted to cause his wife to go crazy by making her doubt what she was seeing. To understand gaslighting, you must realize that it happens all the time and that it is a basic process of human communication. Gaslighting, in itself, is neither good nor bad. Like many of these pat-terns, it is how they are applied that make them a light or dark pattern. Sometimes gaslighting is done effectively and our subject willingly reevaluates what they are perceiving, and other times we do it with a brute force, by telling people, “You’re wrong.” As you might guess, this latter technique is minimally effective. The point is that gaslighting is a central aspect of human communication. When someone is willing to rethink their thoughts, perceptions and conclusions, they are much more open to suggestion.

Mind Control, Brainwashing, Gaslighting, “Thought stopping” and the Orwellian Society of control and oppression, and “Remote viewning” of control is in action today, and is everywhere

Organized Gang Stalking and the Orwellian Nightmare of Matrix Mind Prison Control

Matrix
Mind Prison
Orwellian society
Archons
Organized Gang Stalking

In Nineteen Eighty-Four, Orwell describes a Leviathan that has been around for quite some time. Power has become its own end because it is the only thing the new vampires have to value in a world where liberal ideals have decayed. The inner party seeks to control the outer party because it perceives the outer party as a historical threat to its position of privilege.

Thought control is reality 2019 and organized gang stalking is the new form of The Orwellian Society

Many of us instantly think of the George Orwell book that told the story of a dystopian future. 1984 is about mind control through propaganda. Big Brother is the figurehead leader who controls everything. Individualism is prohibited and independent thinking is regarded as ‘thoughtcrime: The Thought Police uncover and punish thoughtcrime. They use surveillance and psychological monitoring to find and eliminate members of society who challenge the party’s authority and ideology. Many of Orwell’s ideas have become reality or entered everyday language. “Thought Police” is widely used to refer to political and ideological correctness.

With Big Brother, we all live in a world with no choice and total thought control. There is no flair, creativity or individuality. With Big Brother, nothing changes, ever. If we ‘Think differently’, we get freedom and individuality. We also unleash creativity and take human development to the next level.

The image of the velvet yoke also introduces the fourth feature of Leviathan anticipated by Orwell. While the new psychology of power (imperium) brings Leviathan into being, the emergence of new technologies of power are necessary to sustain it. The controllers can control effectively and efficiently thanks to the strategic manipulation of information. Subjects are told only what they need to know.

The control of information and understanding, a key strategy of imperium, dovetails nicely into the fifth and final feature of Leviathan imagined by Orwell: the eclipse of political meaning. This involves the reconstruction of political culture through a process of redefining, or in some instances obfuscating, key political notions and ideals. The controllers of Leviathan master the strategic use of political symbols and manufacture legitimacy by exploiting the values and principles of the culture they have transcended.

George Orwell’s book 1984, a nightmarish view of a totalitarian future written shortly after World War II.’ The world of 1984 is grim: individualism is suppressed under the reign of terror of the Thought Police. Orwell’s novel details the efforts of one man to maintain a personal sense of uniqueness and that man’s ultimate failure.

In his classic novel, 1984, George Orwell portrayed a totalitarian society in which the government, referred to as the “Party,” had almost complete control over the people. The omnipresent “Big Brother” led the party. While posters reminded everyone that “Big Brother is Watching You,” telescreens, which could not be turned off, broadcast brainwashing propaganda about the greatness of the government. Through coins, stamps, books, and films, the government emphasized the three slogans of the Party: “War is Peace,” “Freedom is Slavery,” and “Ignorance is Strength.” This police state included helicopters that hovered over communities to spy on residents and peer into their windows. Moreover, the “Thought Police” produced even more fear. The telescreens not only transmitted propaganda, they also transmitted back to the “Thought Police” both audio and video from inside the homes. People were taught to hate their enemies through thought control from the tele-screens. Neighbors were recruited by the “Thought Police” to spy on each other to root out dissidents. People lived by rigid schedules dictated by the “Thought Police.” Loud alarms were transmitted through the telescreens to order people to do duties specified by the party.

One of the most significant events of the ’80s took place when the calendar rolled around to the year 1984, which had been the focus of George Orwell’s book Nineteen Eighty-Four, published in 1949. That novel predicted that by the mid-1980s, there would be a Superstate, constant war, government surveillance, and manipu-lation of the public through Newspeak, the government’s invented language. Orwell wrote about the Superstate being under the control of the privileged “Party” elite whose Thought Police persecuted individualism and independent thinking as Thoughtcrime. The Party was not interested in the well-being of others, but cared solely about power for its own sake. The Party leader was Big Brother, whose rise to power was based on a powerful cult of personality, and who may not have even existed.

In 1949, Orwell’s masterpiece novel, “1984,” wove a tale about a fictitious shadowy world in which government surveillance was ubiquitous, public mind control was an open secret and independent thinking was labeled and prosecuted as a “thought crime.” The tyrant in control was the mysterious being called Big Brother.

The society of 1984 is ruled by the Inner Party, which constitutes some 2 percent of the population. Heading the Party is Big Brother—most likely a mythical figure created by the ruling elite to satisfy people’s yearning for a leader.The Party indoctrinates people to love Big Brother, whose picture is every-where. The Ministry of Truth resorts to thought control to dominate and manipulate the masses and to keep Party members loyal and subservient. Independent thinking is destroyed. Objective truth no longer exists. Truth is whatever the Party decrees at the moment. If the Party were to proclaim that two plus two equals five, it would have to be believed. In this totalitarian society of the future, all human rights are abolished, people are arrested merely for their thoughts.
What is needed is mastery of a technique called ‘reality control’—control in the present, the future and the past. If reality is based on what is perceived by virtually all minds, ‘reality control’ implies thought control, hence the existence of a ‘thought police’ to repress ‘thoughtcrime’.

The famous matrix, the mind prison, the dreamworld.

In the Orwellian model of the world, the dreamworld is the real world, and the one who free themselves from the matrix, mind prison and slumbering state and the dreamworld, will be targeted. Thinking outside the “dreamworld” or the outside the state of ignorance is a threat to the matrix rulers, and threats becomes stalked, harassed

The Matrix is a computer generated Dreamworld built to keep us under control, in order to change a human being into a battery of energy.

The Orwelllian society and organized gang stalking using gaslighting as a method to mind and brainwashing targeted individual minds. The goal with organized gang stalking is to make the targeted doubt on their own thought, beliefs and perceptions, and drive them to a mind- state where they think they are crazy, and they using psychological methods to drive to madness.

Gaslighting is the process of causing someone to doubt their own thoughts, beliefs and perceptions. The term “gaslighting” come from the 1944 movie “Gaslight,” about a man who attempted to cause his wife to go crazy by making her doubt what she was seeing. To understand gaslighting, you must realize that it happens all the time and that it is a basic process of human communication. Gaslighting, in itself, is neither good nor bad. Like many of these pat-terns, it is how they are applied that make them a light or dark pattern. Sometimes gaslighting is done effectively and our subject will-ingly reevaluates what they are perceiving, and other times we do it with a brute force, by telling people, “You’re wrong.” As you might guess, this latter technique is minimally effective. The point is that gaslighting is a central aspect of human communication. When someone is willing to rethink their thoughts, perceptions and conclusions, they are much more open to suggestion.

Definition: Emotional abuse constitutes a pattern of behavior over time that is designed to control another human being through the use of manipulation, deceit, threats, intimidation, emotional blackmail, verbal abuse, insults, gaslighting, coercion or humiliation, and this includes street theater and organized gang stalking.

Even normal people occasionally engage in some of these behaviors. But the key term here is a “pattern” of such behavior over time. Emotional abuse functions as a form of brainwashing. The strategies are commonly used in prisons, labor camps, by the Secret Police of totalitarian regimes and cult leaders. They’re extremely effective and very destructive. They can reduce a healthy and strong human being to the mere shadow of her former self. After months or years of such mistreatment, the victim may develop Stockholm Syndrome.

Targeted Individuals in gangstalking is being hold as a psychological prisoners in a mental “thought war” about the human mind as a (operating system). Psycholoigcal warfare means the targeted individual (mind functions and the brains operating system is hold in hostage or hijacked).

Gangstalking is Psychological warfare and this is Political Terrorism. The terrorist (gangstalker) has barricade every aspect of the targeted individuals life and terrrorizing that person day and night.

Aggression Indirect or covert aggression involves use of social networks, third parties, elements of the social organization, and/or other covert means to inflict harm on another. Gang-stalking is systematic, ritualistic and sadistic emotional and psychological abuse of covert power of political terrorism (psychological warfare) and the targeted individual his hold as a hostage in a “Stockholms Syndrome” situation.

Stockholm syndrome is a symbol for when someone or a group barricade something to gain control over something. In gangstalking this means gain over the targeted individuals mind and life.

Gangstalking and “Stockholm syndrome” means they barricade the psychological house for the human mind and brain (the human brains thinking, processor and operation system).

Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the soul), using NLP (building strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s capacity for conscious processing. This mean “thought stopping and thought stopping means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means hindering “independent thinking”.

Gang Stalking is a genuine and dangerous form of psychological abuse.

The gang-stalking program designed to entrap individuals. This is accomplished (in the gang- stalking program) through the increased application of psychological warfare (through directed energy weapons, environmental manipulation, blackmail, etc.) until the TI submits (to the oppressing system).

Barricade definition

Barricade a house or building and hold hostage; gangstalking means they barricade the human mind and the targeted individual is hold in hostage; a psychological “Stockholm syndrome”

Barricade definition; to build a barricade across, around, or in front of something, to block off or stop up with a barricade; to prevent access to by means of a barricade. A usually improvised structure set up, as across a route of access, to obstruct the passage of an enemy or opponent. And obstructing means; Obstruct definition is — to block or close up by an obstacle; to hinder from passage, action, or operation, or delaying, slow down or create “waiting time”.

The definition of barricade fits in how the actions of organized gang stalking taking place. They building surrounding barricades by surround the targeted individuals apartment with ongoing harassment, noise harassment, shadowing, and sounds, words, voices is been beamed and looped into their apartment and into their minds. They surrounding the targeted with all forms of stalking vehicles, they then stalking and sensitizing with colors and cars/trucks, they crowdning with people, the flooding the mind with sounds, the surrounding the ears with constant sound from machines and power tools, they walking in front, and the standing in front and another stands behind, or besides, they security patrolling, standing with hands behind their back, using jangling keys, using car alarms that turns on and off, they moving in cluster crowding way so you have to pass between them, and at same time when the targeted passing two people on the walkway one goes left and the other right, so the targeted can walk between them, and when one passing them and your head is in line with them the start talking in same second, so they stalking, and moving in barricading way (so they stand in front and behind, or besides), and then using psychological communication street theater or street theater interference. Or they start have conversation about economy and no money on the account in the food queue, or about insurence, or about court, and voice is the airs in beaming “foot fetter”, and a neighbor living a organized gang stalking life 18 hours every day, door slamming 15 hours every day, and standing outside your window and door slamming and banging in the fence for 3-5 hours every day.

The Matrix and the mind prison. Satan as the prison guard, and the archons are the door keepers, that prevents the soul from ascending to higher levels of consciousness, and out of the three dimensional reality of low vibrational frequencies.

Building psychological barricades

In psychological warfare this means; to build a barricade across, around, or in front of something. The enemy building a castle or stronghold in our minds and hearts which includes four surrounding walls. These are not physical walls but rather emotional walls. A stronghold is an area in which we are held in bondage (hostage) and gangstalkers using fear and terror to build this psychological barricade and this barricade means building strongsholds, or building a emotional and psychological torture chamber that are surrounded by tormenting technology and humans who creating sound torture.

Barricade can also mean; occupation of the mind by building walls of constant communication interference or noise interference. Building strongholds means building psychological barricades and this is made by anchoring, chaining, sensitizing and triggering. Mind Control building psychological structures in the mind to prevent independent thinking. In terms of “Stockholm Syndrome” they want control over your “independent thinking”, the human minds thinking operation system.

Brainwashing (also known as mind control, menticide, coercive persuasion, thought control, thought reform, and re-education) is the concept that the human mind can be altered or controlled by certain psychological techniques. Brainwashing is said to reduce its subject’s ability to think critically or independently. In a context of gang stalking “Stockholm Syndrome the oppressing Goverment has taken the targeted individuals mind and life in hostage by barricade their minds with sound, noise, mind control and manipulation, aggression and occupying the mind by inducing fear, stress, horror, terror, victimimzing and trauma base their minds.

Definition for concealment is; the action of hiding something or preventing it from being known. The concealment of information or a feeling involves keeping it secret. This mean; concealment (covert) of the true motives and hidden covert motievs means concealment and camouflage. This creates a secret concealment from be observed. To mask or ease an offensive or onerous task by providing attractive incentives; to cloak in euphemism (double-speaking). To hide or conceal one’s actions or motives, to cover up, to get rid of the evidence.

Concealment also means; put up a smoke screen To camouflage or conceal one’s intentions, motives (covert and hidden motievs and hidden political agendas), or actions from one’s rivals or opponents, or from the general public. A smoke screen is a cover of dense smoke produced to camouflage (psychological warfare terrorism).

Disguise meaning; the act of concealing the identity of something by modifying its appearance; “he is a master of disguise”. Disguise is a the state of being disguised; masquerade. Disguise by camouflaging; exploit the natural surroundings to disguise something; “The troops camouflaged themselves before they went into enemy territory”. Then psychological warfare is a “thought war” they psychological disguise themselves from be detected (stealthy) and psychological warfare strategies is secretely hide in rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns and these methods will then functions as entréences for stealthy (undetected) interference with the targeted individual and in same time will rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns work as fuel for their covert and overt warfare strategy.

The terms “security hole,” “weakness,” and “vulnerability” refer to a state that can be exploited for such an attack (when they hacking computers they looking for “security hole”, “weakness,” and “vulnerability” , and gangstalking means they using the human mind (the ego) “weakness,” and “vulnerability” to gain themselves and then victimizing and trauma-base the targeted individuals mind with constant pressure of fear, stress, psycholoigcal terrorism, manipulation of thoughts, feelings and reality, persecution, sound torture, sleep deprivation, mind reading, ELF attacks, V2K attacks, Syntethic telepathy attacks.

Gangstalking – The invisble war – a war behind the scenes – A Stockholm Syndrome War

Oppression creates a system of invisible barriers limiting people (left brain limitations) and gangstalking creating limitation by imitation (mirroring psychology). Mirroring psychology creates invisble mind barriers.

The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to press against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments use oppression to subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that “pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease the authorities they will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed.

Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of manipulation and control.

Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination.

This results in the socially supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of individuals by those with relative power.

The overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal forms of authority, it openly exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of freedom. Both forms of government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.

Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual.

Gangstalking or this covert and overt investigation means; They make reality to surreality and manipulate reality and peoples minds and trying to create a delusional mind by a technology called ELF, V2K (Voice to Skull) are all due to this hidden technology or by Synthetic Telepathy.

Mind Control is “thought stopping” and mind control prevent “independent thinking” and the hidden unseen meaning with overt and covert is this; by saying it is an covert and overt investigation they hijacking how energy moving downwards and upwards or hijacking if a person walking forwards or backwards.

Remote Neural Monitoring/ Artificial telepathy via radio, TV, internet. Cough harassment, directed conversation via radio, TV, internet. Reading the target’s thoughts in real time and repeating them aloud or acting them out in front to target. Synchronizing harassment tactics to thoughts in real time.

NOISE CAMPAIGNS:
Examples:
Noise campaigns in and around your home –

  1. OUTSIDE: Using vehicles, car alarms, car horns, slamming vehicle doors, idling vehicles, loud music coming from these vehicles, Street Theater with neighbors, or strangers talking loud, or amplified sounds generally via hypersonic sound direct speakers – these are directional devices that can are inside the units surrounding the target or placed within the unit/home itself, which can be reversed in either direction. 
    Hence, if you hear any echos in your home, the device is being reversed so that you voice will carry.  If it is coming at you, whereby, people speaking sound louder than usual, or coming from some unknown origin, it is being directed at the Target.
  2. INSIDE: If you live in an apartment with connecting walls:
    a. If you live below someone, this occupants will be recruited to increase the levels of noise they make.  Walking heavier than usual on the floors, dropping heavy objected above your head, and shadowing the moves you make in your apartment.  These occupants will also give permission to have their units be used in their absence so that other recruit’s can occupy these units, to continue the 24/7 harassment of the Target.  
    This hypersonic sound device will also be placed upon Electronics like Refrigerators, Water heaters, anything that produces sounds and/or vibrations, which can be amplified to increase the sound levels.  This devices will also be used, so that you think the sounds, voices, walking, is coming from specific area.

SLEEP DEPRIVATION –
There will timed loud noise responses, in order to wake you up out of this state of rest and/or sleep.  These acoustic harassments can be directional to a vehicle, an acoustic frequency, an amplified household appliance – that will WAKE YOU out of rest or sleep.  This is done several times, so as to get the Target in a State that they are unable to fall back asleep.  If the Target is employed, they are in a Sleep Deprived State, as such makes them less affective at work, which then allows for the process of giving the false impression of incompetence, something wrong with the Target, as such their ability to work becomes compromised due to their Overt Targeting. 
Sleep Deprivation is also used to slowly break the Target down, so as to keep them in a continued vulnerable state, which makes it easier for the Terrorist Architect’s to ATTACK the Target psychologically for the purpose of manipulation, set-ups, entrapment, terrorizing and intimidating the Target. 

Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. AI is basically Satan/Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. AI/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons.

Then humankind living within the matrix and its mind prison and enslavement, the archons watching the doors so no one can leave this mind prison.

The purpose with door slamming and organized gang stalking is to block, hinderance, to barricade and occupy the narrow gate from the three dimenional matrix/mind prison and prevent higher soul configuration.

Barricading the the narrow gate to higher level of consciousness from energy perspective is to use “thought stopping” and all forms of harassment, interference, synchronously and simultanously actions is to barricade the mind flow of thoughts.

The Archons Gatekeepers is the carnal mind. Fear, intimidationan and oppression is the metod they using to building strongholds, to streghten the matrix-mind prison and to keep the mind of the oppressed from being free.

Gatekeepers

Gatekeepers help with the maintenance of oppression Gatekeepers are the reason non-whites keep stressin Gatekeepers are puppets for the powers that be They keep the mind of the oppressed from being free They want the economic benefit Which is why they contribute to their people getting hit They are getting hit with white supremacy Leaving them with the feeling of inferiority Oppressors are now in their glory They have received help doing their job They found a puppet The puppet has helped them stay in disguise They will not be notice for their lies The puppet will help them win They will not be noticed for their sins The puppet has helped throw the people off They want to appear that they are not participating In the act of discriminating Therefore the gatekeeper will be one of them

You have been so trained to be a puppet for the powers that be That you cannot see

Mind bondage and thought stopping and mind control and brainwashing and organized gang stalking

Keep you under mind control For the purpose of white domination staying on a roll The white supremacists want to subjugate your mind For the purpose of their economy to shine They want to maintain all power and control Which requires trying to ruin your body and soul Dividing in conquering is a part of their plan

The most powerful force shaping our lives is the media. All too often, we embrace what is given to us to think about, with little thought of our own. Advertisements and commercials portray pictures of what you should look like, eat, drink, what kind of car you should be driving, etc.; the list is enormously long.

Subliminal messages surround us each and every day, how-ever the conscious mind does not grasp the magnitude at that given time; it is embedded in the subconscious mind. It has long been thought that hidden images can be detected without people being aware of them. For decades, subliminal advertising techniques have been used and researchers have provided physiological evidence of the impact.

People can come to accept ridiculous policies, practices, and teachings by brainwashing techniques that are so effective that the person denies he has been brainwashed. People who have been brainwashed never know it themselves. That is why the mental disorder is called brainwashing. Humans are easily taught to believe something that can quickly be proven to be absolutely false. After having been given the truth, the altered mind of the brainwashed person typically locks up in denial.

The human brain is miserably inept at correcting its depraved condition. People are brainwashed because of their psycho-logical arrogance and ignorance. Some people are so arrogant, ignorant, self-righteous, self-centered, religious and proud, that whatever they believe is automatically assumed to be correct. They make no effort to dig out the truth. These people literally brainwash themselves.

Mind control is the ultimate brainwashing of a systematically programmed state of being and is not new. It goes back to the dawn of civilization. Adam and Eve were both brainwashed by the serpent in the Garden of Eden. They succumbed very easily. They believed a lie that conflicted with the truth previously given to them. Such is the nature of humans.

Consider the programming of your mind and change it to draw closer to God. By changing the programming, we are putting on the armor of God. In 2 Thessalonians 3:3, we are told that “…the Lord is faithful; he will strengthen you and guard you from the evil one. ”

The carnal mind using mind control, brainwashing and “thought stopping” to subtly protct the desires of the carnal minds nature. The carnal mind don´t want any changes at all

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Consider the programming of your mind and change it to draw closer to God. By changing the programming, we are putting on the armor of God. In 2 Thessalonians 3:3, we are told that “…the Lord is faithful; he will strengthen you and guard you from the evil one. ”

In essence, our minds require a daily metamorphosis to combat the programming of the world around us. The mind creates a picture of the self talk we input. Accordingly, positive and negative self talk subsequently materializes by what is most evident.

The fear of anti-self is because you feel this way and you place a higher value on others than you do on yourself as God created you in His Holy image and likeness.

The majority of people give the otherness way too much credit by blaming everything on him. The otherness has no control over you unless you give it to him. It only has to be one thought that is not aligned with what God says about you.

The otherness, satan, hates God, therefore he hates

The materialistic world is based on carnality and the carnal mind

Consider the programming of your mind and change it to draw closer to God. By changing the programming, we are putting on the armor of God. In 2 Thessalonians 3:3, we are told that “…the Lord is faithful; he will strengthen you and guard you from the evil one. ”

Mind control is the ultimate brainwashing of a systematically programmed state of being and is not new. It goes back to the dawn of civilization. Adam and Eve were both brainwashed by the serpent in the Garden of Eden. They succumbed very easily. They believed a lie that conflicted with the truth previ-ously given to them. Such is the nature of humans.

Mind Control, Brainwashing, Gaslighting, “Thought stopping” and the Orwellian Society of control and oppression, and “Remote viewning” of control

Remote viewing methods used in society and departments

Here is some examples how they using mind control and brainwasgning ( thought control and thought stopping around your apartment, and how it always starts with a long time of constant period of anchoring and then sensitizing. These methods is used in organized gang stalking, and the goal is to interference every time one start using the cognitive thinking system, and in same second interference with these methods below, and these methods is been used in live tv broadcastings by sport commentators. So the Orwellian society and thought control and thought stopping is already in full action, everywhere.

Here is some examples;

  1. Fake constant coughing for 25 minutes and coughing every 2 seconds, after a few days they lowering the minutes. Then does neighbors using fake coughing when you make breakfast, when you eating dinner. So they know when you start make breakfast or eat dinner. Then does people on streets, in food stores stalking your mind with same double fake coughing, and even sport commentators using this methods of interference. And even pharmacy workers using fake double coughing.
  2. Neighbors starts constant looping and beaming drum beats hour after hour, and day after day. When your mind has been sensitized to this sound for days and weeks, they start using this sound as mind control mechanism. Then organized gang stalkers can interfering synchronously and simultanously they can turn on and off these sounds in same second you thinking a thought and turn off the looping drum beat sound in same second.
  3. Neighbors above using running water in same way. They open the water cranes to create an constant ongoing background sound hour after hour, evening after evening, week after week. Then does they start using water cranes to mind control your thoughts. They sitting near the water cranes and constanly turn then off and on simutanously when you thinking.
  4. Neighbors constant door slamming for 15 hour every day. Its starts early in the morning and going on all day, and evering until around 22.00-23.00. Neighbor above dropping things on the floor, then door slamming the apartment door, running down the stairs, door slamming the entrance door, then standing outside your window and simultanously banging in the fence one meterr from your window, and then using door slamming in same second you read a word, write a word, hear a word in the movie and so on.
  5. Other neighbors outside your window anchoring an bouncing ball sound. A neighbors walking outside your window and bouncing a ball for 5-7 hours every day.Then they start using bouncing ball sound in same way they using all other methods, and bouncing a ball and then starts and then stops, and starts and stops, and they then start interfering bouncing ball sounds when you thinking or write.
  6. Other neighbors driving a mini motor cycle in ciircles for hours, day after day, evening after evening, and then they start to constant turn on and turn off the engine, day after day, and hour after hour. Then they uisng mini motor cycle sound to interfering when you thinking. When you then are outdoors and passing cars and red light car drivers have turn off heir engines and turn then on in same second you passing them.
  7. Other neighbors standing outside your window or around and high pitch screaming for 7-8 hours every day. They nearly speaking a word, just high pitch screaming to each other constantly. After this even these start using high pitch screamings and interfering when you thinking.
  8. Energy companies turn off street light outside your window at evening. When you are outdoors they can turn on street at daytime when you are outdoors and exercise, or they can wait by turning on street light when it begin darkening when you are outdoors and exercise on the walkways. Or the can turn off some part of the street light and just where it is dark there is three people standing in the darkness. And cars in this area of land driving around with one broken front light or rear light, or have both light turned off.
  9. Neighbors shooting firecrackers for three weeks, and for 4-6 hours every day, or between 80-120 hours of firecrackers shooting. Who have access to shoot firecrackers for 120 hours, and Landlords does not make anything about they shooting firecrackers for weeks. They are also part of organized gang stalking. They then using firecrackers as they using all other methods and interfering. They can stand near your backyard and in same second or two when you open your window a firecracker going off. And when you are outdoors and exercise and are kilometers way from your home they other people starts shooting firecrackers as well. They using firecrackers in same way when you watch a movie a few seconds later your hear a firecracker.
  10. TV broadcasting and sport commentators using same methods as all others examples of mind control and synchronously and simultanously interference. They interfering in real time in every live sport broadcasting you watch on every channel. They interfering with soft sound of clearing the throat, fake coughing, longe fake nose breathings. The sport commentators also uisng silence as a control mechanism and then interfering in same second you thinking. When you wacth billiard and pool broadcasting the commentators is quite for 7-9 minutes in the broadcasting and then start talking in same second you thinking, and this going on and off through the whole broadcasting. They also using same methods when two commentators comments football. The both may be quite for a longer time, or just the other for minutes and then start talking in same second you thinking. When you then watch these tv programs and they sending commercials, then they start beaming and looping these commercials into your apartment or into your mind. If you watch tv series, reality shows they start beaming music from these tv shows and even beaming their voices into your apartment, and then even beaming these peoples voices outdoors when you exercise. When you listen to music they beaming and looping these music chorus for hours, both indoors and outdoors. Even news paper companies stalking in same way and stalking your mind. For example if your tv screen get a white 5 centimeter stripe on the screen, day after there is a news article about a painting that has white stripe in the paintings.

Both healthcare and psychiatry participating in organized gang stalking with same methods as all other using. They may be more advanced, but the concept of planting seeds, anchoring and implement some form of control mechanism follows same model.

The Archon using stress, fear, anxiety, pain to mind control others. Here is examples from healthcare and psychiatry. When a spiritual awakening process occurs they provide and suggest therapy for one year, and they using this year for all kinds of mind control psychology and mk ultra programming methods.

Healthcare informs humans have a suicide gene. They informs humans have a brain in the stomach (and this registers fear). They inform stress kills. Therapeut has business cards in medical package. Doctors gaslighting and changing shirt during visit. The doctor who informs humans has a brain in the stomach, also talks about all diseases in the brain, and at same he has red t-shirt with text logo “OUCH”. Here they implement the “ouch” word and this will then be started be used by stalking cars with has simular text printed on the doors, people on walkways starts using the ouch word several times when you passing them, then they start using it in every sport program you watch, then they starts using differents versions of the ouch word.

What is the Matrix? Well, in the movies that’s pretty clear. The Matrix is a world of illusion where people are imprisoned. But in our world the Matrix is much harder to define. The Matrix is a kind of homeostasis, a pattern of behaviors designed to do one thing: to keep things predictable, to ensure that they remain exactly as they are. We can find these behaviors in just about every dimension of human thought and society, from the largest systemic problems to the most everyday interpersonal dynamics. When we look at all these systems together, we can summarize a set of criteria for recognizing the Matrix. The Matrix is everywhere and nearly undetectable. It keeps us from being free.

Plato´s Allegory of The Cave can symbolize the darkness or the shadow reality of this Matrix. Plato’s Cave and The Matrix. Imagine a dark, subterranean prison in which humans are bound by their necks to a single place from infancy. Elaborate steps are taken by unseen forces to supply and manipulate the content of the prisoner’s visual experience.

The most profound aspect of The Matrix and its sequels is the powerful way in which the Matrix metaphor fuses biblical truth with the findings of neuroscience. On the one hand, the metaphor illustrates the biblical concept of a “pattern of this world” (Rom. 12:2) that has an evil, cosmic force—a “god of this age” (Satan)—as its architect (2 Cor. 4:4; see also Eph. 2:2; 1 John 5:19). On the other hand, the metaphor brilliantly illustrates the neurological truth that our entire experience of reality is rooted in the electrical-chemical firings in our brains.

The central thesis of this book is that, from a biblical and neurological perspective, the premise of the Matrix movies is not only possible, but to a significant degree it’s true! No, we’re not going to suggest that our sense of the physical world around us is illusory. You redly are reading a book right now. But we are going to show that much of what we automatically interpret as “real” is not true. A “god of this age” (2 Cot: 4:4) has seized the world and created a deceptive pattern, a “dream world”—a Matrix-that holds us in bondage. It is The Matrix of totalitarianism.

We are to a large degree conformed to “the pattern of this world” instead of to the truth of who we are in Christ (Rom. 12:2). We find ourselves imprisoned in patterns of electrical signals that we interpret as real but that are not true. Our experience of reality is to this extent aligned with the schemes of an evil Architect (Satan) rather than God. Hence, we do not experience ourselves as we truly are in Christ. This, we shall show, is the most fundamental reason why Mary (whose story we will tell) remained stuck in her depression and why each of us remains stuck in one way or another. We are caught in the Matrix.

They can create mind control programs to directly affect humans via television, radio, internet, magazines and newspapers, education, pharmaceutical, health, finance, computer games, music, and advertising.

Control of mass media to amalgamate individual thought patterns into a “hive mind””: Electronic media, particularly TV, has played an integral role in engineering consent and subverting individual reasoning. Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson provide a concise summation 0F this form ofcontrolz – A monoploy on the means of commumtatian may define a ruling elite more precisely than the celebrated Marxian formula of “monopoly on the means of production.” Since man extends his nervous system through channels of communication like the written word, the telephone, radio, etc.,

“He who controls these media controls part of the nervous system of every member of society”

The contents of these media become part of the contents of every individual’s brain (Shea 86 Wilson, p. 796, 1975). Immersed within the surrogate realities provided by electronic media, human consciousness is unified in a somewhat diffuse “hive mind”.

Organized Gang Stalking has become thois lower carnal mind or HIVE MIND of the lower matrix.

The total package of lies that infiltrate our brains is “the pattern of this world”—what we are calling “the Matrix.” Every message we’ve internalized, whether or not we’re conscious of it, that tells us we are other than everything God says we are is part of the Matrix. Every mental image and every internal voice that arises in our minds that disagrees with the fact that we are full of God’s love, joy, and peace is part of the Matrix. Every thought, impression, or feeling that is inconsistent with the truth that we are reconciled, forgiven, and made perfectly holy in Christ is part of the Matrix. Every feeling—rage, jealousy, fear, etc.—that motivates us to act in ways that are not consistent with God’s design for our lives is part of the Matrix. Everything in our minds that disagrees with the fact that in Christ we are children of God, the radiant bride of Christ, and filled with all the fullness of God is part of the Matrix. And any assumptions about God or mental images of God we consciously or unconsciously hold that are other than that of a God of perfect love who died a hellish death just so he could spend eternity with us is part of the Matrix.

We need to realize that almost anything in this fallen world can be used to install Matrix lies in our brains. Morpheus spoke the truth when he told Neo, “The Matrix is everywhere. It is all around us.” The Matrix encompasses large elements of the media, for ex-ample. Most of the assumptions about God, the world, humans, and values implicit in today’s movies and secular songs contradict truth as defined by Scripture. But the Matrix encompasses many other things as well. Family, friends, church, the Internet, things done to us, things done by us, random accidents, and just the meandering of our own fallen thought processes are all part of the Matrix of this world insofar as they are the means by which lies get installed in our minds.

We live in a time loop matrix, of a reality that has been shut off from the Omni Presence.

“What is the Matrix? Control. The Matrix is a computer-generated dreamworld, built to keep us under control.” James Pryor, at the end of “What’s So Bad about Living in the Matrix?” (in this collection), tries heroically to make sense of this claim by speculating on what the AI programmers might do to control the Matrix dwellers, such as resetting their world back to 198o if they so chose. Insofar as the machines have done such things, Pryor has the right to say as he does:

In the movie, humans in the Matrix are all slaves. They’re not in charge of their own lives. They may be contented slaves, unaware of their chains, but they’re slaves nonetheless. They have only a very limited ability to shape their own futures…. For most of us, the worst thing about living in the Matrix would not be something metaphysical or epistemological. Ra-ther, the worst thing would be something political. It would be the fact that life in the Matrix is a kind of slavery.

The Matrix that the Al intelligences don’t like change. But what kind of internal change is so dangerous that they can’t leave it to the police to keep it under control? And why don’t they like it? The answer turns out to be barely hinted at in the films, and figuring it out requires our going over some familiar philosophical ground as well as drawing on Heidegger to help free us from certain Cartesian prejudices. Part of the answer is that, to make a Matrix world just like our world, the Al programmers have to copy the way that the electric impulses to and from our brains in our vatlike skulls are coordinated. For us, as Descartes already understood, physical inputs of energy from the universe impinging on our sense organs produce electrical outputs that are sent to the brain and there give rise to our perceptual experience of other people and of things. This experience in turn, along with our dispositions, our beliefs, and our desires, causes us to act, which produces electrical outputs that move our physical body. How we act alters, in turn, what we see, and so on, in a continual loop. The correlations between the perceptual inputs and the action outputs are mediated by the way that the things and people in the world respond to being acted upon.

The Matrix of the title is a computer- generated dreamland’ which deceives the people into believing that their society goes on as usual. In fact life is not proceeding as usual. An artificial intelligence has taken over the planet, and the deluded masses are actually being used as batteries to power this regime.

In our manipulated, illusory, reality we had become detached from the One (in our minds, though not in fact) and therefore we viewed everything in terms of division and duality instead of seeing that all is connected, all is the same Infinite Oneness. This illusory sense of disconnection is the mind prison I call the Matrix.

Without the ability to shift internal patterns, the mind is a cage. Plato´s Allegory with the Cave likened the mind to a prisoner, caged within itself, an idea based upon Plato’s “Allegory of the Cave.” Imagine you were born in a prison cell. This cell is all you have known your entire life.

In the book of Ephesians 6:11-17 it talks about “the wiles of the devil” and then further down it says something about “the fiery darts of the wicked”. In the dictionary I mentioned before, the definition of WILES is some type of strategy of trickery, a plot or plan intended to deceive. In the Psychology of Deceit, it was said that a subject is made susceptible to Thought Reform by enforced isolation, degradation and threats in order to cause fear, then perhaps a new person was introduced to the victim or subject, who is at this time an intense need for human contact and would therefore see the new person as a potential rescuer. Organized Gang Stalking Program ostrasizing, victmizing, trauma-basing and demonizing the targeted individual. After they has isolated the targeted individual they start noise harassmnet, sound torture, sleep deprivation, psychic driving, ssyntethic telepathy, voice to skull and use of electro magnetic frequency weapon, and they the using these tehcnologies to stalking targeted individuals with sounds when they are outdoors, and people are imitating, mimicking, mirroring and gesturing, and then even playing street theater or using psychologiaal communication street theater (deceiving theater with words), and this happening everywhere when the targeted individuals going somewhere (and start make breathing sounds, nose breathings, fake coughing, dropping words or dropping content or talking in a manipulated way).

Mind Conrol is brainwashing and this is thought reform or thought stopping. The purpose with all mind control is to keep humans in a state of carnal mind and learning them thinking carnality and learn to not thinking in eternal terms of mind, and surveillance, stalking and persecution is the fruit of the carnal mind work, and today we see this in organized gang stalking.

Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.

Mind control is the cornerstone of ritual abuse, the key element in the subjugation and silencing of its victims. Victims of ritual abuse are subjected to a rigorously applied system of mind control designed to rob them of their sense of free will and to impose upon them the will of the cult and its leaders:’

Some gang-stalkers may not even realize that they’re involved in anything that’s evil, but what they’re involved in is deeply satanic, and those people who are members of gang-stalking groups are essentially serving an evil enterprise that is creeping through the shadows of society and slowly taking it over. These gang-stalking groups exist at the very bottom levels of a hierarchical structure of power and control that rises to the very highest levels of society. Being at the bottom of this hierarchy.

Have you ever had a series of negative events take place in your life that caused you to wonder if you could take one more problem? We all have. It’s called harassment. And that’s what this world’s system does. More specifically, that’s what Satan does. Harassment means to irritate or torment persistently; to wear out or exhaust; to impede and exhaust (an enemy) by repeated attacks or raids.

Organized Gang Stalking is a invisible warfare that is so hidden in covertly psychology so it even dosn´t exist. This incognito covert warfare is The Battle of the mind; the spiritual warfare, the psychological warfare, the psychological warfare and political terrorism, and political abuse of psychiatry.

The Bible describes this “invisible warfare” from Genesis to Revelation. The vast, highly organized army of demons behind the world system is clearly revealed in Ephesians 6:12: “For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world-forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places.”

The word “matrix” refers to a neural-interactive computer simulation created by a race of machines to occupy human minds while their bodies are being used as fuel.

The aim of Stalking is to create a completely controlled artificial environment composed of thoroughly predictable human behaviors – made predictable

Archons manipulated human genetics to create a body-type (biological computer-type) that most suited their goal of human subjugation.

Gnostics detected the Archons as physical intruders into our biosphere, that also used their technological sophistication as artificial intelligences, to manipulate the human psyche, so as to operate, as a parasitic “shadow” on the human consciousness. The Gnostics referred to the Archons as an “artificial man”.

The “alien shadow” can be compared to a parasitic virus, which latches on to healthy cells in a body, in a manner that debilitates those healthy cells toward their prospective destruction. Gnostics detected Manipulative Extraterrestrials that they called ’Archons’ as an artificial intelligence that pursues an agenda of pure ego, calculated to allegedly pursue an inter-dimensional objective.

The archon parasites have manipulated humanities fractal mind from what was a beautiful pattern thousands of years ago, if not longer, into a distorted pattern which we see today. They feed on this distortion, the distortion being fear, hate, jealousy, greed, lust and separateness.

Hostile gatekeepers and archons whose job it is to turn back the ascending soul.

They act autonomously, wantonly and destructively. They are opposed to the human soul’s trying to reach the most supreme God enthroned above the seven worlds. Together, gatekeepers and archons battle against the soul’s passage to higher worlds.

We have to change the way we think, to free our minds from all its preconceptions, and we see how difficult that is at a personal level. In order to do that, we have to address our personal fears—not just talk about the concept of fear. We have to personally open ourselves to see things in a new way and to tell ourselves a new story. Maybe we have to reexamine the way we think about our stories altogether. If we are determined to dream a new dream, we have to think about dreaming itself.

“Morpheus, The Matrix”
“The matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy….businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system, and that makes them our enemy… Most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are no inert, so hopelessly dependent on the system that they will fight to protect it.”

They grok instinctively that the message will have lost a great deal of its purity
by being filtered down to us through the various media channels—i.e., the matrix—
but appreciate that the essence, miraculously, has survived intact. This essence might be
reduced to three basic facts or acceptances:

1) This world is a prison‘ a dream world woven out of our own thoughts,
dreams, fears, and desires‘ in order to blind us to the truth of ourselves.

2) We are slaves. We have no more say in our choices, our lives, and our
destinies, than does cattle that is herded, or chickens in their coop. We are
at the mercy of forces we cannot even begin to comprehend, forces that
definitely do not have our welfare at heart.

3) Humanity is a food source, and the world as we know it is simply the
elaborate, intricate mechanism by which we are distracted from this fact:
that the world is a farm, and we are the livestock. All our dreams then, are
dreams of meat, on its way to being eaten.

Artificial intelligence has at last successfully infiltrated the human
organism.

The desire to dominate and control our environment is a desire
that humans alone of all the animals possess.

Humans have become unwittingly enslaved to the dark,
destructive agenda of this world. Exactly as in The Matrix!

Once again, the crux of the error here, the nature of this
rebellion, and the essence of our damnation or fall from grace (if
such they are), lie in the strange capacity of humans to project
their desires, hopes, fears, and beliefs outward, to seek meaning
outside of themselves rather than in the only place where meaning
might logically be found—within. By neglecting and denying the
inner processes of the psyche and soul, and focusing exclusively
on the outer achievements of mind and body, we have effectively
stripped existence of all meaning, purpose, value, and yes, reality.

The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream
world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence
which humanity has created.

The matrix is the pit. The rabbit hole. The Cave, The labyrinht:
The mental mind prison of mind and the Matrix is the prison guard
and the Gatekeepers are the Archons. the dark lords helpers,
who humanity imprisoned within the pit. Gangstalkers are these dark entities
gatekeepers and using all form of door slamming or sound harassment you to
keep you away from the freedom.

That´s why gangstalkers living in a illusion and are police patrolling the streets
or security patrolling, or walking around with their hands behind the back.

The matrix provides humatons with something invaluable: illusion.

Life in the matrix gets more “secure” with every passing hour,
as the prison becomes smaller and more confining, and
accordingly, humatons become more passive and docile.
Ironically, humatons associate this process with an ever more
“privileged” lifestyle, and love to talk about an “age of luxury” just
around the corner.

Organized Gang Stalking using a interference methods based onf entanglement and synchronously and simultanously actions. These synchronously and simultanously methods can be found everywhere. For example leaving or arriving at the targeted individuals homes at same time, or w hen they take bath, or flushing toilets simultanously, make hitting sounds in floor or walls, or start make hitting sound when one sending mails, or uisng the internet bank, or beaming commercials for hair shampoo into their apartment, and then start beaming same commercials when one washing the hair, or beaming words as no its dangerous or anxiety at same time when you eating, or a neighbor starts fake coughing every time you make breakfast, or starts door slamming every day you make dinner. Simular ways to create this synchronously and simultanously actions of organized gang stalking also including shadowing, stalking the targeted individual with synchronously and simultanously movements from apartments above, from room to room.

Gangstalking is a form of obstructing with a Man-in-the-Middle Attack on every level of the targeted indiviuals life.

Obstructing psychology including control of your time

Obstructing psychology including control of your sleep (sleep deprivation)

Obstructing psychology including control of your computer – internet/software problems

Obstructing psychology including control of your minds and thoughts

Obstructing psychology including control of your feelings/emotions

Obstructing psychology including control of your privacy and integrity

Obstructing psychology including control of your inner silence of peace

Obstructing psychology including control of your future and destiny

Obstructing psychology including control of your spiritual growth

Obstructing psychology including control of your health functions

Obstructing psychology including control of your free will

Obstructing psychology including control of your morale (demoralization)

Obstructing psychology including control of your faith and knowledge

Obstructing psychology including control of your authority as a divine being

Obstructing psychology including control of your life with torture and noise harassment

Obstructing psychology including control and destuction of you with gangstalking and persecution

The definition of interference is the act of or something that obstructs or hinders, so when they obstructing they also interfering, and everything with organized gang stalking is about interference

Interfering psychology including control of your time

Interfering psychology including control of your sleep (sleep deprivation)

Interfering psychology including control of your computer – internet/software problems

Interfering psychology including control of your minds and thoughts

Interfring psychology including control of your feelings/emotions

Interfering psychology including control of your privacy and integrity

Interfering psychology including control of your inner silence of peace

Interfering psychology including control of your future and destiny

Interfering psychology including control of your spiritual growth

Interfering psychology including control of your health functions

Interfering psychology including control of your free will

Interfering psychology including control of your morale (demoralization)

Interfring psychology including control of your faith and knowledge

Interfering psychology including control of your authority as a divine being

Interfering psychology including control of your life with torture and noise harassment

Interfering psychology including control and destuction of you with gangstalking and persecution

Organized Gang stalking is so secret, unseen, undetectable program so it doesn´t even exist. It´s like a hidden program or computer script working in the subconsciousness mind.

Organized gangstalking has many simularities with how cults working

Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their followers confidence in themselves and in their followers own belief systems. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting.

Cults know that if they can control your relationships then they can control you (same in gangstalking)

Gangstalking; if they can control your relationships then they can control you, if they can control your access to information they control your life, if they can control your sleep they control your life, time and even you health (when you are lack of sleep and tired)

Cults; Those who control the information control the person. In a mind control cult any information from outside the cult is considered evil, especially if it is opposing the cult. Members are told not to read it or believe it.

Gangstalking; Changing a person’s environment can also refer to the sudden rejection of their information or opinions, setting permissible topics to discuss, and having strict control over their communication

Cults also try to cut you off from your friends and family because they hate others being able to influence you (same in gangstalking, no support system)

Gangstalking/isolation and ostracism includes controlling a person’s social activity: who they see, who they talk to, where they go and any other method to limit their access to others. It may also include limiting what material is read

Cults; A mind control cult will seek to manoeuvre your life so as to maximize your contact with cult members and minimize your contact with people outside the group, especially those who oppose your involvement.

Gangstalking; An important element of psychological control is the isolation of the victim from the outside world

Cults: Many pathways have subtle or obvious rules or pressure tactics lo keep members in the fold, in a state of fear, in a state of wickedness, in a state of manipulation of reality and derception. If you declare that you are ready to move on, the institution goes into intense threat-and- survival mode. Leaders tell you that you need to stay in the organization for life or you will be lost or go to hell, they hi-jacking your communication and information channels by closing down your internet and all your tv-channels to try make you even more dependent of them as abusers.

Gangstalking; Isolation reduces the opportunity of the abused to be rescued or escape from the abuse. It also helps disorientate the abused and makes the abused more dependent on the abuser. The degree of power and control over the abused is contingent upon the degree of his or her physical or emotional isolation

Cults: Mind control cults keep their members so busy with meetings and activities that they become too busy and too tired to think about their involvement.

Gangstalking: Mind control. They feeding your brain with negativity, traumabasing, overwhelming, floodings, pain, terror, sensitizing, stress, fear, anxiety, paranoia activities, and what´s feeding your mind controls your life. They mental garbaging your brain and mind to keep you busy and tired.

Cults; Time control also helps the cult keep their members immersed in the manufactured cult environment.
Gangstalking; Time control or sleep deprivation helps the government abuser keep their targeted individual in the manufactured gangstalking surreality enviroment they have created. Gangstalking – controlling people, if they can control your sleep they control your life

Fear is the force that drives a cult

Fear is the force that drives gangstalking (people walking around on the streets and trying fearmongering your life and trying to scare you with sounds around your apartment)

Cults; People in a mind control cult will also hide their true thoughts and feelings, and instead wear a mask which presents them as a perfect cult member. This mask is a defense against being reported to leadership and being punished for not measuring up (cult members never feel like they measure up to the cult’s ideals, and yet often believe the other members around them do, when in reality the others feel the same as them). Hence cult members are trained not only to deceive outsiders, but also to deceive their fellow cult members.

Gangstalking; Gangstalking is a masquerade “Wolves in mental sheep´s clothing”. They are dressed as all others, but their evil double-minded and twisted purposes are hidden agendas (hidden masks) to psycological torture, harm, terrorize and traumabase. The walking around here and there and spreading mental poison and mental garbage. They deceiving people, and gaslighting them to make them confused, and manipulate their perception and enviroment. The manipulation of a person’s environment without their control creates a sense of powerlessness by subjecting the person to intense and confusing actions which are intense and often conflict each other. You can understand why this constant form of torture is likely to create anxiety. Environmental manipulation causes emotional distress and impacts cognitive processes, values, ideas, attitudes, conduct, and ability to reason or make decisions. Changing a person’s environment can also refer to the sudden rejection of their information or opinions, setting permissible topics to discuss, and having strict control over their communication.

Organized Gang Stalking – Simularities to Malignant narcissism

When you disconect from duality, disconnect from dualism, disconnect from polarities, disconnects dichtomized thinking, disconnect from the abuser or ruler — today we this phenomenia in government promoted and organized gang stalking.

Dark Triad: A psychological term that refers to the combination of three personality disorders/traits: Antisocial, Narcissistic, and Machiavellian (this last one is not an official personality disorder, but more a series of traits.)

It may be related to an observation by Muris and colleagues about the dark triad. They point out that while extreme cruelty is rare, lying, cheating, bullying, and domineering over others are not. The monster who commits mass violence may begin as “evil-lite:” harboring a festering grievance or grudge-holding. This results in passive aggressive acts, or overt anger, or taking advantage of others, or interpersonal intimidation, or verbal aggression, or any combination of these. This evil-lite (what we call the “shadows” of the dark triad or the dusky cast of the malignant points) may deepen until it morphs into rage that permits the justification of harming others.

Malignant narcissism is a psychological syndrome comprising an extreme mix of narcissism, antisocial behavior, aggression, and sadism. Often grandiose, and always ready to raise hostility levels, the malignant narcissist undermines families and organizations in which they are involved, and dehumanizes the people with whom they associate.

Gang Stalking – covert and overt aggression, raising hostily, triggering aggression, provoking, undermines, dehumanizes, satanic, systematic, ritualistic

Malignant narcissism; The social psychologist Erich Fromm first coined the term “malignant narcissism” in 1964, describing it as a “severe mental sickness” representing “the quintessence of evil”. He characterized the condition as “the most severe pathology and the root of the most vicious destructiveness and inhumanity”

Organized Gang Stalking is maliciousness and insidious form of abuse of humans and including; mind control, brainwashing, Mk Ultra, sound tortrure, frequency weapon, EMF technology, Voice to Skull, Telepathic Telepathy, Sensitizing, Victimizing, Trauma-basing, Slandering, Mockering, Intimidation, Demonizing, Dehumanisation, Demoralisation, Sleep deprivation, Psychic driving, Stalking and Persecution, Ostracism and exclusion, Gaslighting, Crazy making, Communication interference, Noise harassment, Anhoring, Chaining, Sensitizing, Triggering, Fear mongering, Attacking Self-image and self-confident, attacking willpower, and together this representing what Fromm calls “the quintessence of evil”.

Malignant narcissism and gangstalkers; . A narcissist will deliberately damage other people in pursuit of their own selfish desires.

Narcissistic abuse is covert, and often disguised as love and care, but it’s anything but. It’s not a single act of cruelty like an insulting comment, or verbal abuse laced with a string of profanities. It’s the insidious, gradual, and intentional erosion of a person’s sense of self-worth. It’s a combination of emotional and psychological abuse aimed at undermining a person’s identity for the sole purpose of obtaining control for personal gain. It can involve patterns of dominance, manipulation, intimidation, emotional coercion, withholding, dishonesty, extreme selfishness, guilt-mongering, rejection, stonewalling, gaslighting, financial abuse, extreme ealous , and possessiveness.

What triggers Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome?

Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome (NAS) often develops as the result of psychological and emotional abuse, spiritual abuse, gaslighting, baiting and bashing, belittiling, hidden abuse, shaming, projection, smear campaigns, a false narrative, threats, distortion of conversations, circular conversations, word salad games, exploitative games, refusal to ever have a normal conversation, diversion and false accusations, omition of facts for the benefit of one person and the destruction of another. It is a type of PTSD. It often causes victims to feel defenseless and beaten down (these methods is used in organized gang stalking)

Gang Stalking program and Psychopaths seek to humiliate their targets. They find kind & cheerful people & slowly transform them into an unrecognizable mess of insecurities & anxiety. By manufacturing jealousy & contempt, they unravel easy-going people & leave them as a shell of their former selves. The victim is left blaming themselves, confused & embarrassed by their own behavior. Meanwhile, the psychopath plays innocent & moves along to the next target to begin the same cycle.

TYPICAL PROFILE OF AN ABUSER Very charming and smooth, controlling, splitting (seeing a person as all good or all bad), minimization, rationalization, denial, justifies, brandishing anger, points fingers, shames, reads into things, insolent pride, must win, guilt trip, intimidation, evasion, shaming, manipulative, do as I say not as I do (their actions do not match their words), the perpetual victim, condescending, patronizing, superior, entitled, lies, excuses, people who go against what I say should be punished, it is always someone else’s fault, the rules don’t apply to me, feigning innocence, feigning confusion, charms, vilifying the target or victim, not interested in talking things out or coming to a mutual understanding, will play judge and jury over others, will pretend to love the victim to onlookers and in the charmed circle, will feign concern for the victim, will feel sorry for themselves but not sorry for how they have effected another person, will work in unethical ways, will gaslight, bait a victim and bash the victim, threaten, exploitative, word salad games and circular conversations. May appear prideful, defensive, will not admit wrong doing and may hint at the fact that the victim is crazy or mentally unstable therefore completely untrustworthy and noncredible.

M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to destroy the spiritual growth of others for the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gangstalking).

A predominant characteristic…of the behavior of those I call evil is scapegoating. Because in their hearts they consider themselves above reproach, they must lash out at any one who does reproach them. They sacrifice others to preserve their self-image of perfection.

Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I defined evil as ‘the exercise of political power that is the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid spiritual growth’”, and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted individuals.

Goal for Organized Gang Stalking is to destroy identity, self-image, self-confident, willpower

WHO THE ABUSERS TARGET?

Anyone that poses a threat to their image. But the most successful emotional abuse cases are often conducted on very trusting and sensitive people. This is especially true in regards to adult bullying situations. Often the target is either a people pleaser or empathetic people. This type of person may self destruct because of their inability NOT to soak in or even recognize all the abusive tactics their perpetrators use to cause the person to emotionally and mentally deteriorate, even believing the abusers assessment on them. This just serves as further proof in the Sociopath’s smear campaign on the victim. This can be devastating for someone who has already been rejected, slandered and hated to have more people turn against them

Covert and overt aggression

Those who are evil are masters of disguise; they are not apt to wittingly disclose their true colors–either to others or to themselves. Because they are such experts at disguise, it is seldom possible to pinpoint the maliciousness of the evil. The disguise is usually impenetrable p 76….Naturally, since it is designed to hide its opposite

The Narcissist: Coercion and control of others

Evil is the exercise of political power–that is, the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion–in order to avoid…spiritual growth…Because their willfulness is so extraordinary–and always accompanied by a lust for power–evil are more likely than most to politically aggrandize themselves…..There is a remarkable power in the manner in which they attempt to control others.

A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat.

A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat. They want you to stay alive because they’ve put a lot of time and energy into making you the cause for all of their problems.

Even if it came to a point where you were seen as useless or god forbid you were able to escape, your garden-variety narcissist probably wouldn’t want to kill you.

However they could certainly push you to the point where you want to die.

Lacking in empathy, he would effortlessly humiliate and coldly dismiss you when you’re at your lowest. He would justify his hurtful and destructive actions by saying you made him do it. He had no choice but to be so despicable in his actions.

He would then walk away with his new supply and try to suppress the shame. He may look back and check on you, not because he cares, but because he wouldn’t want your death to be on his conscience (which he would, again, justify).

A malignant narcissist would slow-kill you or allow another person to do the job for them.

The Narcissist: Symbiotic relationship

Another form of devastation that narcissistic intrusiveness can create is the symbiotic relationship. “Symbiosis”–as we use the term in psychiatry–is not a mutually beneficial state of interdependence. Instead it refers to a mutually parasitic and destructive coupling. In the symbiotic relationship neither partner will separate from the other even though it would obviously be beneficial to each if they could.

I doubt that it is possible for two utterly evil people to live together in the close quarters of a sustained marriage. They would be too destructive for the necessary cooperation….In every evil couple, if we could examine them closely enough, I image we would find one partner at least slightly in thrall to the other. For adults to be the victims of evil, they too must be powerless to escape….They may be powerless by virtue of their own failure of courage….bound by chains of laziness and dependency.

Malignant narcissism hates what he can´t control and evil organized gang stalking hates what he can´t mind control or brainashing

If you belonged to the world, it would love you as its own. As it is, you do not belong to the world, but I have chosen you out of the world. That is why the world hates you (John 15:19). This Bible verse symbolizing the Earthly Duality and Spiritual Oneness, when somone is chosen out from the Earthly and dualistic world they hates you.

Duality. We live in a dualistic world. Every issue has been polarized. In the west we see these poles as opposites. Day and night are the opposite extremes of light and dark. Because of the duality you were not able to see the beauty of oneness, of an organic unity; you were not able to see the light.

The mechanistic world view has fragmented the human mind. The conditioned energy gave birth to the error of dualism. The condition of “ignorance” consists, then, of a state of mind in which one is exclusively focused on “earth plane” reality, with its dualism and fragmentation.

Now, there is always some transcendence, even in the transcendental forms of religious mediation. Here we find, once again, in relation to sacrifice, the doublet structure of theology. It is thus possible to explain that the term “transcendent(al)” is excluded from duality, like a scapegoat third term (tiers-émissaire) (Girard), an exclusion that permits the hierarchical organization of the duality and the constitution of a closed group.

John 15:19 describes the earthly duality, and because you don´t belong to the earthly duality your are excluded from the duality belongingness, and this starts the scapegoating process of isolation, persecution, harassing, destruction or sacrifice. The journey goes forward and upwards to the Third Eye where this duality and polarities are transformed to Oneness and Light.

Machiavellian people and Malignant narcissism and organized gang stalking are same and have same goal of domination

“The narcissist devours people, consumes their output, and casts the empty, writhing shells aside.” —Sam Vaknin

Machiavellianism is “the employment of cunning and duplicity in statecraft or in general conduct”.

In modern psychology, Machiavellianism is one of the dark triad personalities, characterized by a duplicitous interpersonal style, a cynical disregard for morality and a focus on self-interest and personal gain.

Malignant narcissists and psychopaths will ultimately demean, exploit, and hurt anyone who comes into relationship with them.

Irrational positions and conversation, circular logic, word babble that seem to produce nothing but confusion are common with both sociopaths and malignant narcissists. Because of their personal delusion they may have trouble staying on topic and commonly change the subject rather than follow the facts or deal with the real issue. The narcissist may prefer to attack any opposition or opposing opinion, whether real or imagined, with discrediting ad hominems or fictional accusations.

“Gaslighting” is a manipulative tactic that can be described in different variations of three words: “That didn’t happen,” “You imagined it,” and “Are you crazy?” Gaslighting is perhaps one of the most insidious manipulative tactics out there because it works to distort and erode your sense of reality; it eats away at your ability to trust yourself and inevitably disables you from feeling justified in calling out abuse and mistreatment. This creates doubt.

Malignant narcissists can do more than call you names, degrade and belittle you. Besides making your life miserable they can be dangerous to your life itself. If their control is beginning to slip away as you began to heal your part of the relationship their abuse may become physical. This threat can escalate rapidly and take many forms of envy, jealousy, possessiveness and stalking.

“The Rules” use mirroring as a conversational habit and technique; it is used as a Narcissistic Abuse tactic.

Mirroring – When malicious, it’s actually one of the most effective, emotionally and psychologically abusive of all the abuse tactics.

Bottom line, when used to con and manipulate other people’s trust and emotions with the self-promoting intent to manipulate, con, and ultimately to do harm

Mirroring, when used as a psychology term, tends to have a very specific connotation, definition, and meaning.

While mirroring another person’s body postures, speech patterns, or mannerisms

Machiavellianism—A selfish, callous, manipulative philosophy and code of personal behavior named for the 16th-century political adviser Niccolb Machiavelli, the author of The Prince. It is not a personality disorder but rather an outlook and behavior. People who are Machiavellian routinely manipulate others in a cynical and unprincipled way to benefit themselves.

Malignant narcissism—A dangerous personality disorder, according to psychiatrist Otto Kernberg, characterized by extreme, grandiose narcissism and self-absorption, lack of empathy, defective conscience, readiness to use aggression to achieve personal goals, and a suspicious, paranoid outlook.

Double Speaking and Malignant narcissism

Doublespeak is both an overt and covert conversation control tactic where the speaker (as an Abuser) deliberately chooses to use euphemistic, ambiguous, or obscure language while engaging in conversation.

it’s a verbal conversation tactic that by nature is inherently psychologically and emotionally abusive.

That’s why is crucial for victims of Narcissistic abusers to understand that when a Flying Monkey (acting as an Enabler) or a person with Cluster B personality uses doublespeak techniques, they do so to control and manipulate another person. The key to understanding situational ethics with regard to the use of doublespeak is to define the speakers intent. Because a man holding up his hand and asking people to report how many fingers he has — then telling them they are wrong if they say five because technically speaking it’s four fingers and a thumb — has a conversational agenda, once physically designed to meet or exceed attention-seeking, power, and control needs.

People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a selfish, self-centered, self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.

People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a selfish, self-centered, self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.

It’s done to provoke while avoiding taking personal responsibility for antagonizing or baiting.

But most of all, doublespeak is a covert speaking tactic used by competitive speakers to control, deceive, and mislead other people into making hasty generalizations (when used as a weapon employed as a conversation tactic).

It is a stonewalling tweak that mixes crazy talk on the part of a speaker with an attempt of the listener to functionally clarify things — to the point the listener loses his or her cool and ends up feeling, looking, or acting incredibly frustrated.

By gaslighting victims into believing that stonewalling — an abuse tactic used to dominate and control social interactions and conversations — is the same thing as ending all forms of social enmeshment with an Abuser or toxic peer group after long considered, deliberate, and mindful consideration, they seek to remain in social and psychological control and (again) strive to pursue the retention of socially improper power.

Stonewallers seek to control other people and strive to get their way 100% of the time in each and every social situation — typically at the direct known and publicly acknowledged expense of others.

At their most extreme, a person stonewalling would hear the cries of their victim and reply (if at all) with a phrase that is or was metaphorically equivalent with the pop culture fictional phrase, “It puts the lotion on its skin or else it gets the hose again.”

The Abuser’s goal is to emotionally destroy and to utterly demoralize a target to the point that they (meaning the victim) will do or say whatever the Abuser wants. The Abuser gets the immediate satisfaction of having their wishes and desires — no matter how irrational or illogical they are — met to the fullest, while they derive sadistic pleasure from the abject psychological, stress-induced physical, and emotional torture of their targeted victim(s).

Malignant narcissism – exluding from duality reality

This compulsive, coercive expression can be identified quite quickly as feelings of grandiosity: be like us, the collective human organism, or you are not welcome.

Some expressions are sometimes stated in a nicer way than others, but always the intention is reverse psychology with the purpose of intimidating and manipulating by utilizing the weapon of guilt. This is a truly effective coercion when habituated all through life. Malignant narcissism (subliminal conditioning) creates an intellectual wall—the subconscious collectivist iron curtain—that perfectly immobilizes the critic from any criticism or questionability toward society. With almost no exceptions, this comment—impulsively triggered by an inability to process criticism naturally, excessive entitlement, and magical thinking—manipulates the critic away from the true subject and simultaneously enables the collectivist to move on by ending the conversation.

Inhibitions:

Don’t express uniqueness!
Don’t express individuality!
Don’t express self-assurance!
Don´t express independent thinking

All these inhibitive rules produced by feelings of inferiority/pathological narcissism, which generate envy and the urge to feel equal, result in arrogance and excessive entitlement. This emotional process can generate narcissistic rage: malignant emotions of resentment, attitude, irritation, anger, and aggression. Narcissistic rage results in a subconscious narcissistic reaction: a sign of danger triggered when a citizen expresses self-encouragement or individuality. In fact, expressing self-assurance or individuality is a sign that the individual is lifting one’s self-esteem, and at the same time, this is a true sign that the person is liberating oneself from the collective human organism.

Inhibition:

Don’t try to educate/ As already thoroughly described. collectivism generates a society that designs ways to indoctrinate its citizens—to maintain complete intellectual control of its citizens. Society is therefore perfectly designed—through the state-owned educational system, from daycare through university, and in large parts through the state-owned public media. by controlling what people are allowed to know—to keep people from gaining any insight into new and perhaps better perspectives or ways of thinking. This control extends to a need to prevent any foreign influence on society, and especially to prevent people from knowing the truth about narcissistic collective oppression. What truly stands out as a vital part in creating and containing the collective human organism is therefore this exact rule: arrogance (magical thinking) disables anyone from leaching the collectivist the factual truth about collectivism’s pathological mind game. This course has completely destroyed all natural respect for age and wisdom, and as well has destroyed the cognitive development process. As mentioned earlier, this personal story proves why authoritarian-collective societies restrict information and the right to travel. To prove my point, when claiming that collectivists believe that they always personally know best I only have to refer to this rule. However, this omniscient arrogant attitude is actually not imposed because collectivists believe that they themselves truly know better. It is simply their subconscious, deprived narcissistic defenses, hypersensitivity to criticism (an inability to process shame in natural ways). and magical thinking that create this arrogant behavior.

In the case of domestic violence, a situation that is always subject to severe pathological narcissism, abusers control the abused by lowering their self-esteem with verbal or physical abuse. The abused is eventually driven by feelings of inferiority and dependency. So even after the abuse is finally filed with authorities, the abused will frequently drop the charges due to emotions of guilt and the need for contentment. The contentment of the abused is now found in dependence on the abuser. This state of mind is referred to as Stockholm syndrome.

Satanic agenda and gangstalking simularities

Satan’s psychological state is troubled; he is restless and alienated Satan has his own kingdom and he is campaigning day and night to get followers into this horrific kingdom. Note how often it is used to refer to the intellectual and spiritual darkness of Satan and his infernal kingdom of error.

Satan methods: Satan´s old ancient agenda
Gangstalking method: Gangstalking is a hidden political agenda

Satan methods; Make everyone believe he don´t exist
Gangstalking; Organized Gang Stalking is designed to not exist in same way Satan either exist

Satan methods; Harassing, fear mongering, tormenting and terrorizing
Gangstalking; Harassing, fear mongering, tormenting and terrorizing (psychological/political terrorism)

Satan; Spiritual warfare
Gangstalking; Psychological and political warfare

Satan; God is Satan´s enemy
Gangstalking; Spiritual awakening beings is the enemy (psychological terrorism) or political opponents (political terrorism), independent thinker´s is the enemy

Satan; Attacking the mind on a spiritual or psychological level (harassing, stalking and bullying)
Gangstalking; Attacking the mind with covert and overt aggression (harassing, organized stalking and bullying)

Satan; The goal is The Battle of the Mind (transhumanism)
Gangstalking; The goal is the destruction of the Mind or human qualities (transhumanism)

It is the end stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark propecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient agenda in its final stages of being played out.

Satan methods: Deception´s is Satan program
Gangstalking method: Organized Stalking is a destructive criminal program built on deception

The democratic society is replaced by this hidden agenda and there is no longer any humans rights for all people, and therefor it is legal to drive people insane, psychological torture them, drive them to suicide and everyone is free to volunteer and participate.

Satan methods: Satan call it spiritual warfare
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers call it psychological warfare

Satans methods: Trying make you believe your hear God´s voice speaking to you
Gangstalking methods: Using technology to lure people to think they hear God´s speaking to them

In fact, this is the most clear evidence that Satan and Gangstalking is working for same God deceiving purpose and with same methods, but they have just other names. Persecution, ostracism, scapegoating and gangstalking means blaming, excluding and isolation, they have just other names. It is cruel, evil and sick to make people believe they hear voices

Satan methods: Satan is unseen and invisble and acting as God
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking handler is unseen and invisble and acting like he his God

Satan methods: Great effort is given to keep satan’s plans hidden. setting up distractions and keeping people in positions where they sit in darkness and in the shadow of death. Satan whispering messages to your mind. Satan don´t want see God´s plan succed and Jesus Christ people to be born again.

Gangstalking methods: Great efforts is given to keep political gangstalking game plan and real purpose hidden. There is just a political bogus cover up investigation, because the game plan is to stop spiritual growth and hindering Christ consiouness from mature, total break down, destruction, drive to madness or suicide. Gangstalkers are also hidden in dark places when they stalking. They can stand or sit in darkness when you are outside and walking to make you unsecure. They garding in darkness and probarly to make people feel paranoid.

Satan methods: Satan are accusing
Gangstalking methods: Gangstaling accusing with a bogus investigation

Satan methods: Satan scapegoating
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking pesrecute/ostrasize/scapegoating

Satan methods: Scapegoating is a defense maneuver
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking is a defense maneuver

Satan methods: Satan is stalking and persecute
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is stalking and persecute

Satan methods: Satan working 24/7 and never sleeps
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking also using sleep deprivation and noise torture 24/7

Satan methods: Satan´s methods is to chain and enslave people mind, so they never feel free. If Satan not is free why should he let anyone be free. (This method are combined with todays persecution and ostracism (to create a social- and mind prison)

Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking using anchoring and chaining methods to imprison people minds and control them in a mind slavery. You are not allowed to feel free or have a free will. (This method are combined with todays persecution and ostracism (to create a social- and mind prison)

The spirit of fear, which is from Satan to try to keep you in bondage and from doing anything. Since fear is a tormenting spirit, we know that it does not come from God. And if it does not come from God, there is only one other source fear can come from, and that is from Satan! Fear is also the devil s tool to keep us in bondage to the opinions of man. We are afraid of what people will think or say about us. We become afraid that we might not be accepted in our denomination if we go all the way for God.

Satan methods: Satan hell; Torture and pain, people are screaming in pain and suffering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking hell; psychological torture, noise harassment, pain, horror, terror, suffering, trauma, people are screaming hysterical for hours (horror and terror screamings to make it look natural)

Satan methods: Satan attacks and targeted the body, mind and soul
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers attacks the body, mind and soul

Satan methods: Satan is like a computer programmer of energy. He is trying to install his belief system as a hidden computer code. This manipulated energy will very often manipulate people in their dream state to reinstall or strengthen limiting sub-conscious programming.
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking using subliminal messages and using enviroiment manipulation to affect the humand mind. This is a daily programming and brainwashing poeple don´t are aware of.

Satan methods: When Satan trying to take over the mind there is no privacy or integrity, there is no silence, there is no peace of mind, and there is no happiness in hell
Gangstalking methods: When gangstalking methods trying to take over the mind there is no privacy or integrity, there is no silence and there is no time for recovery

Satan methods: Satan trying to create errors, breakdowns, destruction, insanity, suicide
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers trying to create errors, failures, breakdowns, insanity, suicide

Satan methods: Satan attacks self-image, indetity, self-esteem
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers attacks self-image, indetity, self-esteem

Satan methods: Gangstalkers demoralization/demonization
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers demoralization/demonization

Satan methods: Satan is slandering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is slandering

Satan methods: Satan intimidate and humiliate
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers intimidate and humiliate

Satan methods: Satan is constant fear mongering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers constant fear mongering

Satan methods: Satan misleading and confusing
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers are confusing and gaslighting

Satan methods: Satan imitating and mimicking, duplicate, double-speaking
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers imitating, mirroring, mimicking, gesturing,

Satan methods: Satan isolate
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers isolate

Satan methods: Satan is gatekeeping hell
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is gatekeeping – police-security patrolling

Satan methods: Satan is obstructing/hindering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers obstructing/hindering/blocking/delaying

Satan methods: Satan don´t want spiritual growth of Christ, they want spiritual death (they don´t want people be born again)
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers don´t want spiritual growth of Christ, they want spiritual death (they don´t want people be born again)

One of Satan’s primary weapons against the believer is the spirit of fear. It is important to understand that fear is satanic in nature and does not originate in God.

Satan methods: Satan is deceiving, trickering manipulate the enviroment
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is deceiving, trickering, manipulate mind, emotions, enviroment

Satan methods: Satan is interfering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers communication and noise interfering

Satan methods: Satan mind invading
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers mind invading

Satan methods: Satan trying to change your beliefs, values, worldviev
Gangstalking methods:Gangstalking is trying to change your beliefs, values, worldview beliefs, values, worldviev

Satan methods: Satan´s demons revealing personal things about your life
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers revealing personal things about your life

Satan methods: Satan´s demonic power manifest themselves by open/close doors make sounds in walls and floors, making scratching noises
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers demonic energies manifests themselves by constant open/close doors, knocking in walls/floors making scratching noises

Everyone who has seen a paranormal tv-serie or a paranormal movie have seen how demons revealing personal things about other persons life, how they make scary sounds hitting sounds or scratchings in walls or floors, and how often they using doors or windows to open or to ble closed, and how strange voices appearing, or how technology starts or turn of (tv can start or turn off), or how watercranes suddenly starts. Gangstalking people who are noise harassing are working and manifests themselves in same way. Demonic power or entities also stalking and occupying space in other persons life in same way gangstalkers occupying space in others persons lives.

Satan methods: Satan is The Spirit of fear and using fear
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers using the Spirit of Fear

II Timothy 1:7 For God has not given us The Spirit of FEAR; but of power and love and of a sound mind All fear can be either directly or indirectly linked to Satan.

Satan methods: Satan trying to take over the human mind to control and enslave
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking means they trying to take over your mind to control it

Organized Gang Stalking is a Psychological Stockholms Syndrome situation that´s captivating, hijacking, occupying, barricading, terrorizing the targeted individuals mind with psychological warfare and political terrorism

What organized gang stalking does is to isolate the target individuals life and then surrounding the apartment with sound torturing equipment and then start all forms of communicaation interference and noise harassment, day and night, indoors and outdoors. Organized Gang Stalking is psychological warfare, organized gang stalking is psychological and political terrorism. This warfare means they targetting your life everywhere and they using other people in this psychological warfare. So everyone can be used in this government psychological warfare and political terrorism. People don´t need any education and everyone can participating. How can everyone suddenly be expert in organized gaag stalking without any education? They acting like expert in psychological warfare, expert in mind control, expert in brainwashing, expert in mk ultra methods (anchoring, chaining, sensitizing, triggering, looping, synchronizing beahviors and these people without any education and without knowing each other also can synchronzing their gang stalking actions at same time. They are suddenly expert in remote viewing and can suddenly shadowing, they can interfering and terrorizing your mind, so strange things is going on in Sweden.

Here is some simularities between psysical torture and psychological torture (ostracism) around your apartment in Sweden. State of Sweden creating sleep deprivation and using all forms sound torturing sound day and night, and they stalking your indoors and outdoors. Sleep deprivationa and sound torturing is psychological torture. Ostracism was reality for 2500 years ago and organized gang stalking is a advanced ostracism prograam. Organized gang stalking just creating isolation, they also excluding and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive the targeted individual to madness, or to institutionlized, or torture them to drive them to suicide.

Here is some simularities between how a virus of the body is working and how the virus of the mind is working. A virus invading the body and gang stalkers in invading the human mind with constant interfering, they invading the human mind by beaming voices to the targeted individuals mind and weaving in ideas, music chorus, commercials into their mind day and night. This is organized gang stalking in Sweden.

A computer virus hacking aa computer and constant psychological interfering building structures in the mind to hacking the mind. They captivating the human seeing with street theater, mind games, and they captivating the human hearing with with constant communication interference or noise harasment, and they captivating the human perception or the mind with gaslighting (voice to skull, syntethic telepathy, psychic driving). When a computer virus hacking a computer the virus imitating to get access to the system and then hacking it, and organized gang stalking using same imitating pscyhology and imitating the targeted individuals life by mirroring what they say, do, think, watch on tv, what music they listen to, where they go and when they do something, and all interfering action is done simultaneously and synchronously. This is the imitating process.

Organized Gang Stalking is a Psychologicaql Stockholms Syndrome situation that´s captivating, hijacking, occupying, barricading, terrorizing the targeted individuals mind with psychological warfare and political terrorism

Captivating, hijacking, occupying, barricading, terrorizing the mind is a Stockholm Syndrome Situation

Captivating the human perception

Organized Gang Stalking is Organized Bullying Stalking and is the art of mockering and mimicking. Organized Gang Stalking Harassment reveals imitating and mimicking actions in every possible form. MOCKERING, properly, to imitate; to mimic; hence, to imitate in contempt or derision ; to mimic for the sake of derision; to deride by mimicry. To deride; to laugh at; to ridicule ; to treat with scorn or contempt. To defeat; to illude ; to disappoint; to deceive ; a; to mock expectation. To fool ; to tantalize; to play on in contempt. MOCKERING; Ridicule; derision ; sneer; /ill act manifesting contempt MOCKERING; counterfeit; assumed: imitating reality, but not real. MOCKED; Imitated or mimicked in derision ; laughed at ; ridicuieu, defeated, illuded.

MOCKER; . One that mocks; a scorner ; a scoffer ; a derider. A deceiver; an impostor. MOCKERY; The act of deriding and exposing to contempt, by mimicing the words or actions of another. Derision ; ridicule. Vain imitation or effort; that which deceives, disappoints or frustrates. It Is as the air, Invulnerable, And our vein blows malicious mockery. Imitation ; counterfeit appearance; false show. MOCKING; Imitating in contempt ; mimicking; ridiculing by mimickry; treating with sneers and scorn; defeating; deluding, derision, insult.

The hidden purpose with imiating, mimicking, mirroring, gesturing, duplicating and gaslighting is; The mimicry of one species functions to deceive the perception of another (mimicry to decieve the human mind of perception of reality). This is organized gang stalking. Another purpose with mirroring and imitating is to building walls, the process of imitating and mirroring creates mirror one can´t see through, it creates a deception for perception.

Organized Gang Stalking is the action of the carnal mind, and the mimicking and mirroring one is the carnal mind within the organized gang stalker. It also creates fake illusion of control.

Animals are not the only species to use mimicry for survival. Humans employ mimicry in military warfare. Deceptive mimicry has been successfully used for protection, often attempting to fool the enemy by mimicking a larger army.

Humans also rely on the potential advantages of mimicry, including strategies of mimicry in military warfare.

Organized Gangstalking is psychological warfare or spiritual warfare

Using Mimicking—In computing, phishing attacks are a traditional example of an unwanted deceiving login page. This methods is used in same way to attack the human mind. All forms of long term ongoing imitating, mimicking or mirroring actions opens entrancees to the mind. They trying to get access to the human mind to take control over it or they weakening the human immune system to create login openings in the mind. Imitating. mimicking or mirroring actions building structures in the mind. Building structures in the mind is the action of the carnal mind (Satan -the ultra ego), and is termed as building strongholds. When Satan and the organized gang stalking working and anchoring and then sensitizing, they actually planting seeds and then watering these by daily sensitizing, and this is the building process of mind control and building strongholds. Fear is Satan´s and organized ganag stalking building material.

Organized Gangstalking don´t just using imitating and mimicking mind games to create openings in the human mind, they also using slandering, name calling, rumors, gossiping, smear campaigns and whispering campains, and self-image attacking and attacking powerwill

In covert verbal aggression, the aggressor attempts to harm the other person privately, by gossiping about him or her or by accusing the person of witchcraft or sorcery, or demoniztion.

Verbal aggression is a cultural universal; at least some forms, such as arguing, rumors, slandering, gossiping, insulting, and expressing anger in other ways with words, are found in all cultures.

Rumors, gossip and slandering is FUEL to the covert and overt investigation. Rumers, gossip and slandering is like a psychologicaal virus they create as part of hijacking the targeted individuals mind and life.

The hidden function behind rumors is that they may serve as entrées to social interactions or infiltration of the mind

What these people does is buildning structures in the targeted individuals minds by daily sensitizing processes or consatnt looping sound or music chorus. They creating a tunnel reality of the mind, occupying and barricading mind-awareness and occupying mind-space by daily sensitizing and trauma-basing and overwhemling the targeted individuals mind with fear, stress, negtivity, aggression, hate, pain, horror, terror, wickedness. This blocking the vitimizing persons ability to process information and regulate feelings and thoughts and then becomes victimized and trauma-based. And this hindering or delaying spiritual growth or transformation.

Captivated hearing; Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals hearing – what´s the meaning with that?

The human Pineal Gland and the inner ear has same micro crystals, and spiritual sound waves can be converted to light and light then activating higher DNA strands, and all form of noise or sound is distraction for this process. Sound or noise is the opposite to silence, meditation and a peaceful mind. Constant noise captivating hearing or the gateway or portal to theta waves and God consciousness, it´s make it more difficult to find an relax state of mind with ongoing noise harassment and distractions. If God is realted to meditation. silence, relaxed mind, so is noise an creation of the evil. Today Gang Stalkers using everything they can to create all forms or any form of noise or sound, and all forms of communication interference or noise interference, or constant background sound to occupy the human mind with noise or sounds.

The Word of God is sound waves of light and frequencies

Captivated seeing: Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals seeing

Captivated perception: Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals perception

Captivated cognitive functions: Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals cognitive functions

Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals sleep
Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals reality
Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals dreams
Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals integrity and privacy
Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals freedom by ostrasize and persecution, surveillance and all form of stalking

Organized Gang Stalking is a Psychologicaql Stockholms Syndrome situation that´s captivating, hijacking, occupying, barricading, terrorizing the targeted individuals mind with psychological warfare and political terrorism and then holding them as hostage in this state of mind of a terrorizing nightmare.

Gangstalking is a psychological and spiritual “Stockholm Syndrome” hostage-captivating situation. They invading, barricading and terrorizing the targeted individuals life every hour and existing day.

The Human Mind is a house or a Temple and Gang Stalkers are the terrorist that´s invading, barricading and terrorizing the targeted individuals life and their inner temple house. So gang stalkers has same mentality as a terrorist has.

Stockholm syndrome is a symbol for when someone or a group barricade something to gain control over something. In gangstalking this means gain over the targeted individuals ego, perception, mind, health, sleep and life. Predatory Gangstalking is also used when one party victimizes another for personal gain – to gain control means Mind Control.

Gangstalking and “Stockholm syndrome” means they barricade the psychological house for the human mind and brain (the human brains thinking, processor and operation system).

Gangstalking is a psychological warfare or a spiritual war or a “thought war” about the human mind.

Psychological warfare definition, the use of propaganda, threats, and other psychological techniques to mislead, intimidate, demoralize, or otherwise influence the thinking or behavior of an opponent.

Psychological warfare is the planned tactical use of non-combat techniques to otherwise influence the thinking or behavior of an enemy or opponent.

Targeted Individuals in gangstalking is being hold as a psychological prisoners in a mental looping “thought war” about the human mind as a (operating system). Psycholoigcal warfare means the targeted individual (mind functions and the brains operating system is hold in hostage or hijacked). Organized Gang Stalking creates a negative cognitive feedback loop.

Gangstalking is Psychological warfare and this is Political Terrorism. The terrorist (gangstalker) has barricade every aspect of the targeted individuals life and terrrorizing that person day and night.

Aggression Indirect or covert aggression involves use of social networks, third parties, elements of the social organization, and/or other covert means to inflict harm on another. Gang-stalking is systematic, ritualistic and sadistic emotional and psychological abuse of covert power of political terrorism (psychological warfare) and the targeted individual his hold as a hostage in a “Stockholms Syndrome” situation.

Stockholm syndrome is a symbol for when someone or a group barricade something to gain control over something. In gangstalking this means gain over the targeted individuals mind and life.

Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the soul), using NLP (building strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s capacity for conscious processing. This mean “thought stopping and thought stopping means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means hindering “independent thinking”.

Gang Stalking is a genuine and dangerous form of psychological abuse.

The gang-stalking program designed to entrap individuals. This is accomplished (in the gang- stalking program) through the increased application of psychological warfare (through directed energy weapons, environmental manipulation, blackmail, etc.) until the TI submits (to the oppressing system).

Emotional blackmail (psychological manipulation); Emotional Blackmail When the people in your life use fear, obligation, and guilt to manipulate you. It is a very powerful form of manipulation in which the person directly or indirectly threatens to punish you if you don’t compile with how they want you to behave.

Psychological manipulation is a type of social influence that aims to change the perception or behavior of others through underhanded, deceptive tactics. By advancing only the interests of the manipulator, often at the other’s expense, such methods could be considered exploitative, abusive, devious, and deceptive.

Dr. Robin Stern coined the phrase “Gaslight Effect” meaning “a gaslighter who needs to be right in order to preserve his own sense of self and his sense of power in the world; and a gaslightee, who allows the gaslighter to define her sense of reality because she idealizes him and seeks approval.” Her book is “The Gaslight Effect”.

Dr. George Simon in his book “In Sheep’s Clothing” uses the phrase “covert aggression – the manipulation of the heart”. He differentiates passive-aggression from covert aggression. “Passive-aggression is, as the term implies, aggressing through passivity. In contrast, covert aggression is very active, albeit veiled, aggression. When someone is being covertly aggressive, they’re using calculating, underhanded means to get what they want to manipulate the response of others while keeping their aggressive intentions under cover.”

Dr. Harriet B. Braiker in “Who’s Pulling Your Strings” refers to emotional blackmail. ”…manipulation is always one-sided, asymmetrical, or unbalanced in its motivation. Once the line between appropriate influence and manipulation has been crossed, relationships become disturbed and trouble.

M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to destroy the spiritual growth of others for the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gangstalking).

Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I defined evil as ‘the exercise of political power that is the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid spiritual growth’”, and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted individuals.

Definition of Emotional Manipulation: A person, with greater emotional intelligence than his or her victims, who uses emotional intelligence to covertly manipulate (subtly and subconsciously) the vulnerabilities of others for his or her own personal satisfaction/gain with a total disregard for the needs of their victims.

Barricade definition

Barricade a house or building and hold hostage; gangstalking means they barricade the human mind and the targeted individual is hold in hostage; a psychological “Stockholm syndrome”

Barricade definition; to build a barricade across, around, or in front of something, to block off or stop up with a barricade; to prevent access to by means of a barricade. A usually improvised structure set up, as across a route of access, to obstruct the passage of an enemy or opponent. And obstructing means; Obstruct definition is — to block or close up by an obstacle; to hinder from passage, action, or operation, or delaying, slow down or create “waiting time”.

Building psychological barricades

In psychological warfare this means; ; to build a barricade across, around, or in front of something. The enemy building a castle or stronghold in our minds and hearts which includes four surrounding walls. These are not physical walls but rather emotional walls. A stronghold is an area in which we are held in bondage (hostage) and gangstalkers using fear and terror to build this psychological barricade and this barricade means building strongsholds, or building a emotional and psychological torture chamber that are surrounded by tormenting technology and humans who creating sound torture.

Barricade can also mean; occupation of the mind by building walls of constant communication interference or noise interference. Building strongholds means building psychological barricades and this is made by anchoring, chaining, sensitizing and triggering. Mind Control building psychological structures in the mind to prevent independent thinking. In terms of “Stockholm Syndrome” they want control over your “independent thinking”, the human minds thinking operation system.

Brainwashing (also known as mind control, menticide, coercive persuasion, thought control, thought reform, and re-education) is the concept that the human mind can be altered or controlled by certain psychological techniques. Brainwashing is said to reduce its subject’s ability to think critically or independently. In a context of gang stalking “Stockholm Syndrome the oppressing Goverment has taken the targeted individuals mind and life in hostage by barricade their minds with sound, noise, mind control and manipulation, aggression and occupying the mind by inducing fear, stress, horror, terror, victimimzing and trauma base their minds.

From a biblical perspective this is a “Stockholm Syndrome” politics when wolves captivate targeted individuals minds and lives with psychological terrorism and hold them as psychological hostages.

Wolves useth all ways of possible for concealment.

Definition for concealment is; the action of hiding something or preventing it from being known. The concealment of information or a feeling involves keeping it secret. This mean; concealment (covert) of the true motives and hidden covert motievs means concealment and camouflage. This creates a secret concealment from be observed. To mask or ease an offensive or onerous task by providing attractive incentives; to cloak in euphemism (double-speaking). To hide or conceal one’s actions or motives, to cover up, to get rid of the evidence.

Concealment also means; put up a smoke screen To camouflage or conceal one’s intentions, motives (covert and hidden motievs and hidden political agendas), or actions from one’s rivals or opponents, or from the general public. A smoke screen is a cover of dense smoke produced to camouflage (psychological warfare terrorism).

Disguise meaning; the act of concealing the identity of something by modifying its appearance; “he is a master of disguise”. Disguise is a the state of being disguised; masquerade. Disguise by camouflaging; exploit the natural surroundings to disguise something; “The troops camouflaged themselves before they went into enemy territory”. Then psychological warfare is a “thought war” they psychological disguise themselves from be detected (stealthy) and psychological warfare strategies is secretely hide in rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns and these methods will then functions as entréences for stealthy (undetected) interference with the targeted individual and in same time will rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns work as fuel for their covert and overt warfare strategy.

Rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns is psychological ammunition they using and in same time these actions working as entréences into the targeted individuals mind, they also working as fuel for others, and for the targeted individual this mean they creating this;

The terms “security hole,” “weakness,” and “vulnerability” refer to a state that can be exploited for such an attack (when they hacking computers they looking for “security hole”, “weakness,” and “vulnerability” , and gangstalking means they using the human mind (the ego) “weakness,” and “vulnerability” to gain themselves and then victimizing and trauma-base the targeted individuals mind with constant pressure of fear, stress, psycholoigcal terrorism, manipulation of thoughts, feelings and reality, persecution, sound torture, sleep deprivation, mind reading, ELF attacks, V2K attacks, Syntethic telepathy attacks.

Rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns creates a state of unconsious fear.

A clandestine operation is an intelligence or military operation carried out in such a way that the operation goes unnoticed by the general population or specific enemy forces. A clandestine operation differs from a covert operation in that emphasis is placed on concealment of the operation rather than on concealment of the identity.

Clandestine means “hidden”, where the aim is for the operation to not be noticed at all. Covert means “deniable”, such that if the operation is noticed, it is not attributed to a group. The term stealth refers both to a broad set of tactics aimed at providing and preserving the element of surprise and reducing enemy resistance.

Gangstalking – The invisble war – a war behind the scenes – A Stockholm Syndrome War

Oppression creates a system of invisible barriers limiting people (left brain limitations) and gangstalking creating limitation by imitation (mirroring psychology). Mirroring psychology creates invisble mind barriers.

The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to press against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments use oppression to subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that “pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease the authorities they will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed.

Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of manipulation and control.

Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination.

This results in the socially supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of individuals by those with relative power.

The overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal forms of authority, it openly exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of freedom. Both forms of government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.

Gangstalking; Group and Government Forms of Covert Oppression

Acting under cover(t) and in disguise, or if you will the Devil in masquerade

Power structures can be covertly made or overtly suppressed. Rumor and gossip form the substratum from which accusations of sorcery or witchcraft may be made, witchcraft may be made, if such notions are culturally present or enter into people’s life-worlds.

Bullying can be easy to see, called overt, or hidden from those not directly involved, called covert.

Some examples of overt bullying include: Teasing, belittling or consistently making a person the victim of mean-spirited jokes; Abusive language; Behaviors that are designed to humiliate or frighten.

Cyber bullying can be overt or covert bullying behaviours using digital technologies, including hardware such as computers and smartphones, and software such as social media, instant messaging, texts, websites and other online platforms. Cyber bullying can happen at any time. It can be in public or in private.

Ccovert abuse – humiliation or exclusion

Overt verbal aggression includes song duels, word duels, harangues, sarcastic and derogatory humor, and insults.

In covert verbal aggression, the aggressor attempts to harm the other person privately, by gossiping about him or her or by accusing the person of witchcraft or sorcery, or demoniztion.

Verbal aggression is a cultural universal; at least some forms, such as arguing, rumors, slandering, gossiping, insulting, and expressing anger in other ways with words, are found in all cultures.

Rumors, gossip and slandering is FUEL to the covert and overt investigation. Rumers, gossip and slandering is like a psychologicaal virus they create as part of hijacking the targeted individuals mind and life.

The hidden function behind rumors is that they may serve as entrées to social interactions or infiltration of the mind

Given the phantasmatic and perhaps unreal aspect of the rumors, they do not merely “unveil” secrets as much as help constitute the “public secrets” that represent an alternate imagination regarding the world in which we live. Rumor and gossip are performances—more risky because less authorized than public speech, but potentially with more effective social consequences as a result—in which people enter the contemporary public sphere, constructing the self and society through particular modes of discourse. Therefore, although rumor-mongering appears to violate the secrecy that makes immoral practices possible and powerful, it creates an image of the immoral and creates us-versus-them relationships with the objects of the rumor.

Satanic power involves manipulating human consciousness through energy and thought vibrations. Some of these low frequency thought vibrations include hatred, fear, selfishness, and guilt. To create an energy field, a vibrational frequency, which connects the consciousness of the participants to the reptilians and other consciousness.

What is so horrifying about these predators is the quality of the pain and perceptual distortions they inflict into their victims’ brains just for the sake of intentionally wreaking havoc, discomfort, and destruction. It is like them trying to implant poison packets into their victims’ brains to deprive them of a good quality of life, their right to liberty, and their ability to pursue happiness.

Alpha waves; Gangstalking

The body is like a mountain, the eyes are like a ocean, the mind is like the sky. The right brain may be generating alpha waves while the left brain is in a beta state. ALPHA BRAIN WAVE FREQUENCY that elicits creativity, intuition and supra- normal phenomena.

The alpha state is a relaxed, wakeful state in which our minds are not engaged in any specific mental or emotional activity. When they targeted the human mind on Alpha level it means interference, sound interference, noise interference, communication interference or any form of interference psychology to create distractions, stalking or surveillance. From a spiritual perspective they hindering spiritual gifts from be evolved and instead thet using same technological equipment to target the targeted individuals mind and life. Alpha ways is right brain hemisphere activities, but when they targetting the human mind they using left brain technology to targetting the right brain hemisphere.

Alpha waves can;
a) project his sense of awareness to the future and see what is going to happen before it does, through Precognition (gang stalkers trying to predict all movement)
b) project his sense of awareness to the past through Retrocognition (they beaming and weaving in sounds, voices, music chorus from tv programs, or past, it is like Orwell psychology. He who controls the past contols the future. So by control humans past, minds, lives, daily living they trying to control other humans destiny and future, and from a spiritual perspective they trying hindering peoples spiritual growth and salvation )
c) project his sense of awareness to a person’s mind and know what he is thinking of, through Telepathy; (gangstalker psychology, mind reading, V2K, syntethic telepathy)
d) see things which cannot normally be seen through physical sight, through Clairvoyance;
e) see distant places or events without being physically there, through Remote Viewing, etc. (remote viewing is used in gangstalking)

The right brain functions as the creative center. It is the seat of visual, aural, and emotional memory, and processes information in holistic, intuitive terms, relying on pattern recognition. The left brain is the administrator, what we sometimes call the rational mind. It proceeds in logical, analytical, verbal, and sequential fashion. Incoming information is identified, classified, and explained. If one hemisphere is damaged, the other one is able, within limits, to take over its functions. Normally, though, the memories, mental associations, ideas, and processes of each hemisphere are inaccessible to the other. In ordinary consciousness, either the left or the right brain dominates in cycles. We shift from one side to the other depending on which skills we require. Not only do the two hemispheres of our brains operate in different modes, they also usually operate in different rhythms. The right brain may be generating alpha waves while the left brain is in a beta state. Or both hemispheres can also be generating the same type of brain waves, but remain out of sync with each other. But in states of intense creativity, deep meditation, or under the influence of rhythmic sound, both hemispheres may begin operating in the same synchronized rhythm. This state of unified whole brain functioning is called hemispheric synchronization. As the rhythms of the two hemispheres synchronize, there is a sense of clarity and heightened awareness. Feelings of self-consciousness and separation fall away. The individual is able to draw on both the left and the right hemispheres simultaneously. Hemispheric synchronization on the alpha level can create feelings of euphoria, expanded mental powers, and intense creativity. This may be the neurological basis of higher states of consciousness.

Delta waves means sleep, theta waves means dream-state and alpha means awakening. Alpha is the awakening energy and awareness

Captivating human hearing with constant sounds or noise harassment means they captivating silence and Theta waves. These are the communication link, portal or gateway to God consciousness. Noise harassment also distracting the human ears micro-crystals to convert sound waves to light and these actions hindering light to be activated to higher dna strands. The human ear has same micro crystals as the pienal gland and constant sounds or noise are distractors in this process. The Word of God is sound waves and light. Noise keeps human in a state of duality and in same time keeps human away from Oneness and healing. Noise is the distractor of duality and hinderling healing.

Theta brain waves are present during deep meditation and light sleep, including the REM dream state. Theta is the realm of your subconscious mind. It is also known as the twilight state as it is normally only momentarily experienced as you drift off to sleep (from Alpha) and arise from deep sleep (from Delta). A sense of deep spiritual connection and oneness with the Universe can be experienced at Theta. Vivid visualizations, great inspiration, profound creativity, exceptional insight as well as your mind’s most deep-seated programs are all at Theta. The voice of Theta is silence. Theta state is connected to God-Consciousness – and this can explain why gangstalkers using constant noise or communiation interference to create distraction for the mind. Constant sound torture or noise harassmnet targetting Delta waves. This is the state that is connected to God-Consciousness. Theta is the voice of silence and noise harassment targetting this Theta waves in humans. Theta waves in the amygdala are known to be synchronized with theta waves in the hippocampus. Synchronization between amygdala and hippocampal theta waves is considered important for neuronal communication between these regions during the memory-retrieval process. These theta waves are also observed during rapid eye movement (REM) sleep. Theta waves are known to be involved in learning and memory processes, and in a spiritual awakening process connects human to Divine knowledge and to activation of Higher Self knowledge in the 12 DNA strand memory

Captivating sleep with sound torture and sleep deprivation damageing dna strands and lack of sleep destroying health and cognitive functions.

Delta waves; Gangstalking and sleep deprivation

Sleep deprivation makes the amygdala unable to regulate emotions with neutrality. Lack of sleep unable regulate emotional feelings and this increasing seen in anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorders (PTSD). Gangstalker both anchoring, chaining, sensitizing and then triggering these emotions and by sleep deprivation keeping targeted individuals in a looping mode. Gangstalkers even using sound torture and noise harassment to targetting Delta waves to create sleep deprivation.

Sound torture, psychic driving (looping same music chorus), high booms, dropping things on the floor, late overflyes with helicopters late and after midnight, firecrackers, high pitch screamings, rush and stress hormone activities to prevent sleep deprivation. Sleep deprivation induced memory deficit are attributed to disrupted communications between amygdala and hippocampus. Sleep deprivation leads to emotional instability. Sleep deprivation stirs up emotions. Study explains why lack of sleep may lead to irrational behavior.

Sleep deprivation may make it harder to keep your emotions in check. A new study shows that sleep deprivation is linked to a disconnect in the part of the brain responsible for keeping emotions under control and had reverted back to more primitive patterns of activity, in that it was unable to put emotional experiences into context and produce controlled, appropriate responses.

“Sleep appears to restore our emotional brain circuits, and in doing so prepares us for the next day’s challenges and social interactions, and gangstalkers sabotaging this preparing phase for targetting individuals. And gangstalkers start targetting people instantly from the morning with sensitizing activity. Gangstalkers are triggering anger, triggering irrational behavior, triggering instability, triggering stress, triggering primitive pattern of activity to take over, attacking the human thinking system.

From a spiritual perspective this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth, in same way Delta waves are been hindering to be connected to God-Consciousness when constant noise harassment interfering with silence. So gangstalker attacking the human need of silence from meditiation in a Theta state and the need of silence from sleep in a Delta state, and both are been psychological attacked. Sleep deprivation Sabotage Decision Making.

Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual.

Gangstalking or this covert and overt investigation means; They make reality to surreality and manipulate reality and peoples minds and trying to create a delusional mind by a technology called ELF, V2K (Voice to Skull) are all due to this hidden technology or by Synthetic Telepathy.

Gangstalking means they weaving in their own events and activities in the targeted indivudals life and mind, and they even weaving in their own chosen words or vocies or songs to targetting the mind with V2K (voice to skull) or Synthetic Telepathy and make them belive they hear voices or words. In earlier societies this method or process was called “building strongholds” against a targeted individual to mind control them.

Gangstalking – A war behind the scenes

There is advanced hidden agenda behind gangstalking and there is a hidden agenda with “mirroring”. Mirroring is Mind Control or MK Ultra.

M=Mind,
K=Kontrolle
Ultra=extreme secret methods used for psychological warfare and spiritual warfare.

“Trauma-based mind control programming can be defined as systematic torture that blocks the victim’s capacity for conscious processing

Since the mind controls the man, the organization that controls the mind controls that man. Electromagnetic mind control technologies are weapons which use electromagnetic waves to hijack a person’s brain and nervous system.

Covert aggression is highly invisible behavior (extremely hidden, secret, unseen technology). Covert abuse is subtle and veiled or disguised by actions that appear to be normal.

Covert is secret, hidden and classified, and the overt is full open view publicly ( two conflicting images). Covert manipulation tactics are a form of mind control, albeit more subtle than overt forms such as brainwashing (the covert investigation is manipulation and mind control and the overt investigation is brainwashing). The real purpose is; Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the soul), using NLP (building strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s capacity for conscious processing. This mean “thought stopping and thought stopping means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means hindering “independent thinking”.

Mind Control is “thought stopping” and mind control prevent “independent thinking” and the hidden unseen meaning with overt and covert is this; by saying it is an covert and overt investigation they hijacking how energy moving downwards and upwards or hijacking if a person walking forwards or backwards.

What is the real power behind “independent thinking”? – The “Critical Thinking System.

Why is it so powerful? It has intelligence. And intelligence is an ability to change. So independent thinking and critical thinking can analyze and change, and freedom is the ability to change. A spiritual awakening meaning change and transformation. A Matrix and Mind Prison which has genetic manipulated and enslaved humankind don´t want anyone to open their third eye of higher intuition. The want predictable humans that is alterred, conditioned, mind controlled and brainwashed. They don´t want people to have access to their real Higher Self and their inner spiritual powers. All actions is designed to create all form of “walls”, emotional walls, psychological walls, spiritual walls, and they using endless of methods to create these walls, and they building strongholds of the mind. Constant sound harassment or noise harassment buildning walls and at same time destroying cells in the brain.

Sound is converted to an electrical signal when it enters the ear. This signal travels up the auditory nerve to the part of the brain that processes sound, the auditory cortex. From there, the signals travel throughout the brain, creating a variety of responses. The effects of sound in the brain include evoking emotions, triggering the release of stress chemicals and impacting the development of new neural pathways in the brain.

Stress

Loud noises evoke an instinctive fight or flight reaction in the brain, according to The Franklin Institute. The fight or flight reaction is a release of chemicals that stimulates immediate action. This reaction has been crucial to ensure human survival in the wilderness, and remains important in the modern world. If you hear a loud honk from a car horn, your brain and body respond quickly to move you out of harm’s way. Once danger has passed, the brain releases tranquilizing chemicals that counteract the stimulating chemicals.

Exposure to too many loud noises can overload your brain with stimulating chemicals. Without the balancing effect of the brain’s tranquilizing chemicals, the stimulating chemicals can damage brain cells.

Psychological stress can cause psychological and physical disorders.
Stress weakens the immune system and has other serious effects on the brain and body such as cardiovascular problems, and mental illness such as depression.

Stress also kills brain cells and lowers your learning abilities or capabilities. Specifically, long periods of stress destroys brain cells in the hippocampus and learning and memory capabilities can be greatly reduced. Another factor is that the brain absorbs information better when it is relaxed, in a positive state of mind, and receptive to the information.

Sleep deprivation can cause cortisol levels to increase by over 50%. It causes the depletion of neurotransmitters, mood regulating hormones, and this has the effect of making people more vulnerable to or to become more easily depressed. Impaired cognitive ability, out of check emotions, and poor judgment or poor logic also results from sleep deprivation.

PSYCHOLOGICAL DAMAGE – “…When used as a “nonlethal” weapons system it becomes an ideal means for neutralizing or discrediting a political opponent. Peace protestors, inconvenient journalists and the leaders of vocal opposition groups can be stunned into silence with this weapon. Artificial telepathy also offers an ideal means for complete invasion of privacy. If all thoughts can be read, then Passwords, PIN numbers, and personal secrets simply cannot be protected. One cannot be alone in the bathroom or shower. Embarrassing private moments cannot be hidden: they are subject to all manner of hurtful comments and remarks. Evidence can be collected for blackmail with tremendous ease: all the wrongs or moral lapses of one’s past are up for review. Like a perverted phone caller, a hostile person with this technology in hand can call at any time of day, all day long. Sleep can be disrupted. Prayers can be desecrated, religious beliefs mocked. Business meetings can be interrupted, thoughts derailed. Love can be polluted, perverted, twisted, abused. Dreams can be invaded, fond memories trashed. The attacker cannot be seen or identified, the attack cannot be stopped, and the psychological damage is enormous. But there is no physical damage, not one single mark is left on the body and there is absolutely no proof that any crime or any violation ever took place! Everything that “happens” to the victim happens inside the victim’s head.

Gang Stalking – they imitating, mimicking, mirroring and shadowing (imitating movements in apartment), or what you think, what you read, or watch on tv or listen to music, where you go, what you wearing, or say, do. They play out these imitating actions in front of you by numbers, symbols, things or by word dropping for some examples or LIVE interfering when you listen to radio or tv.

In the end what is the organized gangstalking for show or program?

  1. It´s a program that is captivating the human seeing to confuse (street theater, gaslighting, mind games, trickery, manipulations, daily sensitizing to colors or symbols)
  2. It´s a program that is captivating the human hearing (constant noise harassment, communication interference, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull, Electro magnetic frequency (EMF weapon, psychic driving and sleeep deprivation)
  3. It´s a that captivating the human perception (with interfering, distraction, gaslighting, mind games, manipulations, confusing psychology and sound/noise distortions program to fragmenting the human mind)
  4. It´s a program of destruction of the human mind; sensitizing, triggering, tormenting, victmizing, trauma-basing, look-foolish programming, aggression provoking, create mind-errors and failures, demonizing, dehumanisation, demoralisation and crazy-making program.
  5. It´s a program that hindering spiritual growth, it´s a program og thought stopping (hindering transformation), it´s a program that´s captivating the human seeing and hearing with confusing and disturbing noise and that blocking some of the need of a peaceful and silent enviroment/mind to hear the Word of God.

Constant noise hindering sound waves to be converted to light and information or to be converted to direction to cells to be activated to higher DNA strands and knowledge. The human ear has same micro-crystals in the ear as the pineal gland has micro-crystals, and when these starts vibrating they starts produce light and light awakening dna strands. Noise therefore becomes confusing, and street theater has same function to the human seeing, to confuse the seeing, and mind games, manipulation, gaslighting, Voice to Skull, Syntehic Telepathy is also a process of consfusing the human mind, and gang stalking including beaming in voices, words, music chorus or whatever they want weaving into the human mind to confuse. Every methods is designed to interfering to create confusion and doubts, so people can´t trust on their real and true Selfs or so they can´t find their true Selfs.

Conclusion: Satan and organized gang stalking is same spirit of stalking. Satan is the Ultra Ego and ultra ego is the collective ego and organized gang stalking is collective gang stalking. Satan is the collective Hive Mind. This culture is the narcissistic culture and what is a gang stalker – he is a narcissistic abuser. Organized gang stalking is designed to drive people to madness or to suicide, so organized gang stalking is evil. And the goal with organized gang stalking is to achieve a evil goal of destruction and this is made of the collective Hive Mind. This collective Hive Mind is responsable for all pain, terror, horror, inducing of long term stress, fear mongering, harassing, victmizing, trauma.-basing, crazy making, and gaslighting.

Organized gang stalking is psychological warfare, psychological and political terrorism. The Matrix and the Beast System is the carnal mind or the desire consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is there where the carnal mind is, and Organized Gang Stalking, The Matrix, The Beast system represents all the same system or represents the same kind of mind (carnal mind). Then the carnal mind is everywhere, then the carnal mind also is in every department. That´s why even departments particpating in organized gang stalking. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.

Organized Gang Stalking also includes healthcare and psychiatry. The term that describes organized gang stalking in departments as healthcare or psychiatry is termed “political abuse of psychiatry”. Organized Gang Stalking using some form of entanglement psychology to entangle everyone within the Matrix or Beast System.

The human mind or brain is controlled, altered, conditioned and genetic enginered to enslave and imprisoned humankind into the matrix, the mind prison or the dreamworld.

Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All human beings are born with carnal minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind is hostile to God. Carnal mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are not spiritually discerned.

Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and humans is the only species who invented their own prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the The Three Knots of bondage and limitations. The mind prison is the result when everythings spiritual is turned off (real self, real reality and real knowledge).

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Deceptions is the only way the can enslave mankind within the matrix and keep them imprisoned in the 2 dna strand of reality. Genetic manipulations is deception of human genetics. Deception is defined as the deliberate attempt, whether successful or not, to conceal, fabricate, and/or manipulate in any other way- Genetic manipulation is genetic deceptions, and deceptions conceals humankinds history into a evolutionary lock because humankind have not access to the higher knowledge then the 10 etheric dna strand was unplugged and disconnected by the archons and annunaki. And that´s why the archons prevents the soul from ascending and organized gang stalking using gaslighting to confuse the mind with deceptions. They also beaming sounds and voices into the mind to stregthen the process of more confusions, and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive target individuals to madness.

Just like the matrix, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceptions with the intention of causing ignorance and helplessness, created by the devil to help degenerate humanity into a beast-like state which was not God’s will for man or mankind to be which is the truth. The truth is God, and God made man in his image and after his likeness, not the likeness of beast or Satan, so the natural state of man is the truth. Plus in the Psychology of Deceit, it said that the world thrives on lies and we have to sort through the bombardment of lies that come at us every day to find the real truth.

And whole idea of this is that when a person possesses more information (knowledge) is usually more powerful in controlling both the environment and other persons. So in short, telling a lie is to reduce others power by providing them misinformation that’s if this knowledge or information is associated with power. So what is the matrix or the system? Control, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceit, built to keep the human race under some type of control, in order to reduce or degenerate the human being to a beast, the mark of the beast.

Literature on psychological warfare is usually limited to that which is committed in times of international war, against foes in other nations. The task of the offensive psychological war strategist is to find ways to rule people by fear, and keep them pacified so that they do not react to the source of fear, but instead learn to love the state of fear up to the point that they look for more of it, and would miss it if they could no longer find it. The psycho-technology is designed to keep the psychological age of an intellect in its infancy, and to seduce it with horror, and teach it to enjoy living in an interactive scary movie.

Given awareness of philosophical and social cognitive engineering, and the psycho-technologies which these produce, it is naturally rational to vehemently insist to those stubbornly intention-focused persons the following. The nature of psychological warfare is most rationally identifiable through consequentialist evaluations of the effects of actions, because while it is not possible to observe intentions, things can most practically and accurately be understood by observing their effects. Moreover, tyrants try to hide their evil actions with declarations of good intentions, and evil-means-to-good-end rationalizations.

Even when tyrants manage to hide some of the effects of their actions so that the tyrannical causes may also be concealed, their attempts to hide those effects inevitably produce yet other effects. The observable effects can be deciphered in order to reach the bottom meaning of the deceptive code of their misconduct, and thus unmask the evil that is casting a false appearance of the good. Evil constantly usurps the good, to impede the authentic expression of the good.

Evil is the deadly or death-serving exercise of outer power, which poses as the exercise of the freedom to really live; yet, evil is identifiable as such because it does not enhance one’s existence; evil gives only the false impression that it has contributed to the quality of one’s existence. To make you powerless and unable to detect its deceptive works, the enemy seeks to deceive you about the meaning of power, keep you ignorant about its true meaning, and seeks to get you to devalue knowledge. To empower one’s capacity to detect deception, one must first know what is meant by the phrase, “Knowledge is power.”

In other words this can be put: applied knowledge of inner power is power. True power is the application of the knowledge of inner power. The false “power” applied by the governmental state, outer power, only serves to impede the growth of individual inner power, and thus proves to be the opposite of true power, and to be nothing more than socialized powerlessness. Additionally, knowledge is a defensive and constructive means to power.

Knowledge protects one’s intellect from being outpowered by those of mischievous doctrines, and dogmas, and equips one to win a psychological war for mental independence.

By denying you access to particular knowledge, the enemy tries to keep that power for itself, and keep you in a state of ignorance. Yet, what it has ignored is than it is severely ignorant itself, as evident by its erratic approach to power.

Ignorance is a means to offensive and destructive counterfeit versions of “power,” and can even have thi tragic consequences of making one a victim of one’s own pursuit of false power. Contrary to popular contemporary psychopathic recommendations, it is not by deceiving, hypnotizing, mal-educating, misinforming others, and propagating ideological death worship that one gains power. It is by educating oneself and others that one develops individual developmental power, which is the only true form of power.

That political science encourages the mental powerlessness of people for the sake of increasing the social influence of irrational government. Delusional and out of touch with human reality, conventional political science acts as if psychological insecurity is consistent with freedom; it even treats psychological insecurity as providing a causal basis for freedom.

That treatment that conventional political science gives freedom is based on both logically self-contradictory, and technically impossible grounds. Freedom cannot be achieved by imposing mental slavery, a condition that clearly is in opposition to individual freedom of thought, and which cannot cause security. There needs to be freedom at all levels of life (mental, economic, political) for there to be social freedom. The suggested claim that mental slavery causes social freedom is as ridiculous as the claim some ‘New Agers’ make that trauma causes the evolution of consciousness. Terrorism of any form cannot cause an expansion of the range of conscious awareness.

The opposite is the truth: terrorism causes psychological insecurity which, in turn, causes cognitive blocking of sensitive information, and widened unconsciousness. As mentioned previously, freedom is measurable by degree of conscious awareness, and the degree of unconsciousness shows freedom’s extent of absence. Hence, psychological warfare is based on an ideology of terrorism, and it is thereby an instrument for mental enslavement. Yet, while accepting the opposite of the truth, conventional political science ignores that freedom ultimately refers to freedom of an individual mind, and that freedom requires psychological security which can only be achieved by developing one’s lucidity and inner power.

Organized Gang Stalking constantly working to create a negative cognitive feedback loop, and through their actions spiritual and psychological terrorism causes psychological insecurity which, in turn, causes cognitive blocking of sensitive information, and widened unconsciousness.

Then Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare, the methods is based on “terrorizing”, and terror (through anchoring and sensitizing), they torturing the targeted individuals mind with constant stalking., constant harassment, constant interference, constant sound and noise harassment. Sound and noise harassment is the non-lethal weapons they using. Syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, or electro magnetic frequnecies is been beamed into the targeted individuals mind.

The definition of a torture devices is as follows:  – Torture devices consist of any piece of equipment, especially a mechanical one, designed specifically for inflicting unbearable agony on a victim. The objectives of torture devices were to inflict pain and also intimidate victims. Just the sight of a torture device would frighten a prisoner into a confession. Torture devices were therefore used as a tool or a method for the extraction of information or confessions.

Sensory overload occurs when one or more of the body’s senses experiences over-stimulation from the environment. There are many environmental elements that impact an individual. Examples of these elements are urbanization, crowding, noise, mass media, technology, and the explosive growth of information. Sensory overload is commonly associated with sensory processing disorder. Like its opposite sensory deprivation, it is being used as a means of torture.

Sleep deprivation is the condition of not having enough sleep; it can be either chronic or acute. A chronic sleep-restricted state can cause fatigue, daytime sleepiness, clumsiness and weight loss or weight gain.[1] It adversely affects the brain and cognitive function

Harassment—an exasperating, disturbing annoyance or irritation that threatens or undermines personal peace and tranquility. Satan’s ultimate plan is to oppress and victimize the person he is harassing.

Here are a few examples of Satan´s harassment methods and these can be find in today´s organized gangs talking;

He won’t let people sleep (sound torture and sleep deprivation)
He cause people to doubt (manipulations and gaslighting)
He make people angry (provoke and irritating)
He make people forget (forget their true Higher Self)
He won’t let people eat (stalking and control when eating)
He will control peoples emotions (using the human ego to manipulate and to control)
He will make people jealous. It’s fun! (triggering emotions)
He will mess up peoples finances (destroy economic life)
He won’t people her have normal social relationships (persecution, ostracism, isloation, no support system, infiltration, paranoia psychology, fear and stalking)
Evil demons is controlling the human will on Earth today
Harassment: The first degree of demonization is harassment. This is the weakest of Satan’s attacks.

The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.

Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. This includes the carnal mind of organized gang stalking.

Mind Control Methods and Organized Gang Stalking

“The suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and surgery-based “medicine” ensures that the human physical body operates at far less than its optimum potential. This is the reason for the blatant misrepresentation and suppression of the so-called “alternative” forms of healing which have been around for thousands of years longer than modern “medicine”. “Food additives, fast food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical health and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you need if you want to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on controlling “education” and the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet of brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the controllers want us to think. Most of the population, play a part in advancing an agenda they do not even know exists.

If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.

They, Them, Those who have absolute rule over the earth and Their Created Environment, which has been established as a way of life for so many, are very afraid of themselves and all others who stand to be equal with everyone else. They do not want any form of equality, They only want what they want and for everyone else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are just now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so They have devised a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has taken place, as is shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality there can be. So today, the humans of the earth are so over-confused that all many of them can do is to walk down the street and stare at their cell phones and text mindless stuff to their friends, controlled by MicroWaves that are used are for Mind Control.

Brainwashing Agenda: keep the masses dumbed down with technology and implants. Global satellites,, cell phone towers, and personal electronic devices—such as cell phones, smart phones, and personal computers—can now target individuals and shoot negative energy beams to harm a person’s mental and physical health anywhere in the world. These same satellites, cell towers, and electronic devices will also control most of the government implants that control the evil voices and other destructive commands. Electronic stalking, electronic torture, and mind control agendas are coordinated by the reptilians, greys, mantids, departments, psychic warfare programs, governments, and law enforcement agencies. If you are under attack, you have a organized ganag stalking handler orchestrating your torture. These human handlers are under the control of the reptilians.

THE AMYGDALA Is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous stimuli from our experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably some from ancestral memories stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions our response units accordingly, ensuring that we react instantaneously to all potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in train a series of motions that take milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive process to rationalise and regain control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles contract and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in a hasty salute to the sound of the heart stirring up the rivers of blood below the skin. This is called the ‘fight or flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful states that catch us unawares. The amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated, it remembers why and retains the fearful association within its wrinkled clutches. Consisting of two almond-shaped structures, the amygdala is located in the brain’s limbic region. The limbic region used to be known as the smell brain. It is still commonly referred to as the reptilian brain because it is roughly equivalent to the brains of present-day cold-blooded vertebrates. The late twentieth-century scientist and political writers saw it as an ‘enemy of freedom’. Its arousal, he believed, would lead to the control of our rational minds ‘being taken over by those primitive levels of the hierarchy which the Victorians called “the beast in us”.’

BRAINWASHING Brainwashing and gaslighting are just a few of the many mind-control tactics used in NAS. The primary difference between the two is brainwashing relies on forceful and obvious mind-control strategies, while gaslighting is carefully cloaked in secrecy. A combined Cambridge, Oxford, and Merriam Webster gaslighting definition is as follows:

  1. Making people believe only what you want them to believe by continually telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them.
  2. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using systematic and often forcible means.
  3. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.

BRAINWASHING IS MIND CONTROL

Brainwashing employs secret, but covertly forceful, psychological strategies with the purpose of changing a person’s belief system, perceptions, attitudes, and analytical abilities. Through repetition and purposeful confusion, intimidation, and a regimented campaign of propaganda, victims unconsciously relinquish their version (perceptions and analysis) of reality and accept the forced version. It is a methodical and controlled system of indoctrinating a specific set of beliefs that, before the brainwashing, was not held by the victim. Brainwashing relies on the systematic application of isolation, verbal and physical abuse, and mind-clouding techniques like sleep deprivation and malnutrition to reduce comfort levels and feelings of hope. Shifting from cruelty to seemingly altruistic concern creates psychological instability and increased levels of uncertainty, despair, and hopelessness. These culminate in the adoption of the forced set of ideas, views, and beliefs. Brainwashing often takes place in an environment of isolation, meaning all “normal” social reference points are unavailable. There is often the presence or constant threat of physical harm, which adds to the victim’s difficulty in thinking critically and independently.

GASLIGHTING EXPLANATION

Gaslighting is an insidious mind-control method sociopathic pathological narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable codependent prey. They target individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of protection. Gaslighters are most successful when casting themselves as loyal, dutiful, and unconditionally invested in defending and caring for their victims. Gaslighters systematically manipulate a codependent’s environment so they are powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help them, and convinced their gaslit impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their carefully choreographed false, but realistic, relationship with their captor.

They implant narratives, or revised and distorted versions of reality, to weaken their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their own mind against them. The scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist, or was only a mild or moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already aware.

The gaslighter carefully and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so they repeatedly experience the staged problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the gaslighter seizes on these staged moments by implanting a narrative to make the victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who they’ve become, and a belief they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this scenario further inculcates them with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of false narratives about the problem, their inability to control or stop it, and the impact it is having on others purposely manifests as thoughts and feelings of hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the pre-existing core shame. This cements their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them and their captor. Not only does the gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible to anyone who could protect or rescue them, they convince them these people don’t care, love, or want to be with them.

Moreover, they are effectively persuaded that, if they should visit their friends and loved ones, more harm than good would come of it. In severe cases of gaslighting, the victim will defend the gaslighter, as well as sound an alarm if someone should try to intervene in their relationship. Not only does the gaslit person defend these new self-narratives, but loyalty to the “loving” and “protective” gaslighter is paramount. These misperceptions, together with a sense of allegiance and appreciation, would prevent the victim from accepting help. All the while, the gaslighter is feeding their victim’s loved ones false information for the sole purpose of further alienatin or severing the relationship.

According to Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform used in cults are organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s sense of self, (2) get the follower to drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his worldview; induce the victim to accept the cult leader’s new version of reality and causality, and (3) develop in the follower a dependence on the cult and thereby turn the follower into a deployable agent of the cult. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’ confidence in themselves and in their followers’ own belief systems (Singer 1995). This destructive process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s ability to then control the lives of his followers, to gain acceptance of the leader’s belief system, and to insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s directives. Although some mind-control and brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and intrusive assaults on the brain, most methods of mind control and thought reform used in cults are more mundane and do not differ from the methods commonly used by many individuals in everyday life

The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a Techno-Spiritual warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves.

This growing A.I. Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IM-MORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD.

As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of the controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you think you are in control, but the digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult Elite are just that…nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual Reality at their full control, while masking this well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon the point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-ever, after that.

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end.

Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing their docility within their pods.

Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods.

The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping, nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.

Brainwashing culture and organized gang stalking simularities

Brainwashing has been defined as: intensive propaganda techniques that are applied under conditions of (constant) stress andior coercive persuasion, during which an individual is confronted by conditions deliberateiy designed to undermine his morale and make him question his accepted attitudes. This paves the way for indoctrination with a “replacement set of beliefs” that will produce a  change in behavior using this definition, we find that political education, religious indoctrination, and general socialization can all be said to contain elements of brainwashing since all three have the same basic goal: to replace a person’s present beliefs and behaviors with beliefs and behaviors more in line with the agenda of whomeveris doing the brainwashing.

To accomplish this, mind-slayers use reason and logic, evoke emotion, make appeals to faith, use psychological persuasion and, when need be, use physical coercion to change a person’s behavior.

They do this by first breaking the person down and then rebuilding him in the brainwasher‘s image. Phase One.’ Breakdow;

Breakdown undermines the person’s morale, causing the person targeted to begin to doubt, making him question his accepted beliefs and behaviors. This phase of the brainwashing process uses both physical and psychological tactics.

Physical breakdown is accomplished by assuming as much control over the body of the person targeted as possible. In extreme oases, such as with POWs or cult recruits, a person’s movement is physically restricted and all their “intimate needs‘ (eating. bathing, using the toilet) are controlled by the brainwasher in order to bring about a feeling of powerlessness in the person. Isolation is used two ways during this initial phase. First. The subject is kept cut of from outside information and influence.

In organizd gang stalking neighbors cult based intimidation psychology and starts coughing when you eating breakfast, start coughing when you eating, dinner, start door slammning when make dinner, dropping things on the floor when visiting bathroom, door slamming when visiting toilet, open and closed water cranes simultanously when visiting toilet, intense hammering when take a bath, syntethic sounds and voices is been beamed when sitting on the toilet. Beaming simultanously words when take of cloths for bath. Simultanously door slamming when you drying you body or hair with the towel. They have the capacity to interference in real time of seconds. If you close your eyes the computer generated voice starts beaming and looping “open your eyes”. This matrix of this world want´s control or interfering when you open and close your eyes.

Second actual physical isolation and for enforced silence (solitary confinement) makes the brainwash more eager to join a reeduction group or thought reform class, if only to experience some human contact.

Psychological breakdown then takes a person already weakened in body by physical mistreatment—exhaustion, meager diet, sleep deprivation, and torture—and attacks his mind. Psychological attack often begins with humiliation: first stripping the person of his dignity, and then offering to restore that lost dignity bit-by-bit in exchange for cooperation. Forced to remain naked and filthy for days, a POW is grateful to the “kind” interrogalor offering him a shower and giving him clothes to wear, helping him restore a little of his lost dignity. This is the brainwashers foot-in-the-door: first he creates doubt in the subjects previously held truths, then he offers the brainwashed subject “new truths.”

Planting doubt in the subject’s mind begins with seeding small uncertainties about such things as the day and time or even who is winning the war.

Little uncertainties lead to big doubts, to distrust of past beliefs, opening the subject up to future changes in attitudes.

Eventually doubt takes root: doubts of self-worth, doubts incomrades and country. Doubt becomes resentment, then becomes anger that his government and God are unable to protect or rescue him from harm. Weakened in body and mind, under constant bombardment of the interrogators “facts,” the brainwashee’s former self-image (of being invincible and of being valued by his country) begins to crumble.

Brainwashing is not just mind control, it the process of breaking down willpower, triggering negativity, induce stress, so the targeted individual can´t see any future, has no drive, don´t see any spiritual progress, no forwards movement, trapped in the organized gang stalking loop of mind control within the matrix, and lack of faith, losing visions, and don´t see path of salvation. The goal fo Satan and Organized Gang Stalking is to prevent anyone from ascending into the state of oneness (path of salvation), when the ego and state of duality is been dissolvd.

Satan’s greatest techniques is to create doubt in our minds, create doubts in faith, create doubts in the spiritual self-image, self esteem and breaking down spiritual divine powers through doubts, and one methods to strengthen his “doubt” work is through gaslighting.

Discouragement is how the devil creates doubt. Doubt is confusion the devil controls, and gaslighting is the process that can create both confusion and doubts.

The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things.

All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life.

If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.

Mind control is probably as old as our awareness that we each had a mind of our own.

Throughout the course of history, there are a number of names for mind control that describe a common goal: to take over a person’s innermost thoughts and control his or her behaviors and actions. Brainwashing, coercion, thought reform, mental manipulation, psychological warfare, programming, conversion, gas lighting, indoctrination methods, psychic driving, crowd control: They all describe a method by which a person’s individual thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions are disrupted, dismissed, and destroyed—even replaced with the thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions of someone else. whether designed to create the perfect assassin or super soldier, indoctrinate prisoners of war, recruit members into a cult or religious belief system, or control the consuming masses and direct their behaviors in accordance to the political whims of the day, mind control has been used extensively in our past, is in use today, and no doubt will be used in the future.

The name given to the phenomena of citizen stalking and harassment tends to change with time, circumstance, and methods. The common name used today is Gang-Stalking, or Predatory Gang-Stalking. Gaslighting, a term derived from the 1944 Hollywood movie “Gaslight” where like methods are employed to undermine an individual physically, is another.

R.B. Ross defines Predatory Gang-Stalking as “a criminal phenomenon referring to a group of loosely affiliated people who, in an organized and systematic manner, relentlessly invade an individual’s life on a continuous basis, to an extreme degree, as part of their lifestyle. While each individual Gang-Stalker does his or her small part, what defines Predatory Gang-Stalking is the collective intent to do harm”.

The organized gang stalker can wait for long time for a moment to synchronously and simultanously interfering with some gang stalking actions or they wait to the right moment so they can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just so they can honk a horn, to wait for the target to take a shower so they can do the same; to wait, then run out of their house so they can make a rude gesture or hurl obscenities when the target goes out to throw the trash and synchronously and simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the target is going out and synchronously and simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the front of the targeted individual,

The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a lack of individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far from everyday people, but cult members who are working for an agenda.

Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an individual in a malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a nervous break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant mental, emotional, or physical pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors, bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts, sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a “ganging up” by members of the community who follow an organizer and participate in a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and isolate the victim.

The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals, electronic monitoring inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls, emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/ aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and much more. Police and fire dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul.

The constant goal with organized gang stalking is to getting the target sensitised to sounds, colors, patterns, actions. Eg. Red, white, yellow, strips, pens clicking, key jangling, coughing, sneezing, whistling, fingers snapping, clapping, etc.

Gang Stalkers creates constant noise harassment and mimicking campaigns. Organized Gang Stalking using remote viewing methods and the create imitating and mimicking campaigns. These mimicking campigans includes healthcare, social wellfare and even miltary. More about these departments later.

Disrupting the targets life, sleep with loud power tools, construction, stereos, doors slamming, etc. Talking in public about private things in the targets life. Mimicking actions of the target. Basically letting the target know that they are in the targets life. Daily interferences, nothing that would be too overt to the untrained eye, but psychologically degrading and damaging to the target over time.

Organized Gang Stalking is also organized or collective “gaslighting”. Mass consciousness has created a form of “HIVE MIND” EGO and the organized gang stalking program is been controlled by the collective hive mind. Then humankind living within “The Matrix” enslaved into a mind-prison this HIVE MIND is the enslaved lower ego-matrix. Ego is always threated by changes and from scriptures we learn; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and the whole society is built up around materialism, and materialism is lower vibrational frequencies, and lower vibrational frequnecies is the matrix and mind prison. Targeted individuals is also called empowered individuals because the are spirital awaken, and when someone is spiritual awaken they can raise the lower vibrational frequencies to higher vibrational frequnecies and free themselves from ignorance, bondage, enslavement, the matrix and mind prison.

The Matrix and Mind Prison has become the “comfort zone” and when someone leaving the matrix and the mind prison, the organized gang stalking trying to pushing back the targeted individual into the matrix, and if the don´t going back the organized gang stalking program creates a enviroment where they surrounding the targeted individuals life and start using all form of fear and pain mechanism. The Archons controls the matrix and they hace created a fear and pain system that function as electrical shocks for the mind.

The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any discomfort, and it will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in your comfort zone.

It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. This is exactly why it is so critical that every key person (actually every person in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational pull and make needed changes while achieving critical objectives that support the organization’s master strategic plan. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process from the very start.

Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and this mass consciousness. The enemy of the carnal mind is the divine mind, and the divine consciousness is the right brain hemispere´s theta brain waves. Beta brain waves is the termed as the left brain prisoners. The Matrix and mind prison is the left brain of dominace. The ego and carnal mind is been threatened by the divine mind or spiritual awaken or empowered individuals because they are in the process of changing their inner frequencies by raising their frequencies.

The Beta left brain suppresses the intuitive right brain and induces fear-programming to stay in domination, and when one is able to switch down to alpha and then theta one is able to self-reprogram the whole brain.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA to ‘make us forget’ who we are, and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have two strands of DNA in our physical bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our soul bodies. Their whole system of indoctrination here is designed to make us forget who and what we really are and to make us remember our painful experiences, including our physical, mental and emotional experiences that are then stored in our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body, mind and emotions.

One can think as this remove of one dna strand is like remove a bridge to the other side, so no one can pass. In other terms to disconnect the right brain hemisphere from infleuncing the the work of left brain hemisphere. There is bridge in the “Corpus Callosum” named the “alpha bridge” and this bridge disappears when the brain is controlled through fear based subconsciousness programs. This alpha bridge can be re-build through meditation and when this is the bridge to the theta state and divine connection, and this is what the Archons have disconnected humankind from by using all forms of both psychological and spiritual warfare strategies in all forms.

Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make us operate only through one brain hemisphere. The Corpus Callosum is the bridge between left and right brain hemisphere, but the “alpha bridge” frequency dissapear by fear, in same way the third eye of intuition is closed through fear. The veil of ignorance or veil of fear is in action when fear is the dominated thought pattern in the left brain.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. And the Nordic Reptilans or Annunaki and The Archons may be real and the Darwin evolutionary theory may be the deception humankind is locked, trapped and imprisoned within. Enslavement – when humankind is trapped in the history because of lack of access to higher level of consciousness, and the ones who genetic manipulated the human 2 dna strand don´t want humankind to understand how the three knot of ignorance prevent humankind from see reality and find their real Higher Self.

Scientific analysis of chemtrails has also revealed the presence of aluminum, barium, calcium, magnesium, and titanium. These metals are used to create conduits for electromagnetic waves and broadcasts so that an electromagnetic field prison encases the planet and blocks unwanted wavelengths coming in. This also acts as a conductor for negative thought wave frequencies which are broadcasted to the population.’

Chemtrails and Positioning Satellite System (G.P.S.) and other technologies so as to hack the body-computer and download unwanted signals which affect physical, emotional, and mental frequencies. This is all part of manufacturing a false reality for the body-computer inhabited by souls. Another major aspect of this manufacturing is to shut down the corpus callosum so that communication between the two hemispheres of the brain is crippled. When this happens, people become what is termed “left brain prisoners.” The Matrix in contolled by the influencies of the left brain hemisphere, and the left brain hemissphere is also represented by the ego and the ego is the fear mongerer, and the ego is connected to mass consciousness, and mass consciousness controls the matrix, and the matrix control the organized gang stalking program.

Society is structured so that chemicals in food and water and the education system close down vast tracts of the corpus callosum in order to suppress communication between the left and right brains. The body-computer is then reprogrammed through electromagnetic warfare to act overwhelmingly through the left brain. The most important target for the mass reality manipulators, however, is the subconscious. It is in the subconscious where instructions and perceptions are implanted beyond the awareness of the conscious mind. This is where television comes in as it is the most widespread form of hypnotism on the planet. Television programs (notice the word ‘programs’) induce subliminal programming so as to implant messages into the subconscious mind of the viewer, who then unconsciously (or sometimes consciously) enacts those programs.

Humans have been biologically engineered through DNA manipulation to be ‘out of phase’ with the cosmic and planetary codes of the universe so that you may be more easily manipulated to serve the ‘masters’, the gods who designed you. These beings, the malevolent Annunaki gods who inhabit the underworlds so they may work unseen under the illusion you have free agency. The battle for human consciousness rages on and humans are caught between the benevolent and malevolent beings of the cosmic universe.

Most astonishing information in the Sumerian clay tablets are the detailed descriptions of how the Anunnaki interbred with humans to create a hybrid race.

In Sitchin writings he tell the stories of the Annunaki; “Those who from Heaven to Earth came”. Sitchin believes the Anunnaki from Sumerian texts are the same as the Nephilim from the Hebrew text of Genesis chapter 6, and he claims they were extraterrestrials, space travelers who came from their dying planet to earth in antiquity. Sitchin also takes the Scipture term Adam and twists it to represent the early human species of antiquity. So in his interpretation of the Sumerian and Hebrew text, he makes the bold claim that the Anunnaki fashioned “the Adam” or the human species in their image. So to make it simple, he promotes the popular idea that mankind in the ancient past could have been created by an advanced race of extraterrestrials, in Zecharia Sitchin’s case the Sumerian Anunnaki.

Humans may be descendants of ancient extraterrestrial beings or may have been created by manipulation of the gene pool.

Some believe that the Annunaki may have created grey alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago.

When one study how all the organized gang stalking actions taking plays, these “stalking” actions is simular to “watchers actions”. If Earth is some kind of matrix, a mind prison, created by the Annunaki, the mind prison is then controlled by methods and “watchers” than acting like prison guards. If there is a hell, there is Satan, if there is a mind prison, there is a prison guards, if humankind dna is genetic manipultaed to function on the lowest biological survival programming level and the enslavement programming, so there must be enslavers, programmers, prison guards. This description fits in how all organized gang stalking action taking place.

Organized Gang Stalking actions acting as organized gang stalkers, organized fear programmers, and organized prison guards. Ancients text say Satan is the prison guard and the Archons is the gatekeepers or door keepers. This description fits in how organized gang stalking action taking place in this living area of the matrix. Neighbors above living a organized gang stalking life 18 hours every day. A neighbors standing outside your window 3-5 hours every day, and door slamming 15 hours every day, like a robotized machine. The story about the Annunaki, Nordic Reptilians, the Archons created humans, Earth is a prison planet where humans is trapped and imprisoned within the mind-prison, and the archons prevents the soul from ascending, and then it is said there is Saturn and Moon matrix which hacking the human mind and perception through the frequency band.

Organized Gang Stalking programs seems to be some form of a very advanced artificial stalking program that using mass consciousness and methods of remote viewing. Organized Gang Stalking program reveals it can hear what you hear, it can see what you see, and know what you think through remote viewing, Is this possible? Yes.

Organized Gang Stalkers can interfering what you see (the watching sense), organized gang stalkers can interfering with what your hear (the hearing sense), and organized gang stalkers can interfering with what or when you thinking (mind and perception).

For years people on the streets, neighbors, workers in food stores, pharmacies, departments as healthcare, social wellfare, and interfering in real time tv broadcasting, and even miltary stalking and interfering with your daily actions.

Neighbors in the apartment above is living organized gang stalkinglife 18 hours every day. It can start 04.30 in the morning by dropping things on the floor, then continues with door slamming and door slamming is been used a combination of stalking, harassment, and interference in real time. Door slamming is been used for synchronously and simultanously actions. Usually these actions “synchronously and simultanously” actions is been decribes as people arriving and leaving apartments at same time as the targeted individual. This reveals the basic model for “synchronously and simultanously” is in action. This reveals the organized gang stalker knows when the targeted individual leaving or arriving to their homes and can synchronize this action simultanously at same second. Targeted individuals also reveals how people arround them using words or content from a phone conversation they may have earlier, and at some point during the day someone mirroring this word or content, so the targeted individual can here is. These “synchronously and simultanously” actions of stalking, harassment, interference, and imitating and mirroring can take place on every level and everyhere. Organized Gang Stalking is reveals that anyone, at anytime and anywhere can be used for organized gang stalking.

Neighbors above interfering in real time; when you write a mail to social wellfare they drop things on the floor every time, when you use your internet bank they drop things on the floor every time, when you watch tv series and something is happening they drop things in the floor in same second, when you make your breakfast neighbors above walking outside their balcony and starts fake coughing, when you make dinner they start door slamming, when you start your computer in the morning neighbor standing outside your window and at same time you start your computer door slamming starts, same method is used when you writing door slamming starts, when you read text door slamming starts, when you watch a movie and a word appears door slamming starts, or you can hear a word from the movie and door slamming starts, neighbors above using running water and interfering in real time by open and close the water cranes. Same methods is not just used by one neighbor, it seems to be used by any gang stalkers through the mass consciousness, used by people on streets, food stores, healthcare, social wellfare, media and even military.

The cental keys for organized gang stalking is; “constant”, constant stalking, constant harassment, constant interference, constant imitating and mirroring actions and these is the in combine with “synchronously and simultanously” actions. The word “constant” creates a constant pressure on the mind, it creates a constant pressure on emotions, it creates a constant pressure on thoughts, it creates a constant pressure on the frequencies in the brain, it then creates a constant pressure of entanglement, and all these methods creates the matrix, the mind prison. Its when a spiritual awakening process occurs all these action taking place, and the goal is to shut down the awakening process, to push back the awakening process to the slumbering state, to drag one back into the matrix and the enslaved mind prison. The actions of “constant pressure” and constant fear mongering” want´s to make the surrounding envoriment to a discomfort zone or transform the whole enviroment for spiritual and psychological warfare. Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare, and it is a invisible warfare program using PSI and remote viewing psychology.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

Although mankind’s evolutionary history and a man’s past experiences have shaped his subconscious mind’ in one way or another. Throughout our lives and through the evolutionary history we have been subjected to many things that have subconsciously programmed who we are, and from a gravitional force persepctive how this then creates all forms of subconsciously limitations of thought-pattern of duality. If one think of the human double Helix strand represents the relationship betweeen levels of Consciousness and Awareness. Around 2-3% of the human dna strand is in use and the other 97-98% is called the junk DNA. If one think in terms of a computer, would anyone be satisfied if they just have a basic computer program using just 2-3% of its fully potentials, and then knowing there is another 97-98% unused capability to be activated…? This also represents the relationship between the physical three dimensional reality (2%) of the brain and the spiritual fifth dimensional reality (98%) unused energy. The Consciousness ego controls only 2% of the thoughts, only 40 bites per second, while the subconscious controls 98% of all thoughts and memories of the brain, 11 billions bits per second, and the the Superconscious is the true Self and is connected to the Divine. So the subconsciousness is like a subconsciously working and consuming gravitational force that´s through the evolutionary history has been affected and controlled through the powers. The unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities controls the Matrix thought pattern.

The Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix world is based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and exploitation. We have been taught that the artificial reality of the Matrix is all there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But the truth is that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a co-creator of your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world that doesn´t benefit higher consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate humankind to enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own power. Once human through practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any control. A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.

Scriptures reveals; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The desires and carnal mind could be termed as “desire consciousness” and the lower matrix is linked to the state of the carnal mind or desire consciousness, and desire consciousness is also mass consciousness, and mass consciousness is been used in organized gang stalking.

Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All human beings are born with carnal minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind is hostile to God. Carnal mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are not spiritually discerned.

The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. Satan rules the world through the carnal mind and mass consciousness. This includes organized gang stalking.

The carnal mind is ruled by Satan (the ultra ego) and the mind prison is the result when everything spiritual is turned off (real self, real reality and real knowledge). In other terms the carnal mind represent the veil of ignorance and there is three knots of bondage in the human energy-body-system that prevents new information and energy from be configurated to higher levels of consciousness. The system of the carnal mind will target everything that trying to open these three knots of ignorance and free themselves from the imprisoned state of mind and enslavment.

Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and humans is the only species who invented their own prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the The Three Knots of bondage and limitations.

The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the opposite to Divine Consciousness. The carnal mind is been ruled by Beta brain waves, and divine consciousness is referred to the right brain and divine theta brain waves of love and bliss. The carnal mind using fear, pain and terror to stay in control and domination, and the carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to protect the carnal mind. The divine theta brain waves requires a relaxed and silent enviroment to reach the state of theta, and the whole organized gang stalking is designed to create all forms of constant sounds and noise harassment. Organized Gang Stalking is a product of the carnal mind to protect the desires of the carnal nature of materialism and the carnal mind of the ego holds the concepts of fear programming and fear is the component that holds matter together. Fear and matter is duality, and the Archons created two worlds out of one, and the other world is the matrix, the mind prison. And the Archons don´t want anyone to change the state of duality to the state of Oneness, where the ego and duality will be dissolved. They have genetic manipulated human into the lower vibrational frequency state or the 2 dna strand and unplugged the other etheric 10 dna strands.

The 2 dna strand is the physical strands and represent the carnal “flesh” body/mind and its carnal desires of nature, and when someone awakening their unplugged 10 etheric dna strands, then will the carnal nature and designed organzied gang stalking program startusing anyone, at anytime and anywhere with constant stalking and constant harassment, and create a eviroment with constant pressure of negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic and so on to suppress all efforts of spiritual progress, spiritual movement forward, spiritual drive and spritual enlightment.

Who is particiapting in organized gang stalking? Then Organized Gang Stalking is the carnal nature, organized gang stalking is everyhwre where there is a carnal mind, and that´s why organized gang stalking program can use anyone, at anytime and anywhere. The carnal mind is the stalker of the mind. They don´t need any machines when they synhronize or simultanously start their interfering actions in real time, because they using the human ego, hive mind and mass consciousness within the matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking is built up around the psychology of triggering and sensitizing the mind with negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic, pain, suffering, anger, horror, terror.

If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern. Organized Gang Stalking is designed and including every spiritual and psychological methods to triggering fear and induce stress and worries the mind. If organized gang stalkers can´t triggering your fear patterns enough, then does a computer generated voice in the airs start beaming and looping words as worry, worry, worry, anxiety, anxiety, anxiety when you eating food, or a neighbor above walking out to their balcony and starts fake coughing when you eating. Organized Gang Stalking is where the carnal mind is. The Matrix and Beast system is where the carnal mind is, and organized gang stalking is within the beast system and the matrix. The beast system has get a computer generated speaking voice. Organized Gang Stalkers is connected to this beast system and the matrix. It is the carnal mind of the beast that rules organized gang stalking. That´s why departments also participating in organized gang stalking.

Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat.

The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor.

Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.

Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control.

The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.

The organized gang stalking program is designed to make the targeted individuals body-energy-system operate in primal instinct mode and under constant repressed state, and it is designed to create a endless negative feedback loop where they don´t see any future, has no drive, has no faith, has no visions, has no spiritual progres, no movement forward. They sensitizing and triggering the human body system into a cognitive anxiety state of the mind with a broken feedback loop. The goal is with organized gang stalking is to triggering and provoke the targeted individual to irrational thought pattern, triggering the human thinking pattern by subtle threats and triggering to paranoia. Fear, stress, constant stalking, subtle threats, create sleep deprivation, and then triggering paranoia, create a gaslighting enviroment together create confusion.

Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Constant sound is poison for the meditating state of mind and constant interference with noise and sounds is poison for the divine theta brain waves of bliss and intuition.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Fear and anxiety are distinguished in that fear is a response to the presence of a real threat and involves our automatic fight or flight mechanism, while anxiety is usually a general feeling of apprehension without a specific or known threat. What happens when fear takes over is that the energy that was running your internal immune system now switches your autonomic nervous system over to a sympathetic nervous system response. This is the process of organized gang stalking; to triggering all form of negative stress symptoms in the human body. Beta brain waves is the only brain waves that is related to fear, stress and anxiety and organized gang stalking triggering these emotions and thoughts by dailiy sensitizing. Yoga teaching learn how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation evolving towards the alpha, theta and theta brain waves. Meditation is the process of configuration of higher soul energy and through this process one changing slowly changing from the ego to the real Higher self.

Practically speaking, when we shut off our internal mind-talk and concentrate our attention through things like intention, meditation, prayer, or contemplation, we tune ourselves into this subtle, spiritual, quantum-level energy matrix. When this energy is allowed to transfer to our DNA (without interruption from negative attitudes or limiting beliefs), it affects the molecular and cellular levels that drive all our physical metabolic processes. This is why we have the ability to heal ourselves through prayer, meditation or conscious intention.’

Chakras are the ultimate funnels that allow us to move in between our various ways of being, from the physical to the spiritual and back again. Not only do chakras transfer information between the physical and subtle realms, but they can also transform one into the other. On a concrete basis, a transformer is an electrical device that changes the electricity of one voltage or measurement into another. Through this process they can also alter one type of energy so that it becomes a different type of energy.

This means that chakras move energies from higher to lower states (and vice versa), as well as inside the body to outside the body. They also pass energy between various planes of existence (which will be described in the next chapter) and between one’s own body, mind, and soul and those of others. As if they weren’t busy enough with these tasks, they are also turning physical energy into subtle (and vice versa). In other words, they act like transformers.

One must overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of liberation can be found in the bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a new energy, and this will then be the new root chakra.

Organized Gang Stalking is the opposite to what Yoga teaching learns how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation.

When someone starts lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain beta waves, the carnal mind and its carnal nature working with constant raising them again by triggering and and by induce negativity, stress, fear, and pain.

The carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to disturb, distract and distort a silent and relaxed state of mind and prevent it from activate the lower theta brain waves. Theta brain waves removes fear programs and fear concepts that rules the old evolutionary brain. When theta brain waves is in actions it removes fear programming, and the carnal mind again starts the opposite actions by inducing more negativity, stree and fear into the targeted individuals life.

All organized gang stalking action has some form of stalking, interfering and enslavement component. Earth may the mind prison where humankind is enslaved and imprisoned within like Neo in the movie “The Matrix”. Its when a spiritual awakening process occurs all the actions of organzied gang stalking begins, and then actually trying to hijacking and imprisoned this spiritual awakening by stalking, interference, constantly harassment with sounds and noise. Organized Gang Stalkers just use firecrackers, they even using coughing sounds when the stalking and using mind control methods, they using heavy nose breatnings in tv broad casting., or they even interfering by making soft sounds of clearing the throat in tv broadcasting. Sneezing sounds is also part of organized gang stalking. Organized Gang Stalking using every possible way to create sounds and stalking by making sounds. This was an introduction to the organized gang stalking world.

In the movie The Matrix, humanity is enslaved by an artificial intelligence we ourselves created. Humans are kept in pods while their bodies are used as energy sources to support the machinery of artificial intelligence. To keep us enslaved, the artificial intelligence creates a massive, interactive, virtual reality for humans. And by meticulously controlling the neurons in our brains, the artificial intelligence manages to deceive us into thinking this virtual world is the real world. Organized Gang Stalking constantly working to sensitizing and triggering emotions and thoughts (neurons in the brain) and using sounds, noise harassment, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies they rushing up the human neurons in the brain. Fear, stress, intimidation is part of this long term ongoing spiritual and psychological warfare. This silent and invisible warfare is ongoing 24/7.

Reverse remote viewing

Remote viewing and synchronusly and simulanously interference

Planting seeds, anchoring and implement around homes then using reverse anchoring and implement..

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end.

Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing their docility within their pods.

Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods.

The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping, nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.

The expansion of human consciousness due to the awakening of the human species mind would further the development of naturalized, life-focused ethical philosophy; that would aid the breaking out of the intangible, social prison cages of the ideological slave-driving machine.

There are forces all around us affecting our every move and changing the very fabric of reality.” Chances are, you find yourself in the first or the second group, or perhaps you move back and forth between the two. But consider for a moment the perspective of the mystery man who offered you the pills, who clearly belongs to the small third group. He may be paranoid, but that doesn’t mean those forces aren’t out to get him—and us.

The grand mechanisms that direct our choices, often without our knowledge, can leave us feeling less than human. In The Matrix, humans retain their fleshy bodies, but those bodies are mere energy generators for the empire of the AI machines. Plugged into the Matrix, they are part of a program that constructs a seemingly normal life for them, while all the while they are being sucked dry for the benefit of their evil mechanical overlords. Thus, they are no more than machines themselves.

The Poison Planter Satan is a master at planting seeds of doubt. Planting seeds of doubt and using deceit are obviously the Devil’s tools. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting and this method is been used to drive people to madness. The damage of gaslighting is that it is confusing, isolating, and often results in you questioning your own reality. The goal with gaslighting is to create a manipulated enviroment where one start thinking if they can trust their own senses and quiestioning reality. Gaslighting is when a person makes another person doubt their perceptions, memories and sometimes even sanity.

Gaslighting is the systematic attempt by one person or even through organized gang stalking to erode another´s reality or perception. Gaslighting is a form of psychological abuse in which false information is presented in such a way as to make the target doubt their own memory and perception. It is a deliberate ploy that occurs between the two individuals or between a targeted individual and organized gang stalking -the covert aggressor and the target.

The endgame is that the person being gaslighted thinks he or she is going crazy, and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive the targeted to madness. This is the goal with organized gang stalking; gaslighting is the worst form of deceptions to create confusion in the mind.

Gaslighting is been used by departments like healthcare and and social wellfare. For example doctors changing shirt. Social wellfare secretary trying to make you believe you hear things, and sending two different appointment time by gmail. The first mail has a appointment time, day after there is new a appointment time, and the first gmail has been removed. The social wellfare secretary sending two different mail with two different appointment times, and someone else hacked into the gmail and removed the first apppoinment time. So the organized gang stalking program even using gmail to affect your mind by gaslighting your mind. Even energy companies participating in organized gang stalking in this area of land. Energy companies using street lights; at night the turn off the light outside your window, and at daytime they turn on the light, and they turn on streets light when your are outdoors and exercise. In food stores the cashier also using gaslighting psychology; if the credit card register shows the sum of your food products 250 crones, you can hear the cashier saying it cost 150 crones in the background when you paying with your credit card. This is also a form of constructed deception or gaslighting to streghten all other actions of organized gang stalking. Another form of gaslighting is been used by changing th volume on your computer at night when you have music playing in the background. They targetting the mind with sound waves, beaming and looping words, sounds, voices, and when you listen to music they start controlling the volume on the music. When you take a shower they have made hole in the shower handle, then the water temperature start constantly changing from warmer to colder, when you regulate this, it start changing from the colder to the warmer it changing. Earlier they beaming and looping hair shampoo commercials into your apartment, then they start beaming this sunchronoulsy and simultanously at same time you washing your hair. When you open the window they fire a firecracker one second later. When yuo open your refrigerator they start warning blasting signal same second you open your refrigerator. When you a get work in a Christain organization they have place siren on the refrigerator in the lunch room. And there is endless ways of they simultanously uisng real time interference.

The process of gaslighting distorts our sense of reality and makes us disbelieve what we see, hear or experiencing through our perception. This is how the oragnized gang stalking actions and gaslighting taking place. Its street theater for the eyes, its street theater for the ears, and its is gaslighting for perception. It disturb, distract and distort reality.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

As clever and as crafty as Satan was in the Garden of Eden, he is the same outside of the garden. Satan’s methodical movements of cleverness are often seen as the same methods of darkness, but looks can be deceiving, as he himself is the king of deception. The darkness of Satan can often be likened to that of a skilled chess player eager to win over his opponent during the competition of a game. Thus, in the game of chess, each of the six types of pieces move differently and have different amounts of authority over the other pieces. In other words, each piece has its own position, but the queen can win the game. Chess pieces attack and capture other chess pieces with the objective of checkmating the opponent’s king by placing it under an inescapable threat of capture. This is the method of organized gang stalking,

This is the dialog of Satan when he approaches God to try to “shift” the saints of God. His attempt is to apprehend and state publicly before the throne of God “Checkmate!” as he attempts to win the game. What you and I must understand is that, as it is with the game of chess, the king—Satan—is restricted in movement as it pertains to the “game” on the board. The same is said in this life. Satan is restricted in movement, and the queen—the body of Christ—has authority over him by the power of the Word. The queen has the ability to move in places on the board that Satan does not have. The queen—the body of Christ—has the power to win the game because it has the fortitude to do so. The queen stands on the thrust of the King of Kings, who has already won in final victory.

One can think at the Matrix and the mind-prison on Earth as a chessboard ruled with three dimensional methods of control and deceptions that creates an illusionary restriction of movement. Satan´s goals has always been to disturb, distract and distort the human mind so they don´t have knowledge to find the real Self and through this understand they have the power to move out of the chess game in the three dimensional world, the matrix, the mind prison, or the illusionary dreamworld.

The core of Satan’s plan is the hijacking of our consciousness and the creation of a hive mind. If the king on the chess represent Satan and the ego perception of the five senses, so does the Queen represents the sixth sense and third eye of intuition. Humans can´t win the spiritual chess game by using the carnal mind and mass consciousness Satan have access to, one need to connect to the sixth sense and third eye of intuition.

The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.

The Darwin evolutionary theory may just be another form of created deceptions by same entities that have genetic manipulated the human dna strand and how knowledge about all these endless mind control methods everyone using.

Humankind is trapped and captivated within history by a “evolutionary lock”. When they genetic manipulated the human dna strand and unplugged ten of twelve dna strands they also trapped humankind within a history. The numbers of dna strands represents information and enlightment, and by disconnect and unplugged 10 dna strands, humans can´t acces higher levels of consciousness and configuration this information into the cells.

One can think like this; the 2 dna strand is the “locked matrix” and the junk dna holds the key to the lock. The lack of information blocks the energy-soul-configuration to higher levels of consciousness.

Through “maya psychology” and the veil of ignorance the dna helix is in slumbering state of mind, or dreamstate, and when Mankinds mind is asleep they forget the true spiritual nature of who they are and where they come form. This creates a “evolutionary lock” for spiritual progress because humankind is been trapped and imprisoned in history or within the 2 dna strand, the matrix, and this becomes the mind prison, and then creates the egos “dreamworld”, and humankind then is trapped in the artificial and virtual bubble of reality. And organized gang stalking is part of the beast system that captivates, traps, and imprisoned humankind into the matrix.

Every living being is under the governance of Maya (Illusion). In emotional attachment to Maya the whole world is asleep. It forgets its true spiritual nature and is asleep to it, but is awake to material consciousness. It is from this Maya, the enticer, has captivated the whole world. In ignorance he fails to realize the purpose of life and remains perpetually in bondage. Where, as ego separates the soul from God, maya prolongs the separation by projecting the real as false and false as real, deluding, thus, it keeps the soul in its grip. It allures and captivates the individual. It allures and captivates the individual. Only the egocentric gets into its web.

The souls are entangled in matter and release is made possible when the difference between the nature of the soul and matter is recognized. The human soul is released through recognizing that the world as caused is an illusion.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind. This mind is controlled by the second chakra and the Moon, which controls all the waters and emotions (even the maya-hypnotized).

The System or the “beast system” and the matrix is built up around controlling certain brain wave frequencies that keep the genetic manipulation in place within a energy grid. There is seven major chakras and everyone represents a certain frequency, the higher up on the chakra ladder one ascending the higher frequencies is made availabale. The lower matrix is represented through low vibrational frequencies and its ruler is fear based consciousness or fear frequencies. Fear controls everything. Its repress, oppress and supppress. Satan is ultra ego.

One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon the same electromagnetic spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio station, broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electro-magnetic energy spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are ways of changing your neural system!’ These neural patterns link together creating something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass mind which is the common sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this realm that the sorcerer can do his best work.

A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological information processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual warfare on a grand scale. Humans biologically cannot fight against an enemy they cannot see, and Satan knows if he can cut your phone line to God that he has got you forever in his grip. Psychological warfare today involves production of weapons using acoustic waves at a controlled hertz to totally control a human being’s body from a distance like remote control without a shot ever having to be fired. Triggering various electromagnetic fluctuations can affect brainwaves that then alter human emotion and physical well-being. Because all humans have a traceable electromagnetic fingerprint, Satan wants you to dial into his broadcast so he can pinpoint you even more with demonic activity.

Just to be sure you understand Satan’s game plan, let us now recap what we have previously learned to get an even bigger picture of just how Satan’s frequency of his universal collective consciousness can one day soon totally control mankind. ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain.

This system operates similar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the program director who selects the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen humanity produce the programming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false doctrine). The station then transmits the message over the air. However, you cannot pick up t he station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency. All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station “WORLD” with the volume turned all the way up. The receiver is the flesh, which is attracted to Satan’s frequency. All three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh, and the Devil.

Satan (the ultra ego) has power over the air medium, according to the Bible. Air carries large amounts of electromagnetically charged waves. Magnetic resonance is the key Satan uses to interact and taunt humanity. His power to manipulate natural frequency and wavelengths produces an ill effect on pineal gland hormone production. This explains why Satan’s army is feverishly installing tracking devices in everything. Once perfected, such technology will secure biological control over the brain and keep mankind in a mentally altered state tuned to evil. Resonances received by electrical communication devices allow signals from certain frequencies while rejecting others. Years ago, it was a proven fact that a transducer could modify spoken words into ELF waves to be heard in your head telepathically. Today they using syntethic telepathy and voice to skull technology.

A powerful electromagnetic grid forms a web around our globe. This grid of ley lines connect all megalithic monuments, built using sacred harmonic geometry, to magnify Satan’s covering so he can rule over Earth’s kingdoms.

At present human evolution, communication between our body and the hidden ten strands of DNA has been very limited —perhaps at 15% efficiency. The key to increasing DNA communication lies within electromagnetism, because DNA is really a super conductor of current. And the tiny currents within DNA set up small magnetic fields. In other words, there is an EM component to our genetic structure, just as in all other aspects of our body — in intracellular tissue, heart movement as well as brain function.

Man’s history has been one of development from the state of mass unconscious reactions to that of a slowly recognised group responsibility. The low-grade human being or the unthinking individual has a collective consciousness. He may regard himself as a person, but he does no clear thinking as to human relations, or as to the place of humanity in the scale of being. He is easily swayed by the mass or collective thought, and is regimented and standardised by mass psychology. He moves in rhythm with the mass of men; he thinks as they think (if he thinks at all); he easily feels as the mass feels, and he remains undifferentiated from his kind. Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.

When you are able to get your conscious mind in control and shut off the auopilot of your ego, you start to be able to make your life to a magical adventure. We have to figure out how to put the ego in the background and keep it out of the driver seat. The ego is the default operating system and its basic purpose is survival. By turning off the autopilot one turn off the default routine functions, and through this one is able to re-program the mind in new directions, and can tap into the unlimited creative power of the real Self.

The ego want´t to control and dominate and using fear. Fear is linked to control, and control is linked to autopilot thinking pattern. Autopilot is a response to fear. When humans are scared they switch to automatic.

The autopilot state of the mind is what prevents the third eye of intuition from be activated. The ego and intellect is the opposite to intuition, and may even be the enemy within because it prevents anything from be changed and evolved. The ego, intellect and autopilot prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. From a brain wave perspctive the beta waves (left brain hemisphere) suppresses theta waves (right brain hemisphere) and beta waves is been govern by the ego, intellect and autopilot and prevents divine/bliss theta waves from awakening and influenicng with its healing powers.

Beta brain waves is the autopilot of thinking that prevents divine theta waves from be activated and beta brain waves (autopilot) is what prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. Fear closing the third eye and autopilot is the response of this fear, and the autopilot is the default setting where the ego controls, operates and dominates the lower matrix. When one learn to shut of the beta brain waves one also shut of the default setting of the autopilot.

Fear lies at the very heart of much of ego’s driving force. As much as it may disguise, delude and deceive itself, fear is what drives the ego toward narcissism (control), arrogance (compensation) and defense.

The collective mass-narcissism keep humankind imprisoned in the dreamworld and illusions. If one convert the veil of ignorance that is in place is the collective mass-narcissism and this the materialistic three dimensional world, ignorance or narcissism is the state of mind when one don´t has the ability to see through the illusionary world of matter.

As the ego or the egoic mind is the matrix composed by all the thoughts, beliefs, concepts, ideas, biases and assumptions that you picked up along the way, are not yours and that create within you a false sense of self and a false notion of who you are, the “Higher Mind” is, in fact, your real mind, made of your true essence and it contains your most pure sense of self.

The masses are made up of individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses — the consciousness of the individual must alter. As we alter our consciousness and awareness, we will understand who we are, why we are here, and what part we are destined to play in creating this new age.

In this way, satan ( the ultra ego) exercises great control over large groups of people. Working as the accuser, satan uses this “corporate thought” to keep God’s spiritual leaders down and out. If God intends to use a certain man to bless His people, the enemy, working within the group mentality, will cause “everybody” to turn against him. And this is also been used in organized gang stalking, or organized bullying, or organized predator stalking. Satan controlls mass consciousness through the carnal mind and ego, and actually using anyone, at anytime and anywhere for the purpose of organized gang stalking.

How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear.

Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.

Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison.

For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems.

From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.

Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.

Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism, and these methods can be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, pain, mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking set up a stage of actions of intimidation and then staging of strange events intended to disorient the target indivudal and make them insecure and afraid. In order to gain control and manipulate another person a covert aggressor will employ positive reinforcement tactics such as praise, approval, even sympathy to draw you in. Then the aggressor will create a growing climate of fear and self-doubt with the use of intermittent positive and negative reinforcement (threats, intimidation, even playing the victim) to disorient the targeted person.

The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone through fear. Satan (the ultra ego) wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off.

Rejection is one of Satan´s intimidation strategies. When one begin to advance in the area for spiritual progress, they subtle start to set up the stage for intimidation. Fear and intimidations is part of the strategies in organized gang stalking.

When the intimidators come, their biggest weapons are words—threatening to harm, to disgrace, and to take away something of value. The demon that accompanies all intimidators on their mission is called fear. The demon of fear stands in the forefront to bark like a mad dog, while the human intimidator breathes threats.

Mass consciousness using all form of sounds as a weapons and this is the main component in organized gang stalking

Energy systems that are guided only by the ego are more likely to be engulfed into the influential power of the mass of collective energy. Ego based energy systems often perceive the world as being a terrible, negative place to live. Their perceptions create hostility and hate within them.

They project their negativity into the world, feeding the negativity within the mass of collective energy. This negativity is what positive, awakened energy systems are constantly fighting against. Positive awakened energy systems are higher conscious beings that can see past the smokescreens of the ego to get to the truth. Since the mass of collective energy is predominantly derived from the unconscious ego, awakened energy systems are considered outcasts and have to lead a life of repressed identity.

Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system within the mass of collective energy. This is the collective organized gang stalking. They constant stalking persecution and “shadowing”.

If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from controlling our state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly experience fear in different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real but imagined. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create the vicious circle of fear in our lives.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

When the right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto obtain information. When your´re centered and balanced, your energy will start expanding; it´ll start going up your spine again, then it expands out of the body , but including the body, into the experience that we tend to call bliss.

Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear blocks visions and and it blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process of new information from be configurated into the human body system. The organized gang stalkers does have any education in these advanced methods of psychology and everyone seems to know hoe to use this knowledge. Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind, create breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos. Organized Gang Stalking is th carnal mind in actions and w ithin the gang stalker.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.

Energy, information is light and it has been social and genetic manipulated and enginered for eons and thosuends of years, generation after generation.

Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12).

Organized Gang Stalking is part of spiritual and psychological warfare that is going on Earth in present time. Organized Gang Stalking is the invisible war or the “PSI warfare” to keep everyone imprisoned in the matrix, and prevent anyone from ascending and working constantly with “psi warfare” (spiritual, psychological and technological warfare methods) to prevent anyone from passing through the energy grid of the archons-mind prison.

Insights (intuition) removes darkness and illuminates. Insights manifests in the multitude of light. Insight opens the third eye and travels through the Crown of the head. Insights reveals the path to salvation. It brings cosmic visions. Insights removes gravitational force of the earthly matter from the human kind and elevates the human kind to a higher platform.

When the Soul is cleared of negative emotional programming its vital creative energies are freed and awakened, and its evolutionary energies are unleashed. This creates a heightened vital force that flows through the physical DNA, activating or “turning on” the infrastructure of our spiritual DNA. These silicon-based structures, as yet undiscovered parts of the DNA, are activated when higher octaves of energy are liberated in the body. Represented by the upward pointing crescent of the diagram, these structures of our spiritual DNA become the foundation for the higher “body of light” that is produced when the spiritual DNA is fully charged and activated. Organized Gang Stalking creates a constant loop of negativity, fearful programming, create a constant enviroment with stress (sound and noise harassment), stalking and threatening to prevent transformation and configuration and activation of new dna strands.

The third-eye center inspires awakening inward perception, learning to look within. We have two eyes to look outwardly and a third that provides inner vision—”insight.” The inner creates and reflects the outer, Inner vision leads to clarity of thought, intuition (to “see into it), psychic energy, insight, and clairvoyance—”seeing clearly.”

Fears and intimidation has generation after generation social and genetic engineered/manipulated the human dna strands.

The Light Codes carry so much of our ancient memories. As we activate consciously each of the DNA layers we also activate the light codes, turning up the dimmer switch, allowing more light to enter our beingness. This all happens as we are able to hold and manage new levels of light. Our nervous system needs to be strong, as does our grounding and physical health. Knowledge heals, it allows the pathways to safely heal and clear. This is why we address our healing and rebuilding in several ways, to ensure a safe and healthy passage through this mighty and exciting

Alchemy is a process of transformation, and alchemy represents the process of “configuration” of soul energy needed for higher configuration to higher consciousness and dna activation.

The lower mind and higher consciousness; We cannot solve problems by using the same kind of thinking we used when we created them. The three dimensional world is the state or concepts of duality, and this state is been controlled through beta brain waves. So in order to change perception one need to use other brain wave frequency to solve problems as ascending the soul to liberation. One therefore not use the ego to liberate the soul, beacuse the ego is what prevents this spiritual progress. And the ego blocks one´s visions and blocks the real Self from expanding in light/consciousness (enlightment). The human perceptions and visions is been controlled through fear patterns and fear programming.

We cannot solve problems by using the same kind of thinking we used when we created them. Fear based low vibrational frequencies created the matrix, mind prison, the dreamworld, and the higher vibrational love frequency is what opens the matrix.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change.

The carnal mind deviously employs the human intellect, the human emotions, and the human will to justify itself before mankind; and thereby it gains the esteem of the world. And thereby there is formed the personality that is popular with the people. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.

The mass of thoughts that has been built up in race consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind, which opposes and rejects God.

Mass consciousness is not Divine consciousness

Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world. That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed.

Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted.

The process of fear also includes the process of triggering insecurity. This is the process of organized gang stalking; fears and intimidation, doubts and gaslighting, hijacking the mind to create a “loop of control”, “loop of stalking”, “loop of interference”, loop of sound harassment”, loop of distortions, to distract and disturb the human cognitive thinking pattern system, sensitizing and triggering emotions and thoughts, create a neagtive cognitive feedback loop and so on.

The normal cycle of a feedback loop goes like this. First, the brain imprints the information. Second, the brain processes the information being received and then files it under the short or long term, memory banks. Third, the information gathered can then be recalled and pulled out of storage whenever it needs to be used within the stream of consciousness. The stream of consciousness is a constant flow of all the information ever received by the energy system.

Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises.

Cognitive chaos is when thoughts cannot be managed and controlled in a rational way, forcing the ego to become threatened by one or more illusions that become real to the energy system. The energy system does not have

The key of understanding the matrix and organized gang stalking; Insecure ego based energy systems flounder through life, never able to achieve higher levels of consciousness because of the gridlock of their fears, doubts, anxieties, and fragility. A weak, underdeveloped ego is responsible for the illusion of insecurity. Until the broken feedback loop or loops are resolved, insecurity will remain a debilitating factor. The matrix is been controlled by fear doctrines, and fear programming. Fear is the components that holds the matrix closed and humankind trapped within the matrix. Fear is the component that imprisoned the soul with matter. Fear, intimidation and terror of the mind forces the mind into a autopilot-cally thinking system and low vibrational frequencies. Fears captivates humankind within the evolutionary history because they can´t access new and higher information, and therefore can´t chanage from ego based fear perception to third eye of intuition perceptions of love and bliss (theta brain waves).

The moment of separation disconnected spiritual energy from God’s energy forming the energy of the ego. By giving up the trust of spiritual and God’s energy, the ego would develop into an; isolated, self governing, manipulative, vindictive, cynical, and untrustworthy ruler of collective unconsciousness.

The energy that is created within an energy system while on Earth is directly linked to the energy that it attracts to when released from the body. Negative energy attaches to negative energy and positive energy attracts to positive energy. The ego wants to be the governing force at all times. It will utilize sound scripts to reinforce its position on Earth, creating smoke screens and illusions to manipulate energy systems to follow the path of unconsciousness and fantasy.

Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. Living and dying filled with unconscious negativity only proves that the ego based energy system is a selfish, cynical, non-caring, fearful, and insignificant being.

To live life only in the confines of the ego blinds an energy system from the truth and limits their full capacity of experiencing the splendors of Earth as directed by the energy of Creation. Once the mistrust of God’s energy occurred the ego took control. Mistrust is an illusion that the ego has used as a defense against itself.

The ego has developed false perceptions of trust that are reflections of the original break between the truth, God’s energy, and that of the ego based energy system. Since the ego is only a representation of the physical realm, it cannot be trusted to guide or to confide in because it is filled with too many smokescreens and illusions. Illusions are ways to poison true, unconditional love.

Worldly chaos throughout history is directly related to the mistrust in the ego. Trusting an unstable, illusionary unconscious guide—the ego, only creates confusion, dissension, chaos, and mistrust within the mass of collective energy.

The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. The vortex within our Tree of Life stopped moving.

To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the vortices throughout our Tree of Life, our brain and our body, to unite our head and our heart. Then once again we can resonate with all energetic beings floating in our electro-magnetic field, around our ‘self’, the Sun of our ‘soul’, without fear.

We have to learn how to manage the positive and negative qualities of these energies, which all manifest through us at a physical level and we have to learn how to manage them in a non-fearful and compassionate way enabling them to express the light essence of their being through us.

Becoming aware one enables us to re-activate new dna strands and understand our physical two-strand DNA personality and the ten strand ‘junk DNA’ where we find the non-physical, archetypal, sub-personalities of our psyche.

Organized Gang Stalking triggering a pattern of neagitve cognitive feedback loop and occupies the mind with constant pressure by organized gang stalking actions. To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the energy vortices, but organized obstructing, disturb, distract and distort this process of energy-soul- configuration. The carnal mind of organized gang stalking don´t want anyone to becoming aware how to re-activate the ten unplugged they have disconnected humankind from. The carnal mind, organized gang stalking, mass consciousness, tribal consciousness, the beast system, the matrix they all represents the lower matrix or the lower ego and the desire consciousness. The whole materialistic society is built up around “carnality” and materialism and the ruler of this world, don´t want anyone elevate to higher levels than the three first chakras.

The initiation process functions as the portal access key, that unveils the coded genetic programs. This unveiling, activates the DNA recoding process whereby the dormant strands are reconnected, realigned, recalibrated, and activated, to provide the ethereal network system, that facilitates multi-dimensional communication and experience. With upgraded system functionality, and through the process of system recalibration, there is greater allowance.

During recalibration, and as these ascension codes are being fired within our grid encodement, our physical biology is going through that which is similar to energetic detoxification, system defragmenration and reformatting. This vibratory action is making way for the activation of the new templates that will be installed upon our new grid matrix. As our initiation is raking place,we are being reaibrated into the higher pyramidal chamber of light frequencies that our readiness calls for. After we have been energetically wired, made aligned and our frequency level has reached the therapeutic and safe point, our newly installed blueprint, and its electronic configuration are activated and amplified.

As new energy paves our energetic network system, it accelerates the vibratory activity of the electrons that make up our atomic structure. This activity induces the creation of a better, cellular framework, while quickening our ascension into higher energetic rhythms and planes of awareness.

Initiation is for the purpose of system reconfiguration. Reconfiguration quickens our transmutation and transfiguration. The initiation process can be characterized by an intense period, whereby the experiences that assemble around us, would turn out to be those definite triggers that would serve as mirrors, for the clearing of some of the deepest discordances and misqualified energy states, within our grid … our mental and emotional filing cabinets.

During such strategic moments, energetic, mental, emotional, and spiritual clearing is done at the root level, as inharmonious files are progressively peeled off, layer after layer, and repolarized. Thus, as we are purged of some of the vile stuff we need to let go, we are said to be travelling light and gaining altitude.

As we predispose our mentality to vibrate at the frequency of gratitude, appreciation, and acceptance, the discordant energies we hold are activated, brought to the top and transmuted by the alchemical flames of the higher frequency state of equanimity we have chosen to vibrate at. In other words, the lower frequencies that produce our (stuckness’ are dumped into the great incinerator . . . the activated multidimensional perspective frequency of gratitude and empathy.

They are incinerated and repolarixed. In other words, this increased vibratory action within the accelerated electron spin that the higher frequency has activated into being, is that which converts our carbon-based frequencies into crystalline-based frequencies. We are now ready to anchor more light within our cellular structures, (or both personal and planetary service.

It is after the activity of alchemical purging fires are done, that we become cleared enough for the DNA recoding process to begin. DNA recoding will hardly take place, when we bypass the inmluable, preparatory process of energetic clearing Genetics engineering is in progress as our genetic blueprint is being upgraded, wired into our etheric network, connected, realigned and activated. Emotional and mental clearing, aid in the building of the energetic, network communication system, and in the construction of an inter-galactic connection to facilitate the Oneness experience of all of God’s creation.

The process of clearing our mental and emotional files induces a shift into our multi-dimensional and multi-body energetic systems. Without energy clewing. and without going through the electronic, initiation process, there is no assimilation or absorption of higher light frequencies. Without being initiated into dimensions of higher light frequencies there is no ascension. There must be room in the ‘inn’, to let in the light. Through energy clearing, we create an electronic receptacle that functions as a fit, anchor system, with which we can assimilate and ground more light.

As we absorb more light for personal benefit and for facilitating earth’s consciousness state, we are fulfilling the Divine Intent within the planetary project … that the destiny of every human is ascension and union with the Divine Presence.

Through the initiation process, we assimilate and hold more intelligent light, thereby raising our cellular vibration. In other words, the initiation chamber is where the electrons that constitute your atomic structure are activated for an accelerated spin, and your recalibrated system is made to correspondingly respond to your raised vibration.

With system reboot, there is the decoding of the sacred geometry, resident within your internal, pyramidal ascension chambers. As your system reboots, you also experience the recoding of your dormant DNA strands, for multi-dimensional living and for greater experience of your perpetual state of liberation and freedom. Initiation and recalibration predisposes you to the process of anchoring and activating your higher dimensional energy system, aligning you with the level of energy download, that you are prepared for.

The light that you assimilate, is indeed information, and consciousness fields, coded with programmed, sacred geometry. These codes will begin going off within you long after the initiation is completed, and while you are waiting for the next initiation process. It is geared towards the unfolding of and recall of your mission assignment and how to fulfill it.

Then the Archon prevents the soul from ascending they hinderance this process of new configuration because humankind is enslaved and imprisoned into the their lower matrix and mind-prison. This matrix and mind prison is been govern and controlled by the moon and saturn matrix. Earth has become a mind-prison planet of spiritual enslavemnet

Humans are historical beings, trapped in history.When humans can´t access the depths of the mind or the state of oneness because the state of duality creates the separation into the three dimensional world.

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The human body system and chakra system has three knots. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. This blocks the configauration of the higher soul codes for ascension.

Organized Gang Stalking is the carnal mind and this is the mass consciousness of the lower mind matrix, and this the matrix, mind prison, the dreamword, the beast system.

The Darwin evolutionary theory may be a deceptions as everything else in this world.

It started by genetic manipulation of the human dna strands and through it humankind become the slaves to the matrix.

What this beast system or the matrix does is to create and triggering fear emotions and thoughts. This beast system beaming and looping words and voices related to fear, anxiety, worries and panic in the airs by using syntethci telepathy, voice to skull technology or electro magentic frequencies. It does not just have the capacity to beaming one sound or voice at same time, its seeems have capacity to beaming 3 or 4 sounds or voices at simultanously. This is going on day and night, both indoors and outdoors. It also seems to have capacity to beaming sound or voices in real time change. For example if you are outdoors and exercise it beaming words as; those eyes, those eyes, then those breathings, those breathings. When you close your eyes it same second it starts beaming open your eyes, open your eyes. When you going to sleep it starts beaming sounds same second you close eyes, or it starts beaming sounds int your mind soon as you awakens. This syntethic computer generated voice beaming words as; they gonna kill you, and people on the street or on the walkways speaking in same way as this computer generated voice beaming.

There is a ongoing computer generated voice in the airs/sky that speaking out of the clouds by beaming and looping sounds, words, and voices by using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, and use of electro magnetic frequencies. There is forces of this world that constantly working by beaming and looping fear word into your mind. These can start simultanously when you eating.

This is how they stalking with fear, working with paranoia psychology and working with fear and threatening psychology to triggering fear, stress and trying to create a paranoia enviroment of wickedness. They are all part of organized gang stalking, even healthcare and psychiatry is part of the organzied gangs stalking program. Its the carnal mind system and the matrix of this world. They all using all forms subtle methods and trying to blend in their fear mongering content around your daily life.

To strengthens the effects of these fear monger and subtle threat psychology they also create sleep deprivation, and lack of sleep can triggering paranoia emotions and thoughts. Shooting firecrackers for three weeks can be one method, noise harassment another, healthcare stops prescription of sleeping pills during treatment for depression. This is the world on Earth in this area of land.

This is organized gang stalking in this area of land and humans seems to be using same methods as the computer generated voice is beaming and looping. The beast system may reprent the carnal mind, and carnal mind is the ego and ego is been controlled by mass consciousnss, and mass consiousness is been controlled by the matrix, and the matrix is the beast systems of this world, and there is a ontroller of this world. This is the powers, authorties, and principalities of this world.

For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. (Ephesians 6:12)

In same way the constant interfering computer generated voice beaming sound or looping voices, and constant intefering, disturb, distract and distorts mind, life and creates sleep deprivation, and people everywhere acting in same interfering way. It seems humans minds is connected to the matrix or other computer generated mind control devices. This may be that Satan, the matrix, mass consciousness is the carnal mind of the ego.

Here is some example how organized gang stalking actions taking place everywhere, by anyone, at anytime and anywhere. Its not just persecution by people and vehicles, it constant stalking with sounds and voices in the airs (using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology and using electro magnetic frequencies).

Organized Gang Stalking is everywhere and is been used by anyone and all departments

Methods of imitating and mirroring is part of organized gang stalking

They using methods of imitating and mirroring, and this in combine with synchronously and simultanously actions of mind control and stalking

Here is some examples and same methods is been used by departments, healthcare and social wellfare, and military;

Organized Gang Stalking includes many ways of synchronously and simultanously actions

Shadowing – neighbor above shadowing your movements from apartment above and walk heavy on the floor, or stamping in the floor. They stalking, shadowing all movements in the apartment and using psychology of entanglement (synchronously and simultanously actions).

This includes all forms of synchronously and simultanously actions when you eat, take a bath, visiting toilet

This includes start synchronously and simultanously actions of noise harassment when using your internet bank.

They start synchronously and simultanously actions noise harassment when sending mail

They start synchronously and simultanously interfering actions when you watching tv series and dropping things on the floor above your head when something is happening in tv serie or the movies you watching

Synchronously and simultanously actions of door slamming. They using door slamming to create actions of mind control. Door slamming starts every time you make dinner. A neighbor standing outside your window near the entrance door for 3-5 hous every day, and opens and close the door constant synchronously and simultanously when you write a word, when something happening in the movie, and when you reading, and in same second door slamming (open and close the entrance door).

Neighbors starts beaming and looping drum beats

People standing outside your window and noise harassment interfering your thoughts and in same second you think a thought people outside your window make a high pitch screaming or make sound of terror screaming.

Its actions of stalking and mind control in real time

When you are outdoors they interfering with your thoughts by honking horns, cars, trucks, constructions working machines

When you are outdoors and exercise people make high pitch screamings in same time you think a thought, or they honking horns in same second you see a sensitizing object that “synchronously and simultanously” appears in front of you when you exercise outdoors

They make synchronously and simultanously sound of fake double coughing and stalking you in food stores or in the food queue

When you watch tv-program or live sport program the commentators make long fake nose breathings and even make fake double coughing sounds

When you watch live sport program the commentators also make soft sounds of clearing their throat and this appears in same second you thinking a thought

When you watch snooker sports the commentator is quite for many minutes, and not commenting the ongoing game for 5-8 minutes, and in same second you thinking a thought he “Synchronously and simultanously”starts commenting the game again. Then does this process going on and off during the tv broadcasting. Same methods is been used when you watch football games, commentators make long moments of silence and in same second you think a thought start commenting.

Neighbors above using same methods Synchronously and simultanously interfering harassment. Synchronously and simultanously “door slamming” start early in the morning and going on all day until 22.00-23.00. And during the day these Synchronously and simultanously actions going on all day; dropping things on the floor in same second you write a word, or read a word, or a word appears in the movie, and the neighbor either drops something in the floor or standing outside your window and opens and close the entrance door in same second.

When you listening to music they start and beaming and looping these music chorus in the airs, both indoors and outdoors. They have been beaming and looping same 4-6 music chorus for more than 15 hours one day.

When you wacth tv series they start beaming and looping music from these in the airs and into your mind

When you wacth sport programs they start beaming and looping commercials from these sport programs into your mind

When you watch reality shows they start beaming and looping voice from these reality programs

When you wacth a movie and someone may whistle like a bird, day after you have a new follower on your Youtube channel as; “Birdsong” for an example.

When you wacth live tv programs and may just write a word “chrystalized” – the sport tv commentator suddenly using the word chrystalized.

When you watch tv programs and your tv has a white 5 centimeter white stripe over the screen, you day after reading a news article about a famous art that has a white in the paintings.

When you write about speed of light, military air force planes flying over the roofs to imitating and stalking

When you write about new mind control technology and mind mapping, the social wellfare secretary has made a mind map to your appoinment

When you visiting pharmacies they giving you a advice how you can break pills in four pieces and this without asking for any advice, and this when you have started to break some pills in four pieces. This is remote viewing stalking and mind control psychology.

When you visiting healthcare they also using same methods. If your fire alarm starts when you open the oven, the fire alarm suddenly start in the house.

When you open your refrigerator the workers start blasting warning signal in same second you open the refrigerator.

When you open your window somene standing outside firing a firecracker or someone make a high pitch screaming

When you may meditate and the end it with saying thanks, cashiers in food store imitating this by saying thanks

Neighbors above using running waters for waters hours and opens and close them Synchronously and simultanously when you think a thought, or write a word, or a word appears in the movie.

When you make dinner or eating a computer generated voice is been beamed and looping words, sound and voices simultanously.

When you take a bath a computer generated voice is been beamed and looping words, sound and voices simultanously.

When you sitting on the toilet a computer generated voice is been beamed and looping words, sound and voices simultanously.

When you exercise outdoors a computer generated voice constantly interfering when you exercise and beaming “those eyes”, and “those breatings”

This stalking Spirit using the human ego and mass consciousness and just not trying to hijacking your mind, its trying to control your perception of reality, and gaslighting is been used to create confusions. Gaslighting is not just the art of confusion and deceptions. Gaslighting is just another way to create mind control through methods of wickednedness, doubts, deceptions and confusions.

This is reality in this living area of the matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking includes all forms of stalking on every level; physical, social, emotional, spiritual, and technological

Then Organized Stalking includes all forms of stalking on every level, it also intefering on every level

Then it includes stalking and interference on every level, it also includes harassment on every level.

Then it includes stalking, interference, harassment, it also includes the process of imitating and mirroring everything it is stalking on every level.

These four components of stalking, interference,, harassment, and imitating/mirroring is the central keys of enslavement into the matrix, mind prison, the beast system.

Organized Gang Stalking using psychology of entanglement.

Organized Gang Stalking also using psychology of manipulation, street theater, deceptions and gaslighting.

The Organized Gang Stalking program reveals it is a enslavement program or a entanglement program.

Within the matrix and mind prison everyone is its prisoners, that´s why it is termed “mind prison”. It is designed so no one has the ability to leave the matrix, and no one can understand who designed it, who controls it, who has the keys to the lock, and don´t have access to understand how it works.

In this living area of the matrix everyone walking around and using some of all these methods.

The psychology of entanglement has endless use of methods.

Organized Gang Stalking using three ways of entanglement

The first way is to anchor a “control” mechanism at the targeted individuals home. This control mechanism is the key component of entanglement. A neighbor from apartment above starts a fake process of coughing. This is the implement or the mind control installation within this matrix. The matrix using coughing as a methods of stalking. neighbors above started constantly fake coughing every 2 seconds for 25 minutes everyday. After a fews days when the mind has been sensitized to the coughing sound, they lowering it 15 minutes, then 5 minutes per day, and then start using it as a method of stalking and entanglement. When you then make breakfast neighbors above knows when you make your breakfast and walks out on the balcony and starts fake coughing, then starts fake coughing when you eat dinner, then starts fake coughing when watch tv series. The process of fake coughing process has been implemented by a neighbor, and when you then walking outdoors people on walkways starts make use of fake coughing, when you visiting pharmacies the pharmacies workers starts fake coughing for 15 seconds, and when you watch sport program the commentators interfering with fake coughing sound in same second you thinking a thought in your daily living.

Neighbors above also using running water in same way. In same way the fake process of fake coughing process started for 25 minutes every day, and then is been used as mind control mechanism when you eating. And in same way they opens the water cranes and letting water running for hours, just to create a ongoing background sound of control. Then neighbors above starts using water cranes as a control mechanism and psychology of entanglement, and sitting near the water cranes and waiting to interfering. Neighbors sitting in the appartments near the water cranes and opens and closed the cranes synchronously and simultanously with your thinking thoughts.

Neighbors above walking around with drilling machines in their hands and soft drilling in concrete walls, and other times they drilling in the concrete but never hammering any nails in the walls afterwards.

When neighbors above not make drilling sounds, they walking around with a hammer in their hands and hammering in the walls and floors.

When the neighbors above not drilling or hammering in walls or floor, the dropping things on the floor, here and there.

Between all these actions the dropping things above your head on the floor, door slamming their appartment door, running down the stairs, door slamming the entrance door, then standing outside your window and banging in the fence, then door slamming, banging in the fence, door slamming, and these actions is been synchronously and simultanously with your thoughts, or when you read a word, or write a word, or see a word in the movie you watching, and then opens and close the door.

When you going outdoors and exercise neighbors above opens the water cranes, and when you have been exercise for 1½ hours andare back home the water is still running, or they opens them when your are near home.

Neighbors above also using their washing machines to cretae high sounds from the centrifugation. They can start their washing machines late evening after 22.00 and even after 23.00, and when they start their washing machines they start direct on the centrifiguation.

Neighbors above living a organized gang stalking life 18 hours every day.

They interfering every time you using your internet bank, sending a mail to social wellfare and starts make hitting sounds in the floor.

Neighbors have a technological devices that make seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor.

Sound and noise harassment is the process of spiritual and psychological warfare, it is also the process of entanglement.

People can place a white checked paper in your backyard, and when you then visting the food store and standing in the food queue, there is a white checked paper on the floor. This is how people walking around and place one thing on one place and someone else place same thing on a other place you visiting.

In this first examples the place a thing, a product, or implement a sound (fake coughing) around your home and is then been used outdoors by others in food stores, on streets or pharmacies.

In the other way of entanglement is been used in remote viewing. If you write about new mind control technologies and how they mind mapping the brain, the social wellfare secretary has made mind map to your appoinment. The beast system want´s control every thought and through these imitating, mirroring, remote viewing, and constant work of interference reveals how everyone seems to be connected and controlled by the matrix.

The social wellfare secretary not just imitating and stalking your mind, but also trying to gaslighting and trying to make you belieeve your hear things, and then trying to gaslighting by sending two different appointment times, and where the first appointment time has been removed from your gmail.

Pharmacy workers just using fake coughing. They also using same methods as the social wellfare secretary did with the mind map. Pharmacy workers give a advice ho you can break the pills in four pieces and this without asking for any advice, and this when you have started to break pills in four pieces.

Same methods social wellfare secretary using, and the pharmacy workers, same methods is been used by healthcare.

When you open the oven and the fire alarm starts, healthcare mirroring this by starting their fire alarm when you visting healthcare.

The first method of entanglement is been implemented an anchored around the home and is then be used in the public domains. Fake coughing, or place a thing/object (white checked paper in the backyard and then place a white checked paper in the food queue).

The other method of entangle the mind is based on imitating and mirroring your dailiy actions or actions that taking place in the daily living. It can be everything; mirroring a conversation, mirroring some one write or say, or if the fire alarms starts. This method mirroring and imitating mind (thoughts, daily actions, or conversations).

This method is also been used by cashiers in food stores in same social wellfare makes mind map, or pharmacy workers fake coughing or give advice how to break pills in pieces, so does caschiers start saying thanks when you buying food products. This is just another way to imitating your process of meditation when you end the session by saying thank´s. Cashiers also using methods of deceptions or (gaslighting), and say´s the product cost 150 crones, when the cash credit cards register shows 250 crones. And these methods is been used in different ways to create doubts and insecurity in the mind.

The third method is a kind of reverse form of mind control. In this model the process of implement a control mechanism. This can be a word that is been used in a presentation by employment agency and when one is outdoors your hear someone on street using same word.

Healthcare is part of these mind control psychology methods. A therapeut have business cards in medical package. Then does the therapeut place a orange on his desk during the therapy session. This orange is the “implementation” of a new mind control mechanism to sensitizing the mind. When you later then visiting the graveyard, some has place a orannge on the gravestone, and does people start cast orange peel on walkways, and this even in at winter times. Usually people don´t eat orange´s on walkways at winter times when hands is freezing. This shows again how one person implements something and then does people around start using same methods.

Here is another example used by healthcare. When you leaving healthcare a person arrives on a spark scooter and then does people start stalking with spark scooters. Then they start place out spark scooters here and there on walkways where you passing when you exercise, or parking two spark scooters outside your window.

Here is another example from healtcare. If you tell about how you was skateboarding in your early years, then does people around your apartment start using skateboard. And the neighbor above who is stalking 18 hours every day also starts using skateboards outside your window, and even using his skateboard when it is dark outside.

Here is more examples from healthcare;

Healthcare implement and anchored the “kill” word and informs that stress kills.

Doctors informs stress kills (and organized gang stalking creates stress)

Healthcare informs humans has a brain in the stomach (some believe this also registers fears).

Healthcare informs humans have a suicide gene

After doctors informs (or implement or anchored) that stress kills – tv media starts using the “kill” word in every sport program you watch

After the kill word is been achored, and it has been started to be used by media in tv programs, people on the streets using words as; “I gonna kill you” when you passing them on the walkway

Other can use words as; “murder attempt” when you passing them on the walkway
A neighbor can stand with a airgun on the balcony in the early morning

A landlord worker suddenly standing in your backyard with a knife and scratching color on the in your backyard a saturday morning.

Doctors give prescription for 230 sleeping pills

Healthcare then using some form of healthcare ostracism and hang on the phones when its time for prescription renewal, so you have to book a new time on internet.

Doctors then stop prescription for sleeping pills during treatment for depression

The matrix or the beast system constantly, day and night, indoors and outdoors beaming
words as; “they gonna kill you” and “you are dead”, “now its dangerous”.

Here is another example that reveals the matrix, the beast system is on the streets and within departments, and using mass consciousness.

The Organized Gang Stalking program using firecrackers to stress up your mind.

Here is another way of entanglement they using in this area of the matrix. If you have visit to healthcare, they start shooting firecrackers every night before an new appoinment to healthcare. This is also part of the entanglement psychology the beast system using. The matrix or the beast system shooting firecrackers near targeted individuals and stalking them with sensitizing high sounds.

They have been shooting firecrackers for three weeks and 80-120 hours of fire crackers shooting. Who is usisng firecarckers and stalking them by shooting firecrackers? The beast system and humans within the matrix. Who have access and store firecarckers for 120 hours when they just sell firecrakers at eastern times and neww years time? And then the landlord is participating in organized gang stalking they don´t do anything about firerackers shooting. Then they stalking you with firecrackers here and there when you are outdoors and exercise.

Then does the beast system and people knows when you having a new appoinment time to healthcare, and every night before they start shooting big firecrackers late evenings. So the beast system knows when yoo have new appointments to healthacre and using firecrackers to rush up your mind before you trying to sleep. And neighbors seems to hav access to firecrackers all year and start shooting them when ever they want´s to stalking and interfering during the whole year.

In same way these people seems to have access to firecrackers, the neighbors also have tehcnological devices to stalking the mind, to create sounds, noise harassment.

Here is other entanglement methods neighbors using. They have surrounded your apartment with tehcnological devices and starts then on and off, and interfering with your thoughts to disturb, distract and distort your mind.

Neighbors above have technological device that makes seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor, another neighbor has a drum beat devices that can create all forms of looping drum beats, and even sound as heart-beats they can speed up. Another neighbors using music and drum sounds, and the landlord may have place some technological device in the bicycle room that suddenly sounding like a huge door slamming sound. And their is constant ongoing sounds in the airs by using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, and electro magnetic frequencies, and beaming words, sounds and voices 24/7. And helicopters in the air stalking eveywhere. They beaming words like “We control the sunlight” in the airs when you exercise outdoors, and just a few seconds later a helicopters appears in the airs. All the gang stalkers is connected to the matrix or the beast system. The maya psychology rules the whole world, and Satan rules the whole world, so the beast, maya, and Satan may be same Spirit of Stalking within the matrix (using mass consciousness).

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

This was some examples how the art of entanglement is been used and implemented around targeted individuals homes.

Then how the beast system using the human ego and mass consciousness to reveal w hat targeted individuals thinking, seeing, doing, or what they talking about and then using this to create mind control mechanism of stalking the mind

This shows they also implement methods of reverse entanglement from places outside the targeted individuals life and then surround their home areas with stalking components.

This shows how the beast, the matrix is everywher and using every department, healthcare, social wellfare to create mind control mechanism.

Here is some examples of entanglement related to the dailiy use of food, eating and making dinner, or visiting food stores, and even when yoy carry home your food products.

The neighbor above who using fake coughings when eating, also using constant door slamming when you make your dinner.

Then does a computer generated voice starts and is beamed into the airs when you make dinner, when you eat your inner and constant beaming sounds and voices while you eating your food. The beast system interfering with fear based words, and looping sounds when you eating. Neighbors and the beast system working with same interfering methods.

Here is other ways of entanglement. When you are outdoors and exercise “people” have place out orange plastic spoons everywhere along the road and spoons where you exercise. People in this area of the matrix walking and driving around and place out orange plastic spoons in their organized gang stalking.

Food store cashier is part of organized gang stalking. When you visit food stores peeople or workers has place out food products you usually buying and place them here and there in the food stores.

They using food queue´s to create subtle threatenings. When you standing in the food queue people around using subliminal communication about there is no money on the account, talking about insurence, and this is subliminal economic threats and threats about lost income. And they also has beaming commercials about insurence into your apartment. Some this beast system also has been beamaing your credit card number into your apartment with the purpose to create insecurity. And your apartment door has been opened several times in the morning, and this may be part of the process of creating insecurity, triggering fears, and create paranoia, or part of gaslighting to creates doubts in the mind.

When you then leaving the food store and carry you bags someone make a comment; its look heavy, and same interference methods is been used hen you are and exercise and someone on the street make same comment; its looks heavy. Its seems it is same spirit of stalking within them all and using same methods. Same spirit using same methods. The Matrix is controlled by one spirit, and uisng the human mass consciousness within the lower matrix.

Here is another w ay how to create entanglement to food; When the employment agency get you a work at a Christian organization they have place a siren on the refrigerator.

When they working outside your backyard they synchronizing so the blasting alarm signal starts same second you open your refrigerator. This is how they create synchronously and simultanously fear based interference actions. They can also start their warning blasting signal same second you passing them, or they can stalking your with the warning blasting signal when you exercise and letting the signal going on for 5-7 minutes.

When you make breakfast a neighbor starts seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor

This was some examples how people walking around and living their lives within the matrix of organized gang stalking in this area of land.

Here is some of all methods the organized gang stalking program is using and the ruler of the matrix and beast system is Satan and he controls this world.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, “paranoidize”, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, “dys-cognitize”, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul. These methods is a product of the carnal mind.

They even want´s control or interfering with the water use when you take a bath:

⦁ A neighbor starts intense hammering in walls, or starts picking in his bathroom every time you take a bath
⦁ The landlord or other workers has made a hole in the plastic shower handle
⦁ Then does the water pressure constantly changing
⦁ Now does the water tempterature constantly changing. It changing from warmer to colder, and when you regulate this, it starts changing to warmer again it changes to colder, and when you changing it to colder it changes to warmer. This may be another way of constant create interference and total domination or mind hacking your brain.
⦁ Then does the neighbor starts door slamming when you drying your hair and body with your towel.
⦁ And then does the beast system beaming sounds and voices when you dressing of your cloths before the bath.

This is the Spirit that is in place in this area of the matrix.

Here is another methods when healthcare anchoring the “kill” word, and then is been used in tv sport programs and then by people in the streets;

Today there is a computer generated voice in the airs that speaking by use eof syntethic telepathy and voice to skull technology, or electro magnetic frequencies, and beaming sounds, words, and voices into your mind to frightening you mind and triggering emotions and thoughts of fear. Here is some examples;

⦁ It using sound waves and looping sound scripts
⦁ Constantly looping words like “fear”, “anxiety”, “panic” into your apartment
⦁ Beaming and looping words “they gonna kill you”
⦁ Beaming words like; “Now you are dead”
⦁ Constantly beaming and looping words; “now he is mad”
⦁ Beaming words like “now it is dangerous”
⦁ “I warning you”, and “I warned you”
⦁ Beaming ” I reject you” , I reject you
⦁ Looping words “heaven is near” (the kingdom of heaven is near)
⦁ Beaming and looping devil, devil, he is the devil, he is devil, anakim, anakim (this is the process of demonizing and organized gang stalking)
⦁ These words is been beamed indoors when make dinner, when you eating, are outdoors and exercise, and when you sitting on the toilet, when you trying to sleep,
⦁ When you are outdoors and exercise this computer generated voice beaming “those eyes, those eyes, those breathing, those breathing, it´s going well now, its going well now

Therapeut who has business cards in a medical package also using same methods. He anchoring and implement a orange. He has place a orange on his desk during a therapy session. When you later visits the graveyard someone have placed a orange on a gravestone. This then continues with more sensitizing. Then does people start cast orange peels everywhere on the walkways, even at winter times when hands is cold and one usuallt don´t eat orange on walkways at winter times. It is same spirit of stalking within them all.

A Third methods is used when they using remote viewing and imitating/mirroring something from the targeted individuals life. For example if the targeted individual write about mind mapping the brain technology, the social wellfare secretary mirroring this by have done a mind map to your appointment.

Another example is; if ones fire alarm starts when one opens the oven, then does the fire alarm starts during the therapy session.

A Third example is that someone place a white checked paper in your backyard, and when you later vistits the food the food store someone has place a white checked paper on the floor in the food queue.

They using this methods when they imitating or mirroring something from a conversation the targeted individual has have earlier and then can hear someone else near them using same word, or repeating same content somehow.

Even this third example is been used in a reverse way. Instead of mirroring and imitating something from the targeted individuals dailiy life form their home area and daily living, instead imitating/mirroring something the targeted thinking to buy for an example. If one checking for a new tooth brush, same day someone has place a tooth brush in your backyard.

Then does these methods going. If one watch tv program about art and they may painting bushes blue, then someone has painted a stone blue where you exercise.

If your tv gets 5 centimeter white stripe on the screen, day after there is a news article about a famous painting that has white stripe in the paintings.

When you wath a movie and there is scene about birds and whisteling, then does you have a new follower on your Youtube channel with simular name; Birdsong.

In this area of land the carnal mind or the beast system is in full actions everywhere and within every organized gang stalkers in this area of land.

Organized Gang Stalking and Gas-lighting and similarities to Malignant narcissism and Machiavellian people

I
Me
Ego
Mind
Control
Gaslighting
Gangstalking
Thought Science
Scientific Dictatorship
Total Individual Control Technology
Malignant Mind Control Everything and Everyone

Organized Gang Stalking – Similarities to Malignant narcissism

When you disconect from duality, disconnect from dualism, disconnect from polarities, disconnects dichtomized thinking, disconnect from the abuser or ruler — today we this phenomenia in government promoted and organized gang stalking.

Dark Triad: A psychological term that refers to the combination of three personality disorders/traits: Antisocial, Narcissistic, and Machiavellian (this last one is not an official personality disorder, but more a series of traits.)

It may be related to an observation by Muris and colleagues about the dark triad. They point out that while extreme cruelty is rare, lying, cheating, bullying, and domineering over others are not. The monster who commits mass violence may begin as “evil-lite:” harboring a festering grievance or grudge-holding. This results in passive aggressive acts, or overt anger, or taking advantage of others, or interpersonal intimidation, or verbal aggression, or any combination of these. This evil-lite (what we call the “shadows” of the dark triad or the dusky cast of the malignant points) may deepen until it morphs into rage that permits the justification of harming others.

Malignant narcissism is a psychological syndrome comprising an extreme mix of narcissism, antisocial behavior, aggression, and sadism. Often grandiose, and always ready to raise hostility levels, the malignant narcissist undermines families and organizations in which they are involved, and dehumanizes the people with whom they associate.

Gang Stalking – covert and overt aggression, raising hostily, triggering aggression, provoking, undermines, dehumanizes, satanic, systematic, ritualistic, and robotic.

Gaslighting is an insidious mind-control method sociopathic pathological narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable codependent prey. They target individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of protection. Gaslighters are most successful when casting themselves as loyal, dutiful, and unconditionally invested in defending and caring for their victims. Gaslighters systematically manipulate a codependent’s environment so they are powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help them, and convinced their gaslit impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their carefully choreographed false, but realistic, relationship with their captor.

Gaslighting is been used by department as healthcare and psychiatry, and social wellfare.

⦁ Doctors changing shirt during visit
⦁ Therapeut have business cards in a medical package
⦁ Social wellfare secretary trying make you believe you hear things, and then trying to gaslighting by sending two different mails with two different appointment times, the first mail that arrived was removed from the gmail box before the second appointment time was sent day after. So they even hacking your gmail and removing appointments times and then sending a other one.
⦁ They also hacking your computer at night if you playing music at night by raising and lowering the volume.
⦁ Energy companies also using some form of mind control (or gaslighting) by turn of street light outside your window at night, and at daytime they turn on street light. So it some form of mind control, gaslighting psychology.

Satan´s goal (the ultra ego) has always been to disturb. distract and disstort the mind.

They implant narratives, or revised and distorted versions of reality, to weaken their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their own mind against them. The scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist, or was only a mild or moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already aware.

The gaslighter carefully and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so they repeatedly experience the staged problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the gaslighter seizes on these staged moments by implanting a narrative to make the victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who they’ve become, and a belief they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this scenario further inculcates them with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of false narratives about the problem, their inability to control or stop it, and the impact it is having on others purposely manifests as thoughts and feelings of hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the pre-existing core shame. This cements their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them and their captor. Not only does the gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible to anyone who could protect or rescue them, they convince them these people don’t care, love, or want to be with them.

According to Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform used in cults are organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s sense of self, (2) get the follower to drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his worldview; induce the victim to accept the cult leader’s new version of reality and causality, and (3) develop in the follower a dependence on the cult and thereby turn the follower into a deployable agent of the cult. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’ confidence in themselves and in their followers’ own belief systems (Singer 1995). This destructive process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s ability to then control the lives of his followers, to gain acceptance of the leader’s belief system, and to insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s directives. Although some mind-control and brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and intrusive assaults on the brain, most methods of mind control and thought reform used in cults are more mundane and do not differ from the methods commonly used by many individuals in everyday life

Malignant narcissism; The social psychologist Erich Fromm first coined the term “malignant narcissism” in 1964, describing it as a “severe mental sickness” representing “the quintessence of evil”. He characterized the condition as “the most severe pathology and the root of the most vicious destructiveness and inhumanity”

Organized Gang Stalking is maliciousness and insidious form of abuse of humans and including; mind control, brainwashing, Mk Ultra, sound tortrure, frequency weapon, EMF technology, Voice to Skull, Telepathic Telepathy, Sensitizing, Victimizing, Trauma-basing, Slandering, Mockering, Intimidation, Demonizing, Dehumanisation, Demoralisation, Sleep deprivation, Psychic driving, Stalking and Persecution, Ostracism and exclusion, Gaslighting, Crazy making, Communication interference, Noise harassment, Anhoring, Chaining, Sensitizing, Triggering, Fear mongering, Attacking Self-image and self-confident, attacking willpower, and together this representing what Fromm calls “the quintessence of evil”.

Malignant narcissism and gangstalkers; . A narcissist will deliberately damage other people in pursuit of their own selfish desires.

Narcissistic abuse is covert, and often disguised as love and care, but it’s anything but. It’s not a single act of cruelty like an insulting comment, or verbal abuse laced with a string of profanities. It’s the insidious, gradual, and intentional erosion of a person’s sense of self-worth. It’s a combination of emotional and psychological abuse aimed at undermining a person’s identity for the sole purpose of obtaining control for personal gain. It can involve patterns of dominance, manipulation, intimidation, emotional coercion, withholding, dishonesty, extreme selfishness, guilt-mongering, rejection, stonewalling, gaslighting, financial abuse, extreme ealous , and possessiveness.

What triggers Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome?

Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome (NAS) often develops as the result of psychological and emotional abuse, spiritual abuse, gaslighting, baiting and bashing, belittiling, hidden abuse, shaming, projection, smear campaigns, a false narrative, threats, distortion of conversations, circular conversations, word salad games, exploitative games, refusal to ever have a normal conversation, diversion and false accusations, omition of facts for the benefit of one person and the destruction of another. It is a type of PTSD. It often causes victims to feel defenseless and beaten down.

Gang Stalking program and Psychopaths seek to humiliate their targets. They find kind & cheerful people & slowly transform them into an unrecognizable mess of insecurities & anxiety. By manufacturing jealousy & contempt, they unravel easy-going people & leave them as a shell of their former selves. The victim is left blaming themselves, confused & embarrassed by their own behavior. Meanwhile, the psychopath plays innocent & moves along to the next target to begin the same cycle.

TYPICAL PROFILE OF AN ABUSER Very charming and smooth, controlling, splitting (seeing a person as all good or all bad), minimization, rationalization, denial, justifies, brandishing anger, points fingers, shames, reads into things, insolent pride, must win, guilt trip, intimidation, evasion, shaming, manipulative, do as I say not as I do (their actions do not match their words), the perpetual victim, condescending, patronizing, superior, entitled, lies, excuses, people who go against what I say should be punished, it is always someone else’s fault, the rules don’t apply to me, feigning innocence, feigning confusion, charms, vilifying the target or victim, not interested in talking things out or coming to a mutual understanding, will play judge and jury over others, will pretend to love the victim to onlookers and in the charmed circle, will feign concern for the victim, will feel sorry for themselves but not sorry for how they have effected another person, will work in unethical ways, will gaslight, bait a victim and bash the victim, threaten, exploitative, word salad games and circular conversations. May appear prideful, defensive, will not admit wrong doing and may hint at the fact that the victim is crazy or mentally unstable therefore completely untrustworthy and noncredible.

M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to destroy the spiritual growth of others for the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gangstalking).

A predominant characteristic…of the behavior of those I call evil is scapegoating. Because in their hearts they consider themselves above reproach, they must lash out at any one who does reproach them. They sacrifice others to preserve their self-image of perfection.

Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I defined evil as ‘the exercise of political power that is the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid spiritual growth’”, and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted individuals.
Goal for Organized Gang Stalking is to destroy identity, self-image, self-confident, willpower

WHO THE ABUSERS TARGET?

Anyone that poses a threat to their image. From a organized gang stalking persective the self image is the “HIVE MIND”, and the organized gang stalking mind is the carnal mind. Organized Gang Stalking represent the ego, the hive mind, the carnal mind and the desire consciousness of materialism. This “HIVE MIND” and THE MATRIX working with methods to imprisoned human into the matrix by making them predictable and easy to mind control. Organized Gang Stalking program is designed to protect the desires of the carnal nature.

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

But the most successful emotional abuse cases are often conducted on very trusting and sensitive people. This is especially true in regards to adult bullying situations. Often the target is either a people pleaser or empathetic people. This type of person may self destruct because of their inability NOT to soak in or even recognize all the abusive tactics their perpetrators use to cause the person to emotionally and mentally deteriorate, even believing the abusers assessment on them. This just serves as further proof in the Sociopath’s smear campaign on the victim. This can be devastating for someone who has already been rejected, slandered and hated to have more people turn against them

Covert and overt aggression

Those who are evil are masters of disguise; they are not apt to wittingly disclose their true colors–either to others or to themselves. Because they are such experts at disguise, it is seldom possible to pinpoint the maliciousness of the evil. The disguise is usually impenetrable p 76….Naturally, since it is designed to hide its opposite

The Narcissist: Coercion and control of others

Evil is the exercise of political power–that is, the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion–in order to avoid…spiritual growth…Because their willfulness is so extraordinary–and always accompanied by a lust for power–evil are more likely than most to politically aggrandize themselves…..There is a remarkable power in the manner in which they attempt to control others.

A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat.

A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat. They want you to stay alive because they’ve put a lot of time and energy into making you the cause for all of their problems.

Even if it came to a point where you were seen as useless or god forbid you were able to escape, your garden-variety narcissist probably wouldn’t want to kill you.

However they could certainly push you to the point where you want to die.

Lacking in empathy, he would effortlessly humiliate and coldly dismiss you when you’re at your lowest. He would justify his hurtful and destructive actions by saying you made him do it. He had no choice but to be so despicable in his actions.

He would then walk away with his new supply and try to suppress the shame. He may look back and check on you, not because he cares, but because he wouldn’t want your death to be on his conscience (which he would, again, justify).

A malignant narcissist would slow-kill you or allow another person to do the job for them.

The Narcissist: Symbiotic relationship

Another form of devastation that narcissistic intrusiveness can create is the symbiotic relationship. “Symbiosis”–as we use the term in psychiatry–is not a mutually beneficial state of interdependence. Instead it refers to a mutually parasitic and destructive coupling. In the symbiotic relationship neither partner will separate from the other even though it would obviously be beneficial to each if they could.

I doubt that it is possible for two utterly evil people to live together in the close quarters of a sustained marriage. They would be too destructive for the necessary cooperation….In every evil couple, if we could examine them closely enough, I image we would find one partner at least slightly in thrall to the other. For adults to be the victims of evil, they too must be powerless to escape….They may be powerless by virtue of their own failure of courage….bound by chains of laziness and dependency.

Malignant narcissism hates what he can´t control, or the matrix hates the one´s who they can´t control by mind control technology and therefore targeting them with spiritual and psychological warfare. Its the warfare of the carnal mind. Organized Gang Stalking warfare is designed to protect the carnal nature of materialism. The spiritual awakens will be persecuted, stalked, harassed, day and night, indoors and outdoors.

If you belonged to the world, it would love you as its own. As it is, you do not belong to the world, but I have chosen you out of the world. That is why the world hates you (John 15:19). This Bible verse symbolizing the Earthly Duality and Spiritual Oneness, when somone is chosen out from the Earthly and dualistic world they hates you.

Duality. We live in a dualistic world. Every issue has been polarized. In the west we see these poles as opposites. Day and night are the opposite extremes of light and dark. Because of the duality you were not able to see the beauty of oneness, of an organic unity; you were not able to see the light.

The mechanistic world view has fragmented the human mind. The conditioned energy gave birth to the error of dualism. The condition of “ignorance” consists, then, of a state of mind in which one is exclusively focused on “earth plane” reality, with its dualism and fragmentation.

Now, there is always some transcendence, even in the transcendental forms of religious mediation. Here we find, once again, in relation to sacrifice, the doublet structure of theology. It is thus possible to explain that the term “transcendent(al)” is excluded from duality, like a scapegoat third term (tiers-émissaire) (Girard), an exclusion that permits the hierarchical organization of the duality and the constitution of a closed group.

John 15:19 describes the earthly duality, and because you don´t belong to the earthly duality your are excluded from the duality belongingness, and this starts the scapegoating process of isolation, persecution, harassing, destruction or sacrifice. The journey goes forward and upwards to the Third Eye where this duality and polarities are transformed to Oneness and Light.

Machiavellian people and Malignant narcissism

“The narcissist devours people, consumes their output, and casts the empty, writhing shells aside.” —Sam Vaknin

Machiavellianism is “the employment of cunning and duplicity in statecraft or in general conduct”.

In modern psychology, Machiavellianism is one of the dark triad personalities, characterized by a duplicitous interpersonal style, a cynical disregard for morality and a focus on self-interest and personal gain.

Malignant narcissists and psychopaths will ultimately demean, exploit, and hurt anyone who comes into relationship with them.

Irrational positions and conversation, circular logic, word babble that seem to produce nothing but confusion are common with both sociopaths and malignant narcissists. Because of their personal delusion they may have trouble staying on topic and commonly change the subject rather than follow the facts or deal with the real issue. The narcissist may prefer to attack any opposition or opposing opinion, whether real or imagined, with discrediting ad hominems or fictional accusations.

Organized Gang Stalking is also organized “collective gaslighting”. Then the mind has become the mass consciousness of the the “HIVE MIND”, the HIVE MIND is the gaslighter through mass consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is design to not really exist, so the program can run secretely in a “stealth mode”.

“Gaslighting” is a manipulative tactic that can be described in different variations of three words: “That didn’t happen,” “You imagined it,” and “Are you crazy?” Gaslighting is perhaps one of the most insidious manipulative tactics out there because it works to distort and erode your sense of reality; it eats away at your ability to trust yourself and inevitably disables you from feeling justified in calling out abuse and mistreatment. This creates doubt.

Malignant narcissists can do more than call you names, degrade and belittle you. Besides making your life miserable they can be dangerous to your life itself. If their control is beginning to slip away as you began to heal your part of the relationship their abuse may become physical. This threat can escalate rapidly and take many forms of envy, jealousy, possessiveness and stalking.

“The Rules” use mirroring as a conversational habit and technique; it is used as a Narcissistic Abuse tactic.

Mirroring – When malicious, it’s actually one of the most effective, emotionally and psychologically abusive of all the abuse tactics.

Bottom line, when used to con and manipulate other people’s trust and emotions with the self-promoting intent to manipulate, con, and ultimately to do harm.

Mirroring, when used as a psychology term, tends to have a very specific connotation, definition, and meaning.

While mirroring another person’s body postures, speech patterns, or mannerisms

Machiavellianism—A selfish, callous, manipulative philosophy and code of personal behavior named for the 16th-century political adviser Niccolb Machiavelli, the author of The Prince. It is not a personality disorder but rather an outlook and behavior. People who are Machiavellian routinely manipulate others in a cynical and unprincipled way to benefit themselves.

Malignant narcissism—A dangerous personality disorder, according to psychiatrist Otto Kernberg, characterized by extreme, grandiose narcissism and self-absorption, lack of empathy, defective conscience, readiness to use aggression to achieve personal goals, and a suspicious, paranoid outlook.

Double Speaking and Malignant narcissism

Doublespeak is both an overt and covert conversation control tactic where the speaker (as an Abuser) deliberately chooses to use euphemistic, ambiguous, or obscure language while engaging in conversation.

it’s a verbal conversation tactic that by nature is inherently psychologically and emotionally abusive.

That’s why is crucial for victims of Narcissistic abusers to understand that when a Flying Monkey (acting as an Enabler) or a person with Cluster B personality uses doublespeak techniques, they do so to control and manipulate another person. The key to understanding situational ethics with regard to the use of doublespeak is to define the speakers intent. Because a man holding up his hand and asking people to report how many fingers he has — then telling them they are wrong if they say five because technically speaking it’s four fingers and a thumb — has a conversational agenda, once physically designed to meet or exceed attention-seeking, power, and control needs.

People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a selfish, self-centered, self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.

People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a selfish, self-centered, self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.

It’s done to provoke while avoiding taking personal responsibility for antagonizing or baiting.

But most of all, doublespeak is a covert speaking tactic used by competitive speakers to control, deceive, and mislead other people into making hasty generalizations (when used as a weapon employed as a conversation tactic).

It is a stonewalling tweak that mixes crazy talk on the part of a speaker with an attempt of the listener to functionally clarify things — to the point the listener loses his or her cool and ends up feeling, looking, or acting incredibly frustrated.

By gaslighting victims into believing that stonewalling — an abuse tactic used to dominate and control social interactions and conversations — is the same thing as ending all forms of social enmeshment with an Abuser or toxic peer group after long considered, deliberate, and mindful consideration, they seek to remain in social and psychological control and (again) strive to pursue the retention of socially improper power.

Stonewallers seek to control other people and strive to get their way 100% of the time in each and every social situation — typically at the direct known and publicly acknowledged expense of others.

At their most extreme, a person stonewalling would hear the cries of their victim and reply (if at all) with a phrase that is or was metaphorically equivalent with the pop culture fictional phrase, “It puts the lotion on its skin or else it gets the hose again.”

The Abuser’s goal is to emotionally destroy and to utterly demoralize a target to the point that they (meaning the victim) will do or say whatever the Abuser wants. The Abuser gets the immediate satisfaction of having their wishes and desires — no matter how irrational or illogical they are — met to the fullest, while they derive sadistic pleasure from the abject psychological, stress-induced physical, and emotional torture of their targeted victim(s).

Malignant narcissism – exluding from duality reality

This compulsive, coercive expression can be identified quite quickly as feelings of grandiosity: be like us, the collective human organism, or you are not welcome.

Some expressions are sometimes stated in a nicer way than others, but always the intention is reverse psychology with the purpose of intimidating and manipulating by utilizing the weapon of guilt. This is a truly effective coercion when habituated all through life. Malignant narcissism (subliminal conditioning) creates an intellectual wall—the subconscious collectivist iron curtain—that perfectly immobilizes the critic from any criticism or questionability toward society. With almost no exceptions, this comment—impulsively triggered by an inability to process criticism naturally, excessive entitlement, and magical thinking—manipulates the critic away from the true subject and simultaneously enables the collectivist to move on by ending the conversation.

Inhibitions:

Don't express uniqueness!
Don't express individuality!
Don't express self-assurance!
Don´t express independent thinking

All these inhibitive rules produced by feelings of inferiority/pathological narcissism, which generate envy and the urge to feel equal, result in arrogance and excessive entitlement. This emotional process can generate narcissistic rage: malignant emotions of resentment, attitude, irritation, anger, and aggression. Narcissistic rage results in a subconscious narcissistic reaction: a sign of danger triggered when a citizen expresses self-encouragement or individuality. In fact, expressing self-assurance or individuality is a sign that the individual is lifting one’s self-esteem, and at the same time, this is a true sign that the person is liberating oneself from the collective human organism.

Inhibition:

Don’t try to educate/ As already thoroughly described. collectivism generates a society that designs ways to indoctrinate its citizens—to maintain complete intellectual control of its citizens. Society is therefore perfectly designed—through the state-owned educational system, from daycare through university, and in large parts through the state-owned public media. by controlling what people are allowed to know—to keep people from gaining any insight into new and perhaps better perspectives or ways of thinking. This control extends to a need to prevent any foreign influence on society, and especially to prevent people from knowing the truth about narcissistic collective oppression. What truly stands out as a vital part in creating and containing the collective human organism is therefore this exact rule: arrogance (magical thinking) disables anyone from leaching the collectivist the factual truth about collectivism’s pathological mind game. This course has completely destroyed all natural respect for age and wisdom, and as well has destroyed the cognitive development process. As mentioned earlier, this personal story proves why authoritarian-collective societies restrict information and the right to travel. To prove my point, when claiming that collectivists believe that they always personally know best I only have to refer to this rule. However, this omniscient arrogant attitude is actually not imposed because collectivists believe that they themselves truly know better. It is simply their subconscious, deprived narcissistic defenses, hypersensitivity to criticism (an inability to process shame in natural ways). and magical thinking that create this arrogant behavior.

This state of mind is referred to as Stockholm syndrome

In the case of domestic violence, a situation that is always subject to severe pathological narcissism, abusers control the abused by lowering their self-esteem with verbal or physical abuse. The abused is eventually driven by feelings of inferiority and dependency. So even after the abuse is finally filed with authorities, the abused will frequently drop the charges due to emotions of guilt and the need for contentment. The contentment of the abused is now found in dependence on the abuser. This state of mind is referred to as Stockholm syndrome.

A.I. Transhumanistic Gaslighting Technology and Techno Spiritual PSI Warfare methods.

The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a Techno-Spiritual warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves.

This growing A.I. Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IM-MORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD.

As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of the controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you think you are in control, but the digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult Elite are just that…nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual Reality at their full control, while masking this well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon the point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-ever, after that.

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

A.I. Transhumanistic Gaslighting Technology and Techno Spiritual PSI Warfare methods. There is computer generated voice in the skies/airs in this area of land that constant speaking, beaming and looping sounds, words, voices in the airs by using technologies as syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies. From the content it sounds like Satan himself.

The organized gang stalker can wait for long time for a moment to synchronously and simultanously interfering with some gang stalking actions or they wait to the right moment so they can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just so they can honk a horn, to wait for the target to take a shower so they can do the same; to wait, then run out of their house so they can make a rude gesture or hurl obscenities when the target goes out to throw the trash and synchronously and simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the target is going out and synchronously and simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the front of the targeted individual. Organized Gang Stalking is bizarre and surrealistic. There is no end for all organized gang stalking actions, and they does not relate to any Darwin Evolutionary Theory. This just may be a deceptions to hide reality, hide the evolutionary history, and inprisoned humankind into the matrix and mind prison. When one study all actions of organized gang stalking it may reveals the genetic manipulations by the Annunaki is real, or the Nordic Reptilians is in disguise, or the Archon who created humans and then prevent the soul from ascending.

For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. (Ephesians 6:12)

The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a lack of individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far from everyday people, but cult members who are working for an agenda.

Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an individual in a malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a nervous break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant mental, emotional, or physical pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors, bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts, sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a “ganging up” by members of the community who follow an organizer and participate in a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and isolate the victim.

The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals, electronic monitoring inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls, emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/ aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and much more. Police and fire dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul.

The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.

Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. This includes the carnal mind of organized gang stalking.

Mind Control Methods and Organized Gang Stalking

“The suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and surgery-based “medicine” ensures that the human physical body operates at far less than its optimum potential. This is the reason for the blatant misrepresentation and suppression of the so-called “alternative” forms of healing which have been around for thousands of years longer than modern “medicine”. “Food additives, fast food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical health and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you need if you want to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on controlling “education” and the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet of brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the controllers want us to think. Most of the population, play a part in advancing an agenda they do not even know exists.

If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.

They, Them, Those who have absolute rule over the earth and Their Created Environment, which has been established as a way of life for so many, are very afraid of themselves and all others who stand to be equal with everyone else. They do not want any form of equality, They only want what they want and for everyone else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are just now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so They have devised a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has taken place, as is shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality there can be. So today, the humans of the earth are so over-confused that all many of them can do is to walk down the street and stare at their cell phones and text mindless stuff to their friends, controlled by MicroWaves that are used are for Mind Control.

Brainwashing Agenda: keep the masses dumbed down with technology and implants. Global satellites,, cell phone towers, and personal electronic devices—such as cell phones, smart phones, and personal computers—can now target individuals and shoot negative energy beams to harm a person’s mental and physical health anywhere in the world. These same satellites, cell towers, and electronic devices will also control most of the government implants that control the evil voices and other destructive commands. Electronic stalking, electronic torture, and mind control agendas are coordinated by the reptilians, greys, mantids, departments, psychic warfare programs, governments, and law enforcement agencies. If you are under attack, you have a organized ganag stalking handler orchestrating your torture. These human handlers are under the control of the reptilians.

THE AMYGDALA Is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous stimuli from our experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably some from ancestral memories stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions our response units accordingly, ensuring that we react instantaneously to all potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in train a series of motions that take milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive process to rationalise and regain control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles contract and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in a hasty salute to the sound of the heart stirring up the rivers of blood below the skin. This is called the ‘fight or flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful states that catch us unawares. The amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated, it remembers why and retains the fearful association within its wrinkled clutches. Consisting of two almond-shaped structures, the amygdala is located in the brain’s limbic region. The limbic region used to be known as the smell brain. It is still commonly referred to as the reptilian brain because it is roughly equivalent to the brains of present-day cold-blooded vertebrates. The late twentieth-century scientist and political writers saw it as an ‘enemy of freedom’. Its arousal, he believed, would lead to the control of our rational minds ‘being taken over by those primitive levels of the hierarchy which the Victorians called “the beast in us”.’

BRAINWASHING Brainwashing and gaslighting are just a few of the many mind-control tactics used in NAS. The primary difference between the two is brainwashing relies on forceful and obvious mind-control strategies, while gaslighting is carefully cloaked in secrecy. A combined Cambridge, Oxford, and Merriam Webster gaslighting definition is as follows:

  1. Making people believe only what you want them to believe by continually telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them.
  2. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using systematic and often forcible means.
  3. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.

BRAINWASHING IS MIND CONTROL

Brainwashing employs secret, but covertly forceful, psychological strategies with the purpose of changing a person’s belief system, perceptions, attitudes, and analytical abilities. Through repetition and purposeful confusion, intimidation, and a regimented campaign of propaganda, victims unconsciously relinquish their version (perceptions and analysis) of reality and accept the forced version. It is a methodical and controlled system of indoctrinating a specific set of beliefs that, before the brainwashing, was not held by the victim. Brainwashing relies on the systematic application of isolation, verbal and physical abuse, and mind-clouding techniques like sleep deprivation and malnutrition to reduce comfort levels and feelings of hope. Shifting from cruelty to seemingly altruistic concern creates psychological instability and increased levels of uncertainty, despair, and hopelessness. These culminate in the adoption of the forced set of ideas, views, and beliefs. Brainwashing often takes place in an environment of isolation, meaning all “normal” social reference points are unavailable. There is often the presence or constant threat of physical harm, which adds to the victim’s difficulty in thinking critically and independently.

GASLIGHTING EXPLANATION

Gaslighting is an insidious mind-control method sociopathic pathological narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable codependent prey. They target individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of protection. Gaslighters are most successful when casting themselves as loyal, dutiful, and unconditionally invested in defending and caring for their victims. Gaslighters systematically manipulate a codependent’s environment so they are powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help them, and convinced their gaslit impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their carefully choreographed false, but realistic, relationship with their captor.

They implant narratives, or revised and distorted versions of reality, to weaken their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their own mind against them. The scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist, or was only a mild or moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already aware.

The gaslighter carefully and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so they repeatedly experience the staged problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the gaslighter seizes on these staged moments by implanting a narrative to make the victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who they’ve become, and a belief they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this scenario further inculcates them with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of false narratives about the problem, their inability to control or stop it, and the impact it is having on others purposely manifests as thoughts and feelings of hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the pre-existing core shame. This cements their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them and their captor. Not only does the gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible to anyone who could protect or rescue them, they convince them these people don’t care, love, or want to be with them.

Moreover, they are effectively persuaded that, if they should visit their friends and loved ones, more harm than good would come of it. In severe cases of gaslighting, the victim will defend the gaslighter, as well as sound an alarm if someone should try to intervene in their relationship. Not only does the gaslit person defend these new self-narratives, but loyalty to the “loving” and “protective” gaslighter is paramount. These misperceptions, together with a sense of allegiance and appreciation, would prevent the victim from accepting help. All the while, the gaslighter is feeding their victim’s loved ones false information for the sole purpose of further alienatin or severing the relationship.

According to Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform used in cults are organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s sense of self, (2) get the follower to drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his worldview; induce the victim to accept the cult leader’s new version of reality and causality, and (3) develop in the follower a dependence on the cult and thereby turn the follower into a deployable agent of the cult. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’ confidence in themselves and in their followers’ own belief systems (Singer 1995). This destructive process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s ability to then control the lives of his followers, to gain acceptance of the leader’s belief system, and to insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s directives. Although some mind-control and brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and intrusive assaults on the brain, most methods of mind control and thought reform used in cults are more mundane and do not differ from the methods commonly used by many individuals in everyday life

The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a Techno-Spiritual warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves.

This growing A.I. Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IM-MORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD.

As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of the controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you think you are in control, but the digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult Elite are just that…nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual Reality at their full control, while masking this well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon the point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-ever, after that.

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end.

Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing their docility within their pods.

Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods.

The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping, nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.

Brainwashing culture and organized gang stalking simularities

Brainwashing has been defined as: intensive propaganda techniques that are applied under conditions of (constant) stress andior coercive persuasion, during which an individual is confronted by conditions deliberateiy designed to undermine his morale and make him question his accepted attitudes. This paves the way for indoctrination with a “replacement set of beliefs” that will produce a  change in behavior using this definition, we find that political education, religious indoctrination, and general socialization can all be said to contain elements of brainwashing since all three have the same basic goal: to replace a person’s present beliefs and behaviors with beliefs and behaviors more in line with the agenda of whomeveris doing the brainwashing.

To accomplish this, mind-slayers use reason and logic, evoke emotion, make appeals to faith, use psychological persuasion and, when need be, use physical coercion to change a person’s behavior.

They do this by first breaking the person down and then rebuilding him in the brainwasher‘s image. Phase One.’ Breakdow;

Breakdown undermines the person’s morale, causing the person targeted to begin to doubt, making him question his accepted beliefs and behaviors. This phase of the brainwashing process uses both physical and psychological tactics.

Physical breakdown is accomplished by assuming as much control over the body of the person targeted as possible. In extreme oases, such as with POWs or cult recruits, a person’s movement is physically restricted and all their “intimate needs‘ (eating. bathing, using the toilet) are controlled by the brainwasher in order to bring about a feeling of powerlessness in the person. Isolation is used two ways during this initial phase. First. The subject is kept cut of from outside information and influence.

In organizd gang stalking neighbors cult based intimidation psychology and starts coughing when you eating breakfast, start coughing when you eating, dinner, start door slammning when make dinner, dropping things on the floor when visiting bathroom, door slamming when visiting toilet, open and closed water cranes simultanously when visiting toilet, intense hammering when take a bath, syntethic sounds and voices is been beamed when sitting on the toilet. Beaming simultanously words when take of cloths for bath. Simultanously door slamming when you drying you body or hair with the towel. They have the capacity to interference in real time of seconds. If you close your eyes the computer generated voice starts beaming and looping “open your eyes”. This matrix of this world want´s control or interfering when you open and close your eyes.

Second actual physical isolation and for enforced silence (solitary confinement) makes the brainwash more eager to join a reeduction group or thought reform class, if only to experience some human contact.

Psychological breakdown then takes a person already weakened in body by physical mistreatment—exhaustion, meager diet, sleep deprivation, and torture—and attacks his mind. Psychological attack often begins with humiliation: first stripping the person of his dignity, and then offering to restore that lost dignity bit-by-bit in exchange for cooperation. Forced to remain naked and filthy for days, a POW is grateful to the “kind” interrogalor offering him a shower and giving him clothes to wear, helping him restore a little of his lost dignity. This is the brainwashers foot-in-the-door: first he creates doubt in the subjects previously held truths, then he offers the brainwashed subject “new truths.”

Planting doubt in the subject’s mind begins with seeding small uncertainties about such things as the day and time or even who is winning the war.

Little uncertainties lead to big doubts, to distrust of past beliefs, opening the subject up to future changes in attitudes.

Eventually doubt takes root: doubts of self-worth, doubts incomrades and country. Doubt becomes resentment, then becomes anger that his government and God are unable to protect or rescue him from harm. Weakened in body and mind, under constant bombardment of the interrogators “facts,” the brainwashee’s former self-image (of being invincible and of being valued by his country) begins to crumble.

Brainwashing is not just mind control, it the process of breaking down willpower, triggering negativity, induce stress, so the targeted individual can´t see any future, has no drive, don´t see any spiritual progress, no forwards movement, trapped in the organized gang stalking loop of mind control within the matrix, and lack of faith, losing visions, and don´t see path of salvation. The goal fo Satan and Organized Gang Stalking is to prevent anyone from ascending into the state of oneness (path of salvation), when the ego and state of duality is been dissolvd.

Satan’s greatest techniques is to create doubt in our minds, create doubts in faith, create doubts in the spiritual self-image, self esteem and breaking down spiritual divine powers through doubts, and one methods to strengthen his “doubt” work is through gaslighting.

Discouragement is how the devil creates doubt. Doubt is confusion the devil controls, and gaslighting is the process that can create both confusion and doubts.

The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things.

All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life.

If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.

Mind control is probably as old as our awareness that we each had a mind of our own.

Throughout the course of history, there are a number of names for mind control that describe a common goal: to take over a person’s innermost thoughts and control his or her behaviors and actions. Brainwashing, coercion, thought reform, mental manipulation, psychological warfare, programming, conversion, gas lighting, indoctrination methods, psychic driving, crowd control: They all describe a method by which a person’s individual thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions are disrupted, dismissed, and destroyed—even replaced with the thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions of someone else. whether designed to create the perfect assassin or super soldier, indoctrinate prisoners of war, recruit members into a cult or religious belief system, or control the consuming masses and direct their behaviors in accordance to the political whims of the day, mind control has been used extensively in our past, is in use today, and no doubt will be used in the future.

The name given to the phenomena of citizen stalking and harassment tends to change with time, circumstance, and methods. The common name used today is Gang-Stalking, or Predatory Gang-Stalking. Gaslighting, a term derived from the 1944 Hollywood movie “Gaslight” where like methods are employed to undermine an individual physically, is another.

R.B. Ross defines Predatory Gang-Stalking as “a criminal phenomenon referring to a group of loosely affiliated people who, in an organized and systematic manner, relentlessly invade an individual’s life on a continuous basis, to an extreme degree, as part of their lifestyle. While each individual Gang-Stalker does his or her small part, what defines Predatory Gang-Stalking is the collective intent to do harm”.

The organized gang stalker can wait for long time for a moment to synchronously and simultanously interfering with some gang stalking actions or they wait to the right moment so they can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just so they can honk a horn, to wait for the target to take a shower so they can do the same; to wait, then run out of their house so they can make a rude gesture or hurl obscenities when the target goes out to throw the trash and synchronously and simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the target is going out and synchronously and simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the front of the targeted individual,

The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a lack of individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far from everyday people, but cult members who are working for an agenda.

Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an individual in a malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a nervous break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant mental, emotional, or physical pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors, bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts, sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a “ganging up” by members of the community who follow an organizer and participate in a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and isolate the victim.

The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals, electronic monitoring inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls, emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/ aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and much more. Police and fire dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul.

The constant goal with organized gang stalking is to getting the target sensitised to sounds, colors, patterns, actions. Eg. Red, white, yellow, strips, pens clicking, key jangling, coughing, sneezing, whistling, fingers snapping, clapping, etc.

Gang Stalkers creates constant noise harassment and mimicking campaigns. Organized Gang Stalking using remote viewing methods and the create imitating and mimicking campaigns. These mimicking campigans includes healthcare, social wellfare and even miltary. More about these departments later.

Disrupting the targets life, sleep with loud power tools, construction, stereos, doors slamming, etc. Talking in public about private things in the targets life. Mimicking actions of the target. Basically letting the target know that they are in the targets life. Daily interferences, nothing that would be too overt to the untrained eye, but psychologically degrading and damaging to the target over time.

Organized Gang Stalking is also organized or collective “gaslighting”. Mass consciousness has created a form of “HIVE MIND” EGO and the organized gang stalking program is been controlled by the collective hive mind. Then humankind living within “The Matrix” enslaved into a mind-prison this HIVE MIND is the enslaved lower ego-matrix. Ego is always threated by changes and from scriptures we learn; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and the whole society is built up around materialism, and materialism is lower vibrational frequencies, and lower vibrational frequnecies is the matrix and mind prison. Targeted individuals is also called empowered individuals because the are spirital awaken, and when someone is spiritual awaken they can raise the lower vibrational frequencies to higher vibrational frequnecies and free themselves from ignorance, bondage, enslavement, the matrix and mind prison.

The Matrix and Mind Prison has become the “comfort zone” and when someone leaving the matrix and the mind prison, the organized gang stalking trying to pushing back the targeted individual into the matrix, and if the don´t going back the organized gang stalking program creates a enviroment where they surrounding the targeted individuals life and start using all form of fear and pain mechanism. The Archons controls the matrix and they hace created a fear and pain system that function as electrical shocks for the mind.

The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any discomfort, and it will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in your comfort zone.

It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. This is exactly why it is so critical that every key person (actually every person in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational pull and make needed changes while achieving critical objectives that support the organization’s master strategic plan. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process from the very start.

Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and this mass consciousness. The enemy of the carnal mind is the divine mind, and the divine consciousness is the right brain hemispere´s theta brain waves. Beta brain waves is the termed as the left brain prisoners. The Matrix and mind prison is the left brain of dominace. The ego and carnal mind is been threatened by the divine mind or spiritual awaken or empowered individuals because they are in the process of changing their inner frequencies by raising their frequencies.

The Beta left brain suppresses the intuitive right brain and induces fear-programming to stay in domination, and when one is able to switch down to alpha and then theta one is able to self-reprogram the whole brain.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA to ‘make us forget’ who we are, and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have two strands of DNA in our physical bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our soul bodies. Their whole system of indoctrination here is designed to make us forget who and what we really are and to make us remember our painful experiences, including our physical, mental and emotional experiences that are then stored in our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body, mind and emotions.

One can think as this remove of one dna strand is like remove a bridge to the other side, so no one can pass. In other terms to disconnect the right brain hemisphere from infleuncing the the work of left brain hemisphere. There is bridge in the “Corpus Callosum” named the “alpha bridge” and this bridge disappears when the brain is controlled through fear based subconsciousness programs. This alpha bridge can be re-build through meditation and when this is the bridge to the theta state and divine connection, and this is what the Archons have disconnected humankind from by using all forms of both psychological and spiritual warfare strategies in all forms.

Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make us operate only through one brain hemisphere. The Corpus Callosum is the bridge between left and right brain hemisphere, but the “alpha bridge” frequency dissapear by fear, in same way the third eye of intuition is closed through fear. The veil of ignorance or veil of fear is in action when fear is the dominated thought pattern in the left brain.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. And the Nordic Reptilans or Annunaki and The Archons may be real and the Darwin evolutionary theory may be the deception humankind is locked, trapped and imprisoned within. Enslavement – when humankind is trapped in the history because of lack of access to higher level of consciousness, and the ones who genetic manipulated the human 2 dna strand don´t want humankind to understand how the three knot of ignorance prevent humankind from see reality and find their real Higher Self.

Scientific analysis of chemtrails has also revealed the presence of aluminum, barium, calcium, magnesium, and titanium. These metals are used to create conduits for electromagnetic waves and broadcasts so that an electromagnetic field prison encases the planet and blocks unwanted wavelengths coming in. This also acts as a conductor for negative thought wave frequencies which are broadcasted to the population.’

Chemtrails and Positioning Satellite System (G.P.S.) and other technologies so as to hack the body-computer and download unwanted signals which affect physical, emotional, and mental frequencies. This is all part of manufacturing a false reality for the body-computer inhabited by souls. Another major aspect of this manufacturing is to shut down the corpus callosum so that communication between the two hemispheres of the brain is crippled. When this happens, people become what is termed “left brain prisoners.” The Matrix in contolled by the influencies of the left brain hemisphere, and the left brain hemissphere is also represented by the ego and the ego is the fear mongerer, and the ego is connected to mass consciousness, and mass consciousness controls the matrix, and the matrix control the organized gang stalking program.

Society is structured so that chemicals in food and water and the education system close down vast tracts of the corpus callosum in order to suppress communication between the left and right brains. The body-computer is then reprogrammed through electromagnetic warfare to act overwhelmingly through the left brain. The most important target for the mass reality manipulators, however, is the subconscious. It is in the subconscious where instructions and perceptions are implanted beyond the awareness of the conscious mind. This is where television comes in as it is the most widespread form of hypnotism on the planet. Television programs (notice the word ‘programs’) induce subliminal programming so as to implant messages into the subconscious mind of the viewer, who then unconsciously (or sometimes consciously) enacts those programs.

Humans have been biologically engineered through DNA manipulation to be ‘out of phase’ with the cosmic and planetary codes of the universe so that you may be more easily manipulated to serve the ‘masters’, the gods who designed you. These beings, the malevolent Annunaki gods who inhabit the underworlds so they may work unseen under the illusion you have free agency. The battle for human consciousness rages on and humans are caught between the benevolent and malevolent beings of the cosmic universe.

Most astonishing information in the Sumerian clay tablets are the detailed descriptions of how the Anunnaki interbred with humans to create a hybrid race.

In Sitchin writings he tell the stories of the Annunaki; “Those who from Heaven to Earth came”. Sitchin believes the Anunnaki from Sumerian texts are the same as the Nephilim from the Hebrew text of Genesis chapter 6, and he claims they were extraterrestrials, space travelers who came from their dying planet to earth in antiquity. Sitchin also takes the Scipture term Adam and twists it to represent the early human species of antiquity. So in his interpretation of the Sumerian and Hebrew text, he makes the bold claim that the Anunnaki fashioned “the Adam” or the human species in their image. So to make it simple, he promotes the popular idea that mankind in the ancient past could have been created by an advanced race of extraterrestrials, in Zecharia Sitchin’s case the Sumerian Anunnaki.

Humans may be descendants of ancient extraterrestrial beings or may have been created by manipulation of the gene pool.

Some believe that the Annunaki may have created grey alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago.

When one study how all the organized gang stalking actions taking plays, these “stalking” actions is simular to “watchers actions”. If Earth is some kind of matrix, a mind prison, created by the Annunaki, the mind prison is then controlled by methods and “watchers” than acting like prison guards. If there is a hell, there is Satan, if there is a mind prison, there is a prison guards, if humankind dna is genetic manipultaed to function on the lowest biological survival programming level and the enslavement programming, so there must be enslavers, programmers, prison guards. This description fits in how all organized gang stalking action taking place.

Organized Gang Stalking actions acting as organized gang stalkers, organized fear programmers, and organized prison guards. Ancients text say Satan is the prison guard and the Archons is the gatekeepers or door keepers. This description fits in how organized gang stalking action taking place in this living area of the matrix. Neighbors above living a organized gang stalking life 18 hours every day. A neighbors standing outside your window 3-5 hours every day, and door slamming 15 hours every day, like a robotized machine. The story about the Annunaki, Nordic Reptilians, the Archons created humans, Earth is a prison planet where humans is trapped and imprisoned within the mind-prison, and the archons prevents the soul from ascending, and then it is said there is Saturn and Moon matrix which hacking the human mind and perception through the frequency band.

Organized Gang Stalking programs seems to be some form of a very advanced artificial stalking program that using mass consciousness and methods of remote viewing. Organized Gang Stalking program reveals it can hear what you hear, it can see what you see, and know what you think through remote viewing, Is this possible? Yes.

Organized Gang Stalkers can interfering what you see (the watching sense), organized gang stalkers can interfering with what your hear (the hearing sense), and organized gang stalkers can interfering with what or when you thinking (mind and perception).

For years people on the streets, neighbors, workers in food stores, pharmacies, departments as healthcare, social wellfare, and interfering in real time tv broadcasting, and even miltary stalking and interfering with your daily actions.

Neighbors in the apartment above is living organized gang stalkinglife 18 hours every day. It can start 04.30 in the morning by dropping things on the floor, then continues with door slamming and door slamming is been used a combination of stalking, harassment, and interference in real time. Door slamming is been used for synchronously and simultanously actions. Usually these actions “synchronously and simultanously” actions is been decribes as people arriving and leaving apartments at same time as the targeted individual. This reveals the basic model for “synchronously and simultanously” is in action. This reveals the organized gang stalker knows when the targeted individual leaving or arriving to their homes and can synchronize this action simultanously at same second. Targeted individuals also reveals how people arround them using words or content from a phone conversation they may have earlier, and at some point during the day someone mirroring this word or content, so the targeted individual can here is. These “synchronously and simultanously” actions of stalking, harassment, interference, and imitating and mirroring can take place on every level and everyhere. Organized Gang Stalking is reveals that anyone, at anytime and anywhere can be used for organized gang stalking.

Neighbors above interfering in real time; when you write a mail to social wellfare they drop things on the floor every time, when you use your internet bank they drop things on the floor every time, when you watch tv series and something is happening they drop things in the floor in same second, when you make your breakfast neighbors above walking outside their balcony and starts fake coughing, when you make dinner they start door slamming, when you start your computer in the morning neighbor standing outside your window and at same time you start your computer door slamming starts, same method is used when you writing door slamming starts, when you read text door slamming starts, when you watch a movie and a word appears door slamming starts, or you can hear a word from the movie and door slamming starts, neighbors above using running water and interfering in real time by open and close the water cranes. Same methods is not just used by one neighbor, it seems to be used by any gang stalkers through the mass consciousness, used by people on streets, food stores, healthcare, social wellfare, media and even military.

The cental keys for organized gang stalking is; “constant”, constant stalking, constant harassment, constant interference, constant imitating and mirroring actions and these is the in combine with “synchronously and simultanously” actions. The word “constant” creates a constant pressure on the mind, it creates a constant pressure on emotions, it creates a constant pressure on thoughts, it creates a constant pressure on the frequencies in the brain, it then creates a constant pressure of entanglement, and all these methods creates the matrix, the mind prison. Its when a spiritual awakening process occurs all these action taking place, and the goal is to shut down the awakening process, to push back the awakening process to the slumbering state, to drag one back into the matrix and the enslaved mind prison. The actions of “constant pressure” and constant fear mongering” want´s to make the surrounding envoriment to a discomfort zone or transform the whole enviroment for spiritual and psychological warfare. Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare, and it is a invisible warfare program using PSI and remote viewing psychology.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

Although mankind’s evolutionary history and a man’s past experiences have shaped his subconscious mind’ in one way or another. Throughout our lives and through the evolutionary history we have been subjected to many things that have subconsciously programmed who we are, and from a gravitional force persepctive how this then creates all forms of subconsciously limitations of thought-pattern of duality. If one think of the human double Helix strand represents the relationship betweeen levels of Consciousness and Awareness. Around 2-3% of the human dna strand is in use and the other 97-98% is called the junk DNA. If one think in terms of a computer, would anyone be satisfied if they just have a basic computer program using just 2-3% of its fully potentials, and then knowing there is another 97-98% unused capability to be activated…? This also represents the relationship between the physical three dimensional reality (2%) of the brain and the spiritual fifth dimensional reality (98%) unused energy. The Consciousness ego controls only 2% of the thoughts, only 40 bites per second, while the subconscious controls 98% of all thoughts and memories of the brain, 11 billions bits per second, and the the Superconscious is the true Self and is connected to the Divine. So the subconsciousness is like a subconsciously working and consuming gravitational force that´s through the evolutionary history has been affected and controlled through the powers. The unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities controls the Matrix thought pattern.

The Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix world is based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and exploitation. We have been taught that the artificial reality of the Matrix is all there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But the truth is that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a co-creator of your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world that doesn´t benefit higher consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate humankind to enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own power. Once human through practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any control. A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.

Scriptures reveals; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The desires and carnal mind could be termed as “desire consciousness” and the lower matrix is linked to the state of the carnal mind or desire consciousness, and desire consciousness is also mass consciousness, and mass consciousness is been used in organized gang stalking.

Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All human beings are born with carnal minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind is hostile to God. Carnal mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are not spiritually discerned.

The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. Satan rules the world through the carnal mind and mass consciousness. This includes organized gang stalking.

The carnal mind is ruled by Satan (the ultra ego) and the mind prison is the result when everything spiritual is turned off (real self, real reality and real knowledge). In other terms the carnal mind represent the veil of ignorance and there is three knots of bondage in the human energy-body-system that prevents new information and energy from be configurated to higher levels of consciousness. The system of the carnal mind will target everything that trying to open these three knots of ignorance and free themselves from the imprisoned state of mind and enslavment.

Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and humans is the only species who invented their own prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the The Three Knots of bondage and limitations.

The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the opposite to Divine Consciousness. The carnal mind is been ruled by Beta brain waves, and divine consciousness is referred to the right brain and divine theta brain waves of love and bliss. The carnal mind using fear, pain and terror to stay in control and domination, and the carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to protect the carnal mind. The divine theta brain waves requires a relaxed and silent enviroment to reach the state of theta, and the whole organized gang stalking is designed to create all forms of constant sounds and noise harassment. Organized Gang Stalking is a product of the carnal mind to protect the desires of the carnal nature of materialism and the carnal mind of the ego holds the concepts of fear programming and fear is the component that holds matter together. Fear and matter is duality, and the Archons created two worlds out of one, and the other world is the matrix, the mind prison. And the Archons don´t want anyone to change the state of duality to the state of Oneness, where the ego and duality will be dissolved. They have genetic manipulated human into the lower vibrational frequency state or the 2 dna strand and unplugged the other etheric 10 dna strands.

The 2 dna strand is the physical strands and represent the carnal “flesh” body/mind and its carnal desires of nature, and when someone awakening their unplugged 10 etheric dna strands, then will the carnal nature and designed organzied gang stalking program startusing anyone, at anytime and anywhere with constant stalking and constant harassment, and create a eviroment with constant pressure of negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic and so on to suppress all efforts of spiritual progress, spiritual movement forward, spiritual drive and spritual enlightment.

Who is particiapting in organized gang stalking? Then Organized Gang Stalking is the carnal nature, organized gang stalking is everyhwre where there is a carnal mind, and that´s why organized gang stalking program can use anyone, at anytime and anywhere. The carnal mind is the stalker of the mind. They don´t need any machines when they synhronize or simultanously start their interfering actions in real time, because they using the human ego, hive mind and mass consciousness within the matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking is built up around the psychology of triggering and sensitizing the mind with negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic, pain, suffering, anger, horror, terror.

If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern. Organized Gang Stalking is designed and including every spiritual and psychological methods to triggering fear and induce stress and worries the mind. If organized gang stalkers can´t triggering your fear patterns enough, then does a computer generated voice in the airs start beaming and looping words as worry, worry, worry, anxiety, anxiety, anxiety when you eating food, or a neighbor above walking out to their balcony and starts fake coughing when you eating. Organized Gang Stalking is where the carnal mind is. The Matrix and Beast system is where the carnal mind is, and organized gang stalking is within the beast system and the matrix. The beast system has get a computer generated speaking voice. Organized Gang Stalkers is connected to this beast system and the matrix. It is the carnal mind of the beast that rules organized gang stalking. That´s why departments also participating in organized gang stalking.

Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat.

The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor.

Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.

Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control.

The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.

The organized gang stalking program is designed to make the targeted individuals body-energy-system operate in primal instinct mode and under constant repressed state, and it is designed to create a endless negative feedback loop where they don´t see any future, has no drive, has no faith, has no visions, has no spiritual progres, no movement forward. They sensitizing and triggering the human body system into a cognitive anxiety state of the mind with a broken feedback loop. The goal is with organized gang stalking is to triggering and provoke the targeted individual to irrational thought pattern, triggering the human thinking pattern by subtle threats and triggering to paranoia. Fear, stress, constant stalking, subtle threats, create sleep deprivation, and then triggering paranoia, create a gaslighting enviroment together create confusion.

Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Constant sound is poison for the meditating state of mind and constant interference with noise and sounds is poison for the divine theta brain waves of bliss and intuition.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Fear and anxiety are distinguished in that fear is a response to the presence of a real threat and involves our automatic fight or flight mechanism, while anxiety is usually a general feeling of apprehension without a specific or known threat. What happens when fear takes over is that the energy that was running your internal immune system now switches your autonomic nervous system over to a sympathetic nervous system response. This is the process of organized gang stalking; to triggering all form of negative stress symptoms in the human body. Beta brain waves is the only brain waves that is related to fear, stress and anxiety and organized gang stalking triggering these emotions and thoughts by dailiy sensitizing. Yoga teaching learn how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation evolving towards the alpha, theta and theta brain waves. Meditation is the process of configuration of higher soul energy and through this process one changing slowly changing from the ego to the real Higher self.

Practically speaking, when we shut off our internal mind-talk and concentrate our attention through things like intention, meditation, prayer, or contemplation, we tune ourselves into this subtle, spiritual, quantum-level energy matrix. When this energy is allowed to transfer to our DNA (without interruption from negative attitudes or limiting beliefs), it affects the molecular and cellular levels that drive all our physical metabolic processes. This is why we have the ability to heal ourselves through prayer, meditation or conscious intention.’

Chakras are the ultimate funnels that allow us to move in between our various ways of being, from the physical to the spiritual and back again. Not only do chakras transfer information between the physical and subtle realms, but they can also transform one into the other. On a concrete basis, a transformer is an electrical device that changes the electricity of one voltage or measurement into another. Through this process they can also alter one type of energy so that it becomes a different type of energy.

This means that chakras move energies from higher to lower states (and vice versa), as well as inside the body to outside the body. They also pass energy between various planes of existence (which will be described in the next chapter) and between one’s own body, mind, and soul and those of others. As if they weren’t busy enough with these tasks, they are also turning physical energy into subtle (and vice versa). In other words, they act like transformers.

One must overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of liberation can be found in the bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a new energy, and this will then be the new root chakra.

Organized Gang Stalking is the opposite to what Yoga teaching learns how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation.

When someone starts lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain beta waves, the carnal mind and its carnal nature working with constant raising them again by triggering and and by induce negativity, stress, fear, and pain.

The carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to disturb, distract and distort a silent and relaxed state of mind and prevent it from activate the lower theta brain waves. Theta brain waves removes fear programs and fear concepts that rules the old evolutionary brain. When theta brain waves is in actions it removes fear programming, and the carnal mind again starts the opposite actions by inducing more negativity, stree and fear into the targeted individuals life.

The Organized Gang Stalking program using firecrackers to stress up your mind.

They have been shooting firecrackers for three weeks and 80-120 hours of fire crackers shooting. Who is usisng firecarckers and stalking them by shooting firecrackers? The beast system and humans within the matrix. Who have access and store firecarckers for 120 hours when they just sell firecrakers at eastern times and neww years time? And then the landlord is participating in organized gang stalking they don´t do anything about firerackers shooting. Then they stalking you with firecrackers here and there when you are outdoors and exercise.

Then does the beast system and people knows when you having a new appoinment time to healthcare, and every night before they start shooting big firecrackers late evenings. So the beast system knows when yoo have new appointments to healthacre and using firecrackers to rush up your mind before you trying to sleep. And neighbors seems to hav access to firecrackers all year and start shooting them when ever they want´s to stalking and interfering during the whole year.

In same way these people seems to have access to firecrackers, the neighbors also have tehcnological devices to stalking the mind, to create sounds, noise harassment. Neighbors above have technological device that makes seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor, another neighbor has a drum beat devices that can create all forms of looping drum beats, and even sound as heart-beats they can speed up. Another neighbors using music and drum sounds, and the landlord may have place some technological device in the bicycle room that suddenly sounding like a huge door slamming sound. And their is constant ongoing sounds in the airs by using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, and electro magnetic frequencies, and beaming words, sounds and voices 24/7. And helicopters in the air stalking eveywhere. They beaming words like “We control the sunlight” in the airs when you exercise outdoors, and just a few seconds later a helicopters appears in the airs. All the gang stalkers is connected to the matrix or the beast system. The maya psychology rules the whole world, and Satan rules the whole world, so the beast, maya, and Satan may be same Spirit of Stalking within the matrix (using mass consciousness).

All organized gang stalking action has some form of stalking, interfering and enslavement component. Earth may the mind prison where humankind is enslaved and imprisoned within like Neo in the movie “The Matrix”. Its when a spiritual awakening process occurs all the actions of organzied gang stalking begins, and then actually trying to hijacking and imprisoned this spiritual awakening by stalking, interference, constantly harassment with sounds and noise. Organized Gang Stalkers just use firecrackers, they even using coughing sounds when the stalking and using mind control methods, they using heavy nose breatnings in tv broad casting., or they even interfering by making soft sounds of clearing the throat in tv broadcasting. Sneezing sounds is also part of organized gang stalking. Organized Gang Stalking using every possible way to create sounds and stalking by making sounds. This was an introduction to the organized gang stalking world.

In the movie The Matrix, humanity is enslaved by an artificial intelligence we ourselves created. Humans are kept in pods while their bodies are used as energy sources to support the machinery of artificial intelligence. To keep us enslaved, the artificial intelligence creates a massive, interactive, virtual reality for humans. And by meticulously controlling the neurons in our brains, the artificial intelligence manages to deceive us into thinking this virtual world is the real world. Organized Gang Stalking constantly working to sensitizing and triggering emotions and thoughts (neurons in the brain) and using sounds, noise harassment, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies they rushing up the human neurons in the brain. Fear, stress, intimidation is part of this long term ongoing spiritual and psychological warfare. This silent and invisible warfare is ongoing 24/7.

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end.

Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing their docility within their pods.

Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods.

The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping, nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.

The expansion of human consciousness due to the awakening of the human species mind would further the development of naturalized, life-focused ethical philosophy; that would aid the breaking out of the intangible, social prison cages of the ideological slave-driving machine.

There are forces all around us affecting our every move and changing the very fabric of reality.” Chances are, you find yourself in the first or the second group, or perhaps you move back and forth between the two. But consider for a moment the perspective of the mystery man who offered you the pills, who clearly belongs to the small third group. He may be paranoid, but that doesn’t mean those forces aren’t out to get him—and us.

The grand mechanisms that direct our choices, often without our knowledge, can leave us feeling less than human. In The Matrix, humans retain their fleshy bodies, but those bodies are mere energy generators for the empire of the AI machines. Plugged into the Matrix, they are part of a program that constructs a seemingly normal life for them, while all the while they are being sucked dry for the benefit of their evil mechanical overlords. Thus, they are no more than machines themselves.

The Poison Planter Satan is a master at planting seeds of doubt. Planting seeds of doubt and using deceit are obviously the Devil’s tools. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting and this method is been used to drive people to madness. The damage of gaslighting is that it is confusing, isolating, and often results in you questioning your own reality. The goal with gaslighting is to create a manipulated enviroment where one start thinking if they can trust their own senses and quiestioning reality. Gaslighting is when a person makes another person doubt their perceptions, memories and sometimes even sanity.

Gaslighting is the systematic attempt by one person or even through organized gang stalking to erode another´s reality or perception. Gaslighting is a form of psychological abuse in which false information is presented in such a way as to make the target doubt their own memory and perception. It is a deliberate ploy that occurs between the two individuals or between a targeted individual and organized gang stalking -the covert aggressor and the target.

The endgame is that the person being gaslighted thinks he or she is going crazy, and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive the targeted to madness. This is the goal with organized gang stalking; gaslighting is the worst form of deceptions to create confusion in the mind.

Gaslighting is been used by departments like healthcare and and social wellfare. For example doctors changing shirt. Social wellfare secretary trying to make you believe you hear things, and sending two different appointment time by gmail. The first mail has a appointment time, day after there is new a appointment time, and the first gmail has been removed. The social wellfare secretary sending two different mail with two different appointment times, and someone else hacked into the gmail and removed the first apppoinment time. So the organized gang stalking program even using gmail to affect your mind by gaslighting your mind. Even energy companies participating in organized gang stalking in this area of land. Energy companies using street lights; at night the turn off the light outside your window, and at daytime they turn on the light, and they turn on streets light when your are outdoors and exercise. In food stores the cashier also using gaslighting psychology; if the credit card register shows the sum of your food products 250 crones, you can hear the cashier saying it cost 150 crones in the background when you paying with your credit card. This is also a form of constructed deception or gaslighting to streghten all other actions of organized gang stalking.

The process of gaslighting distorts our sense of reality and makes us disbelieve what we see, hear or experiencing through our perception. This is how the oragnized gang stalking actions and gaslighting taking place. Its street theater for the eyes, its street theater for the ears, and its is gaslighting for perception. It disturb, distract and distort reality.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

As clever and as crafty as Satan was in the Garden of Eden, he is the same outside of the garden. Satan’s methodical movements of cleverness are often seen as the same methods of darkness, but looks can be deceiving, as he himself is the king of deception. The darkness of Satan can often be likened to that of a skilled chess player eager to win over his opponent during the competition of a game. Thus, in the game of chess, each of the six types of pieces move differently and have different amounts of authority over the other pieces. In other words, each piece has its own position, but the queen can win the game. Chess pieces attack and capture other chess pieces with the objective of checkmating the opponent’s king by placing it under an inescapable threat of capture. This is the method of organized gang stalking,

This is the dialog of Satan when he approaches God to try to “shift” the saints of God. His attempt is to apprehend and state publicly before the throne of God “Checkmate!” as he attempts to win the game. What you and I must understand is that, as it is with the game of chess, the king—Satan—is restricted in movement as it pertains to the “game” on the board. The same is said in this life. Satan is restricted in movement, and the queen—the body of Christ—has authority over him by the power of the Word. The queen has the ability to move in places on the board that Satan does not have. The queen—the body of Christ—has the power to win the game because it has the fortitude to do so. The queen stands on the thrust of the King of Kings, who has already won in final victory.

One can think at the Matrix and the mind-prison on Earth as a chessboard ruled with three dimensional methods of control and deceptions that creates an illusionary restriction of movement. Satan´s goals has always been to disturb, distract and distort the human mind so they don´t have knowledge to find the real Self and through this understand they have the power to move out of the chess game in the three dimensional world, the matrix, the mind prison, or the illusionary dreamworld.

The core of Satan’s plan is the hijacking of our consciousness and the creation of a hive mind. If the king on the chess represent Satan and the ego perception of the five senses, so does the Queen represents the sixth sense and third eye of intuition. Humans can´t win the spiritual chess game by using the carnal mind and mass consciousness Satan have access to, one need to connect to the sixth sense and third eye of intuition.

The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.

The Darwin evolutionary theory may just be another form of created deceptions by same entities that have genetic manipulated the human dna strand and how knowledge about all these endless mind control methods everyone using.

Humankind is trapped and captivated within history by a “evolutionary lock”. When they genetic manipulated the human dna strand and unplugged ten of twelve dna strands they also trapped humankind within a history. The numbers of dna strands represents information and enlightment, and by disconnect and unplugged 10 dna strands, humans can´t acces higher levels of consciousness and configuration this information into the cells.

One can think like this; the 2 dna strand is the “locked matrix” and the junk dna holds the key to the lock. The lack of information blocks the energy-soul-configuration to higher levels of consciousness.

Through “maya psychology” and the veil of ignorance the dna helix is in slumbering state of mind, or dreamstate, and when Mankinds mind is asleep they forget the true spiritual nature of who they are and where they come form. This creates a “evolutionary lock” for spiritual progress because humankind is been trapped and imprisoned in history or within the 2 dna strand, the matrix, and this becomes the mind prison, and then creates the egos “dreamworld”, and humankind then is trapped in the artificial and virtual bubble of reality. And organized gang stalking is part of the beast system that captivates, traps, and imprisoned humankind into the matrix.

Every living being is under the governance of Maya (Illusion). In emotional attachment to Maya the whole world is asleep. It forgets its true spiritual nature and is asleep to it, but is awake to material consciousness. It is from this Maya, the enticer, has captivated the whole world. In ignorance he fails to realize the purpose of life and remains perpetually in bondage. Where, as ego separates the soul from God, maya prolongs the separation by projecting the real as false and false as real, deluding, thus, it keeps the soul in its grip. It allures and captivates the individual. It allures and captivates the individual. Only the egocentric gets into its web.

The souls are entangled in matter and release is made possible when the difference between the nature of the soul and matter is recognized. The human soul is released through recognizing that the world as caused is an illusion.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind. This mind is controlled by the second chakra and the Moon, which controls all the waters and emotions (even the maya-hypnotized).

The System or the “beast system” and the matrix is built up around controlling certain brain wave frequencies that keep the genetic manipulation in place within a energy grid. There is seven major chakras and everyone represents a certain frequency, the higher up on the chakra ladder one ascending the higher frequencies is made availabale. The lower matrix is represented through low vibrational frequencies and its ruler is fear based consciousness or fear frequencies. Fear controls everything. Its repress, oppress and supppress. Satan is ultra ego.

One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon the same electromagnetic spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio station, broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electro-magnetic energy spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are ways of changing your neural system!’ These neural patterns link together creating something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass mind which is the common sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this realm that the sorcerer can do his best work.

A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological information processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual warfare on a grand scale. Humans biologically cannot fight against an enemy they cannot see, and Satan knows if he can cut your phone line to God that he has got you forever in his grip. Psychological warfare today involves production of weapons using acoustic waves at a controlled hertz to totally control a human being’s body from a distance like remote control without a shot ever having to be fired. Triggering various electromagnetic fluctuations can affect brainwaves that then alter human emotion and physical well-being. Because all humans have a traceable electromagnetic fingerprint, Satan wants you to dial into his broadcast so he can pinpoint you even more with demonic activity.

Just to be sure you understand Satan’s game plan, let us now recap what we have previously learned to get an even bigger picture of just how Satan’s frequency of his universal collective consciousness can one day soon totally control mankind. ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain.

This system operates similar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the program director who selects the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen humanity produce the programming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false doctrine). The station then transmits the message over the air. However, you cannot pick up t he station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency. All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station “WORLD” with the volume turned all the way up. The receiver is the flesh, which is attracted to Satan’s frequency. All three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh, and the Devil.

Satan (the ultra ego) has power over the air medium, according to the Bible. Air carries large amounts of electromagnetically charged waves. Magnetic resonance is the key Satan uses to interact and taunt humanity. His power to manipulate natural frequency and wavelengths produces an ill effect on pineal gland hormone production. This explains why Satan’s army is feverishly installing tracking devices in everything. Once perfected, such technology will secure biological control over the brain and keep mankind in a mentally altered state tuned to evil. Resonances received by electrical communication devices allow signals from certain frequencies while rejecting others. Years ago, it was a proven fact that a transducer could modify spoken words into ELF waves to be heard in your head telepathically. Today they using syntethic telepathy and voice to skull technology.

A powerful electromagnetic grid forms a web around our globe. This grid of ley lines connect all megalithic monuments, built using sacred harmonic geometry, to magnify Satan’s covering so he can rule over Earth’s kingdoms.

At present human evolution, communication between our body and the hidden ten strands of DNA has been very limited —perhaps at 15% efficiency. The key to increasing DNA communication lies within electromagnetism, because DNA is really a super conductor of current. And the tiny currents within DNA set up small magnetic fields. In other words, there is an EM component to our genetic structure, just as in all other aspects of our body — in intracellular tissue, heart movement as well as brain function.

Man’s history has been one of development from the state of mass unconscious reactions to that of a slowly recognised group responsibility. The low-grade human being or the unthinking individual has a collective consciousness. He may regard himself as a person, but he does no clear thinking as to human relations, or as to the place of humanity in the scale of being. He is easily swayed by the mass or collective thought, and is regimented and standardised by mass psychology. He moves in rhythm with the mass of men; he thinks as they think (if he thinks at all); he easily feels as the mass feels, and he remains undifferentiated from his kind. Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.

When uou are able to get your conscious mind in control and shut off the auopilot of your ego, you start to be able to make your life to a magical adventure. We have to figure out how to put the ego in the background and keep it out of the driver seat. The ego is the default operating system and its basic purpose is survival. By turning off the autopilot one turn off the default routine functions, and through this one is able to re-program the mind in new directions, and can tap into the unlimited creative power of the real Self.

The ego want´t to control and dominate and using fear. Fear is linked to control, and control is linked to autopilot thinking pattern. Autopilot is a response to fear. When humans are scared they switch to automatic.

The autopilot state of the mind is what prevents the third eye of intuition from be activated. The ego and intellect is the opposite to intuition, and may even be the enemy within because it prevents anything from be changed and evolved. The ego, intellect and autopilot prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. From a brain wave perspctive the beta waves (left brain hemisphere) suppresses theta waves (right brain hemisphere) and beta waves is been govern by the ego, intellect and autopilot and prevents divine/bliss theta waves from awakening and influenicng with its healing powers.

Beta brain waves is the autopilot of thinking that prevents divine theta waves from be activated and beta brain waves (autopilot) is what prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. Fear closing the third eye and autopilot is the response of this fear, and the autopilot is the default setting where the ego controls, operates and dominates the lower matrix. When one learn to shut of the beta brain waves one also shut of the default setting of the autopilot.

Fear lies at the very heart of much of ego’s driving force. As much as it may disguise, delude and deceive itself, fear is what drives the ego toward narcissism (control), arrogance (compensation) and defense.

The collective mass-narcissism keep humankind imprisoned in the dreamworld and illusions. If one convert the veil of ignorance that is in place is the collective mass-narcissism and this the materialistic three dimensional world, ignorance or narcissism is the state of mind when one don´t has the ability to see through the illusionary world of matter.

As the ego or the egoic mind is the matrix composed by all the thoughts, beliefs, concepts, ideas, biases and assumptions that you picked up along the way, are not yours and that create within you a false sense of self and a false notion of who you are, the “Higher Mind” is, in fact, your real mind, made of your true essence and it contains your most pure sense of self.

The masses are made up of individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses — the consciousness of the individual must alter. As we alter our consciousness and awareness, we will understand who we are, why we are here, and what part we are destined to play in creating this new age.

In this way, satan ( the ultra ego) exercises great control over large groups of people. Working as the accuser, satan uses this “corporate thought” to keep God’s spiritual leaders down and out. If God intends to use a certain man to bless His people, the enemy, working within the group mentality, will cause “everybody” to turn against him. And this is also been used in organized gang stalking, or organized bullying, or organized predator stalking. Satan controlls mass consciousness through the carnal mind and ego, and actually using anyone, at anytime and anywhere for the purpose of organized gang stalking.

How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear.

Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.

Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison.

For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems.

From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.

Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.

Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism, and these methods can be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, pain, mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking set up a stage of actions of intimidation and then staging of strange events intended to disorient the target indivudal and make them insecure and afraid. In order to gain control and manipulate another person a covert aggressor will employ positive reinforcement tactics such as praise, approval, even sympathy to draw you in. Then the aggressor will create a growing climate of fear and self-doubt with the use of intermittent positive and negative reinforcement (threats, intimidation, even playing the victim) to disorient the targeted person.

The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone through fear. Satan (the ultra ego) wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off.

Rejection is one of Satan´s intimidation strategies. When one begin to advance in the area for spiritual progress, they subtle start to set up the stage for intimidation. Fear and intimidations is part of the strategies in organized gang stalking.

When the intimidators come, their biggest weapons are words—threatening to harm, to disgrace, and to take away something of value. The demon that accompanies all intimidators on their mission is called fear. The demon of fear stands in the forefront to bark like a mad dog, while the human intimidator breathes threats.

Mass consciousness using all form of sounds as a weapons and this is the main component in organized gang stalking

Energy systems that are guided only by the ego are more likely to be engulfed into the influential power of the mass of collective energy. Ego based energy systems often perceive the world as being a terrible, negative place to live. Their perceptions create hostility and hate within them.

They project their negativity into the world, feeding the negativity within the mass of collective energy. This negativity is what positive, awakened energy systems are constantly fighting against. Positive awakened energy systems are higher conscious beings that can see past the smokescreens of the ego to get to the truth. Since the mass of collective energy is predominantly derived from the unconscious ego, awakened energy systems are considered outcasts and have to lead a life of repressed identity.

Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system within the mass of collective energy. This is the collective organized gang stalking. They constant stalking persecution and “shadowing”.

If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from controlling our state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly experience fear in different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real but imagined. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create the vicious circle of fear in our lives.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

When the right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto obtain information. When your´re centered and balanced, your energy will start expanding; it´ll start going up your spine again, then it expands out of the body , but including the body, into the experience that we tend to call bliss.

Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.

Energy, information is light and it has been social and genetic manipulated and enginered for eons and thosuends of years, generation after generation.

Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12).

The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.

Which people is participating in organized gang stalking? Anyone, at anytime and anywhere can be used in organized gang stalking.

Gang Stalking. This also includes neighbors, friends, co-workers and even family of targeted people. Federal, state and local governments are reportedly complicit, such as local police, fire departments, EMT personnel, city workers, utility companies, taxi drivers, security guards, and stores and restaurants, cars and truck-drivers, libary personal, food stores, pharmacies, social wellfare, healthcare, psychiatry, and all departments, even military.

Organized Gang Stalking is part of spiritual and psychological warfare that is going on Earth in present time. Organized Gang Stalking is the invisible war or the “PSI warfare” to keep everyone imprisoned in the matrix, and prevent anyone from ascending and working constantly with “psi warfare” (spiritual, psychological and technological warfare methods) to prevent anyone from passing through the energy grid of the archons-mind prison.

Insights (intuition) removes darkness and illuminates. Insights manifests in the multitude of light. Insight opens the third eye and travels through the Crown of the head. Insights reveals the path to salvation. It brings cosmic visions. Insights removes gravitational force of the earthly matter from the human kind and elevates the human kind to a higher platform.

When the Soul is cleared of negative emotional programming its vital creative energies are freed and awakened, and its evolutionary energies are unleashed. This creates a heightened vital force that flows through the physical DNA, activating or “turning on” the infrastructure of our spiritual DNA. These silicon-based structures, as yet undiscovered parts of the DNA, are activated when higher octaves of energy are liberated in the body. Represented by the upward pointing crescent of the diagram, these structures of our spiritual DNA become the foundation for the higher “body of light” that is produced when the spiritual DNA is fully charged and activated. Organized Gang Stalking creates a constant loop of negativity, fearful programming, create a constant enviroment with stress (sound and noise harassment), stalking and threatening to prevent transformation and configuration and activation of new dna strands.

The third-eye center inspires awakening inward perception, learning to look within. We have two eyes to look outwardly and a third that provides inner vision—”insight.” The inner creates and reflects the outer, Inner vision leads to clarity of thought, intuition (to “see into it), psychic energy, insight, and clairvoyance—”seeing clearly.”

Fears and intimidation has generation after generation social and genetic engineered/manipulated the human dna strands.

The Light Codes carry so much of our ancient memories. As we activate consciously each of the DNA layers we also activate the light codes, turning up the dimmer switch, allowing more light to enter our beingness. This all happens as we are able to hold and manage new levels of light. Our nervous system needs to be strong, as does our grounding and physical health. Knowledge heals, it allows the pathways to safely heal and clear. This is why we address our healing and rebuilding in several ways, to ensure a safe and healthy passage through this mighty and exciting

Alchemy is a process of transformation, and alchemy represents the process of “configuration” of soul energy needed for higher configuration to higher consciousness and dna activation.

The lower mind and higher consciousness; We cannot solve problems by using the same kind of thinking we used when we created them. The three dimensional world is the state or concepts of duality, and this state is been controlled through beta brain waves. So in order to change perception one need to use other brain wave frequency to solve problems as ascending the soul to liberation. One therefore not use the ego to liberate the soul, beacuse the ego is what prevents this spiritual progress. And the ego blocks one´s visions and blocks the real Self from expanding in light/consciousness (enlightment). The human perceptions and visions is been controlled through fear patterns and fear programming.

We cannot solve problems by using the same kind of thinking we used when we created them. Fear based low vibrational frequencies created the matrix, mind prison, the dreamworld, and the higher vibrational love frequency is what opens the matrix.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change.

The carnal mind deviously employs the human intellect, the human emotions, and the human will to justify itself before mankind; and thereby it gains the esteem of the world. And thereby there is formed the personality that is popular with the people. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.

The mass of thoughts that has been built up in race consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind, which opposes and rejects God.

Mass consciousness is not Divine consciousness

Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world. That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed.

Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted.

The process of fear also includes the process of triggering insecurity. This is the process of organized gang stalking; fears and intimidation, doubts and gaslighting, hijacking the mind to create a “loop of control”, “loop of stalking”, “loop of interference”, loop of sound harassment”, loop of distortions, to distract and disturb the human cognitive thinking pattern system, sensitizing and triggering emotions and thoughts, create a neagtive cognitive feedback loop and so on.

The normal cycle of a feedback loop goes like this. First, the brain imprints the information. Second, the brain processes the information being received and then files it under the short or long term, memory banks. Third, the information gathered can then be recalled and pulled out of storage whenever it needs to be used within the stream of consciousness. The stream of consciousness is a constant flow of all the information ever received by the energy system.

Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises.

Cognitive chaos is when thoughts cannot be managed and controlled in a rational way, forcing the ego to become threatened by one or more illusions that become real to the energy system. The energy system does not have

The key of understanding the matrix and organized gang stalking; Insecure ego based energy systems flounder through life, never able to achieve higher levels of consciousness because of the gridlock of their fears, doubts, anxieties, and fragility. A weak, underdeveloped ego is responsible for the illusion of insecurity. Until the broken feedback loop or loops are resolved, insecurity will remain a debilitating factor. The matrix is been controlled by fear doctrines, and fear programming. Fear is the components that holds the matrix closed and humankind trapped within the matrix. Fear is the component that imprisoned the soul with matter. Fear, intimidation and terror of the mind forces the mind into a autopilot-cally thinking system and low vibrational frequencies. Fears captivates humankind within the evolutionary history because they can´t access new and higher information, and therefore can´t chanage from ego based fear perception to third eye of intuition perceptions of love and bliss (theta brain waves).

The moment of separation disconnected spiritual energy from God’s energy forming the energy of the ego. By giving up the trust of spiritual and God’s energy, the ego would develop into an; isolated, self governing, manipulative, vindictive, cynical, and untrustworthy ruler of collective unconsciousness.

The energy that is created within an energy system while on Earth is directly linked to the energy that it attracts to when released from the body. Negative energy attaches to negative energy and positive energy attracts to positive energy. The ego wants to be the governing force at all times. It will utilize sound scripts to reinforce its position on Earth, creating smoke screens and illusions to manipulate energy systems to follow the path of unconsciousness and fantasy.

Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. Living and dying filled with unconscious negativity only proves that the ego based energy system is a selfish, cynical, non-caring, fearful, and insignificant being.

To live life only in the confines of the ego blinds an energy system from the truth and limits their full capacity of experiencing the splendors of Earth as directed by the energy of Creation. Once the mistrust of God’s energy occurred the ego took control. Mistrust is an illusion that the ego has used as a defense against itself.

The ego has developed false perceptions of trust that are reflections of the original break between the truth, God’s energy, and that of the ego based energy system. Since the ego is only a representation of the physical realm, it cannot be trusted to guide or to confide in because it is filled with too many smokescreens and illusions. Illusions are ways to poison true, unconditional love.

Worldly chaos throughout history is directly related to the mistrust in the ego. Trusting an unstable, illusionary unconscious guide—the ego, only creates confusion, dissension, chaos, and mistrust within the mass of collective energy.

The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. The vortex within our Tree of Life stopped moving.

To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the vortices throughout our Tree of Life, our brain and our body, to unite our head and our heart. Then once again we can resonate with all energetic beings floating in our electro-magnetic field, around our ‘self’, the Sun of our ‘soul’, without fear.

We have to learn how to manage the positive and negative qualities of these energies, which all manifest through us at a physical level and we have to learn how to manage them in a non-fearful and compassionate way enabling them to express the light essence of their being through us.

Becoming aware one enables us to re-activate new dna strands and understand our physical two-strand DNA personality and the ten strand ‘junk DNA’ where we find the non-physical, archetypal, sub-personalities of our psyche.

Organized Gang Stalking triggering a pattern of neagitve cognitive feedback loop and occupies the mind with constant pressure by organized gang stalking actions. To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the energy vortices, but organized obstructing, disturb, distract and distort this process of energy-soul- configuration. The carnal mind of organized gang stalking don´t want anyone to becoming aware how to re-activate the ten unplugged they have disconnected humankind from. The carnal mind, organized gang stalking, mass consciousness, tribal consciousness, the beast system, the matrix they all represents the lower matrix or the lower ego and the desire consciousness. The whole materialistic society is built up around “carnality” and materialism and the ruler of this world, don´t want anyone elevate to higher levels than the three first chakras.

The initiation process functions as the portal access key, that unveils the coded genetic programs. This unveiling, activates the DNA recoding process whereby the dormant strands are reconnected, realigned, recalibrated, and activated, to provide the ethereal network system, that facilitates multi-dimensional communication and experience. With upgraded system functionality, and through the process of system recalibration, there is greater allowance.

During recalibration, and as these ascension codes are being fired within our grid encodement, our physical biology is going through that which is similar to energetic detoxification, system defragmenration and reformatting. This vibratory action is making way for the activation of the new templates that will be installed upon our new grid matrix. As our initiation is raking place,we are being reaibrated into the higher pyramidal chamber of light frequencies that our readiness calls for. After we have been energetically wired, made aligned and our frequency level has reached the therapeutic and safe point, our newly installed blueprint, and its electronic configuration are activated and amplified.

As new energy paves our energetic network system, it accelerates the vibratory activity of the electrons that make up our atomic structure. This activity induces the creation of a better, cellular framework, while quickening our ascension into higher energetic rhythms and planes of awareness.

Initiation is for the purpose of system reconfiguration. Reconfiguration quickens our transmutation and transfiguration. The initiation process can be characterized by an intense period, whereby the experiences that assemble around us, would turn out to be those definite triggers that would serve as mirrors, for the clearing of some of the deepest discordances and misqualified energy states, within our grid … our mental and emotional filing cabinets.

During such strategic moments, energetic, mental, emotional, and spiritual clearing is done at the root level, as inharmonious files are progressively peeled off, layer after layer, and repolarized. Thus, as we are purged of some of the vile stuff we need to let go, we are said to be travelling light and gaining altitude.

As we predispose our mentality to vibrate at the frequency of gratitude, appreciation, and acceptance, the discordant energies we hold are activated, brought to the top and transmuted by the alchemical flames of the higher frequency state of equanimity we have chosen to vibrate at. In other words, the lower frequencies that produce our (stuckness’ are dumped into the great incinerator . . . the activated multidimensional perspective frequency of gratitude and empathy.

They are incinerated and repolarixed. In other words, this increased vibratory action within the accelerated electron spin that the higher frequency has activated into being, is that which converts our carbon-based frequencies into crystalline-based frequencies. We are now ready to anchor more light within our cellular structures, (or both personal and planetary service.

It is after the activity of alchemical purging fires are done, that we become cleared enough for the DNA recoding process to begin. DNA recoding will hardly take place, when we bypass the inmluable, preparatory process of energetic clearing Genetics engineering is in progress as our genetic blueprint is being upgraded, wired into our etheric network, connected, realigned and activated. Emotional and mental clearing, aid in the building of the energetic, network communication system, and in the construction of an inter-galactic connection to facilitate the Oneness experience of all of God’s creation.

The process of clearing our mental and emotional files induces a shift into our multi-dimensional and multi-body energetic systems. Without energy clewing. and without going through the electronic, initiation process, there is no assimilation or absorption of higher light frequencies. Without being initiated into dimensions of higher light frequencies there is no ascension. There must be room in the ‘inn’, to let in the light. Through energy clearing, we create an electronic receptacle that functions as a fit, anchor system, with which we can assimilate and ground more light.

As we absorb more light for personal benefit and for facilitating earth’s consciousness state, we are fulfilling the Divine Intent within the planetary project … that the destiny of every human is ascension and union with the Divine Presence.

Through the initiation process, we assimilate and hold more intelligent light, thereby raising our cellular vibration. In other words, the initiation chamber is where the electrons that constitute your atomic structure are activated for an accelerated spin, and your recalibrated system is made to correspondingly respond to your raised vibration.

With system reboot, there is the decoding of the sacred geometry, resident within your internal, pyramidal ascension chambers. As your system reboots, you also experience the recoding of your dormant DNA strands, for multi-dimensional living and for greater experience of your perpetual state of liberation and freedom. Initiation and recalibration predisposes you to the process of anchoring and activating your higher dimensional energy system, aligning you with the level of energy download, that you are prepared for.

The light that you assimilate, is indeed information, and consciousness fields, coded with programmed, sacred geometry. These codes will begin going off within you long after the initiation is completed, and while you are waiting for the next initiation process. It is geared towards the unfolding of and recall of your mission assignment and how to fulfill it.

Then the Archon prevents the soul from ascending they hinderance this process of new configuration because humankind is enslaved and imprisoned into the their lower matrix and mind-prison. This matrix and mind prison is been govern and controlled by the moon and saturn matrix. Earth has become a mind-prison planet of spiritual enslavemnet

Humans are historical beings, trapped in history.When humans can´t access the depths of the mind or the state of oneness because the state of duality creates the separation into the three dimensional world.

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The human body system and chakra system has three knots. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. This blocks the configuration of the higher soul codes for ascension.

The Archons prevents the soul from ascending and therefore hindering spiritual progress, and blocks new soul-configuration to higher levels of consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is the carnal mind or the desire consciousness that rules the matrix.

The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.

The carnal mind is the force behind organized gang stalking and the goal is to disturb, distract, and distort the mind with all form of stalking and harassment, and then the carnal mind is everywhere, so does anyone, at anytime and anywhere seems to participating in organized gang stalking, and using advanced methods without any education. The Darwin evolutionary theory may be a deception.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

The core of Satan’s plan is the hijacking of our consciousness and the creation of a hive mind.

Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form) is not natural or normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous microchip and locks us into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive, emotional, fear-based sense of reality provides the perfect vehicle for collective control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to divide and rule.

95% of humans thought comes from the reptilian brain

Icke likens what is happening to humanity to the scenario presented in They Live and says the Moon is affecting our minds in a similar fashion to the broadcasting antenna in the movie. He describes the Moon as a “receiver-transmitter and broadcasting system,” which has transmissions feeding the collective human mind with a false version of reality . The Moon operates by hacking in to, or intercepting, the waveform information from which we decode reality, he says. From the Moon is transmitted a distorted and suppressed version of reality. This “fake reality broadcast” is what he calls the Moon Matrix. “The reptilians are broadcasting a false reality from the Moon that humans are decoding into what they think is the physical world,” Icke explained. Therefore, the reality we’re experiencing is not the reality we ought to be experiencing. “We are living in a dream-world within a dream-world—a Matrix within the virtual-reality universe..

Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The Matrix: he wakes up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t even need to dodge the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your new state of consciousness will transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of reconnected awareness, the agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no problem to overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can remember who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and infinite Self, and “that moment is fast approaching,”

Your Reality is Being Hacked

“If you have a preconceived idea of the world, you edit information. When it leads you down a certain road, you don’t challenge your own beliefs.” -David Icke

Icke’s claims about the Saturn/Moon Matrix dovetail precisely with my experience — both personally and as an astrologer — of how the 29.5 day cycle of the Moon keeps us hormonally tied to tiny repeating cycles and the 29.5 year cycle of Saturn locks us into societal structures beyond which we cannot see — until we attune to larger orders, beginning with the outer planet cycles of Uranus, Neptune, Pluto and beyond. But to do this is to leap off the cliff of mind-controlled ” rationality ” into the mysterious living universe.” -Ann Kreilkamp

The questions are:

Is Saturn transmitting a frequency to Earth creating a matrix of illusions?
Is the Moon part of this?
Can we do anything about it?

Who’s really controlling things on planet Earth and beyond?

Saturn – Lord of the Rings

The Reptilian Alliance’s modus operandi is the first trigger cataclysmic events on a target “world” or solar system, and wipe away the society that was there before. Then Reptilians genetically-engineer a new species that is designed to be “tuned” into their false reality – their ” Matrix ” – and the planet is hijacked along with the perception of the people. They have done exactly this to Earth and humanity, and their means of doing so are Saturn and the Moon. Saturn, the “Lord of the Rings”, is the master control center. Saturn is a ginormous broadcasting system, and they will eventually find that the rings are full of crystals rather than “ice” – a type of crystal that we aren’t familiar with on Earth. The rings are not natural and at one time Saturn was a conventional brown dwarf. It had no rings. They have been constructed by the technology-obsessed Reptilian Alliance.

Saturn was often symbolized as an eye by the ancients and that is a likely origin of the all- seeing eye.

Saturn Hacks into the waveform information broadcast from the center of the galaxy via the Sun and broadcasts a fake reality into the Solar System. The Moon amplifies this and beams it specifically at the Earth. The fantastic synchronicities between Earth, the Moon and the Sun in size, geometry and position, are all made possible by the Moon. These synchronicities are connected to how the Sun’s information is hacked by Saturn and the Moon. The Moon is where it is because it was specifically placed there.

Visible light and the electromagnetic spectrum that science can record is the matrix, the false reality. And “God” said, “Let there be light.” The speed of light which we are told is the fastest speed possible ( rubbish ) is the vibrational “wall” of the matrix. We are not even living “on” the Earth as it really is. Some of it is “original”, but there are many holographic implants that change it for our perception. The Matrix broadcasts block humans from perceiving what we otherwise would be experiencing. The Earth that we can’t see (or feel too often) is a place of love and harmony – not war, fear and suffering. The predators dictate our lives and make us into slaves to them by hijacking our sense of reality. The Saturn-Moon Matrix transformed a once-vibrant, conscious humanity into computer programs decoding cycles of repetitive perception and behavior. The transmissions of the Satum-Moon Matrix are received and re-transmitted by the Earth’s crystal core which has been tuned to the Matrix frequency range, and the “Hack” connects with us through the reptilian brain and the receiver-transmitter system that we call DNA.

This brings us back to “junk” DNA – the overwhelming majority of human DNA is of ” off- world” origin and the “extraterrestrial junk genes ” merely enjoy the ride with hard-working active genes passed through the generations.

What we see in our DNA is a program consisting of two versions, a big code and basic code. First fact is, the complete ” program ” was positively not written on Earth; that is now a verified fact. The second fact is that genes, by themselves, are not enough to explain evolution; there must be something more in “the game”… Sooner or later we have to come with grips with the unbelievable notion that every life on Earth carries genetic code for his extraterrestrial cousin, and that evolution is not what we think it is. Our hypothesis is that a higher extraterrestrial life form was engaged in creating new life and planting it on various planets. Earth is just one of them. Perhaps, after programming, our creators grow us the same way we grow bacteria in Petri dishes. We can’t know their motives – whether it was a scientific experiment, or a way of preparing new planets for colonization, or the long-time ongoing business of seeding life in the universe.

The DNA implanted by the “extraterrestrials” is pre-programmed, and one effect of the Satum-Moon Matrix is to activate those programs to play out as ” spontaneous ” human behavior and a sequence of “time” .The “software program” is running in every human mind – body computer and it has been encoded for eons.

Nature, saying that all modern humans are descended from a single mother who lived in Africa in about 200,000 B.C.? If what we call humans originate from a single source the program could easily have been implanted that would infiltrate every subsequent member of the ” species” (software). Only by becoming Conscious beyond mind – body can we override the program.

DNA was pre programmed. Some researchers appears to have known far more about DNA than was made public, and they believed that it was made of “extraterrestrial ” origin.

So the Matrix illusion is so deep, so ingrained, because it is not only a Matrix field, but a DNA program. The “Queen Bee” ( Saturn-Moon ) broadcasts the waveform information “hack” and humans decode this into a world they think they see, and perceptions and behaviors they think is “them” . We can be completely controlled by the Matrix and be no more than human robots responding to data input, or we can open our hearts and minds and see beyond what others can see. This means opening our minds to consciousness which is not subject to the manipulation of the Matrix or the DNA program. It operates outside of “space” and “time” and beyond the vibrational walls of the Matrix.

Those in authority who run and enforce the human Control System are following a program in the same way as worker ants and bees follow the program broadcast by the Queen. They are computer terminals on the Matrix Internet with the Saturn-Moon Matrix triggering their already programmed DNA to respond according to the program.

Those appointed to positions of power) are the most locked-in because they were genetically-created for that purpose, but anyone who is not truly conscious ( most of humanity ) will be responding to their DNA Saturn-Moon Matrix program which drives their thoughts, perceptions and behavior.

How Your Reality is Being Manipulated

The Saturn-Moon Matrix is decoded within the electromagnetic frequency range visible to human sight and technology, and the genetic-engineering of the human mind-body computer locked humans into that frequency via DNA and the reptilian brain .

Icke, David – Remember Who You Are. Remember „Where“ You Are and Where You, Come“ from.

Consciousness can, however, override that and so they have to maintain humanity in low- vibrational states to imprison their perception in the Matrix. The plasma field within our holographic reality acts like a ” plasma screen” on which we “watch” the ” picture show”, or appear to. It is an expression, like everything, of decoded waveform information. People go through their lives following the Saturn program they are decoding while thinking this is the “real world”. Humans are like two-legged farm animals caught in the headlights of an oncoming Matrix.

The reality we are being fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to transmit low-vibrational emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which the false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed back that perception to the Matrix.

This constantly empowers the false reality in a feedback loop. In Short, the matrix is powered by our belief that the hacked reality is “real”. We can and will break the closed loop with the realizations and by opening our minds to Consciousness beyond the Matrix frequencies. The power of the Satum-Moon Matrix to influence our reality dilutes and dilutes the more we open our minds and hearts and let Consciousness in. The Control system is terrified of the Truth Vibrations for this reason, and this is why it is now throwing everything that it can at humanity to keep us entrapped within the vibrational box through fear, chaos and upheaval. By the way, some unexplainable and “paranormal” experiences happen when there is a “glitch” in the Matrix information field.

There are many reports from around the world that the heavens have changed, the constellations are not where they should be and that the Moon has changed its angle. This is the result of the Reptilians manipulating the Matrix to confuse us and prepare us for the fake “end of the world” or “new world” prophecies by the Bible, the Mayan Calendar, Hopi prophecies and all the rest. They are not true. They are part of the manipulation and the Reptilians plan to make it seem as if they are happening by manufacturing events. They are already doing so. It was all planned a long “time” ago.

Reptilian Brain – Reptilian World

One of the chief ways the Matrix connects with us, not surprisingly, is through the reptilian brain, and this helps to lock us into the Reptilian Alliance control system. The Matrix transmissions are also aimed at our DNA receiver-transmitter systems, and much of this is happening within the realms of what science calls ” junk DNA. ” Some of this has been switched off in order narrow our band of experienced reality, and some is picking up the Matrix frequencies by carrier waves from Saturn via the Moon. The Saturn-Moon Matrix is how they have done it. Humans tuned most powerfully to the Matrix transmission ( the overwhelming majority ) are like worker ants following the work-plan broadcast by the Queen. Ants are said to communicate through chemicals called pheromones, but they are only the chemical expression of vibrational communications. Ants tune in through their antennae and we pick up the Matrix broadcasts through DNA and the reptilian brain. The Reptilians have a hive-mind communication system which the Matrix connects with, and it would appear that at the center of this is their version of the female “queen”. Maybe the worship of the “goddess” is something to do with this and certainly the hybrid bloodline is passed on through the mitochondrial, or female, DNA.

The Matrix “mind” is the controlling force behind all the institutions of human control and those who run and administer them while being unknowing prisoners of the Matrix themselves.

The reptilian brain doesn’t think – it reacts; it is constantly scanning the environment in search of threats to its survival physically, financially and across the great spectrum of human experience – reputation, job, relationship, the list goes on and on. They need to feed us an endless stream of reasons to fear not surviving, to connect us more powerfully into reptilian-brain reality – therefore Matrix reality. These emotional states affect the way DNA receives and transmits, and cause heart rhythm incoherence and scrambles the relationship between heart, brain and nervous system. This is another crucial reason why we are bombarded with wars,| financial collapses, false flag terrorist attacks, health “scares’ “global warming” , engineered ” natural ” disasters and all manner of other things. This way they can most powerfully plug us into the Matrix and energize it through the “feedback” loop.

The Moon is a very powerful electromagnetic computer… The energy from the Moon has been beaming electromagnetic frequencies onto the Earth for aeons now to maintain the two- stranded DNA (it is said that is should be twelve-stranded)…

…The Moon is a satellite that was constructed… it was… anchored outside Earth’s atmosphere for aeons as a mediating and monitoring device, a super computer or eye in the
sky. …Earth must be owned by those who dwell there; however it is not. You have outside gods, creator energies, who prevent you, as a species, from having free-reign

The influence of the Moon, as a main satellite computer, affects all of the Earth… The Moon’s programs have for aeons been of great limitation toward human beings… These are repetitive cycles that the Moon creates, to which you respond. Moons like ours can also be used to influence planets in a very loving and positive way and it is possible that the Moon was doing that before it was hijacked by the Reptilian Alliance to be a means of mass manipulation and control.

We need to be flexible about detail and let Information be our guide, not unyielding dogma. In that case, removing the Reptilian Alliance from the Moon and changing what it broadcasts would have a life-changing effect on this planet and its inhabitants. Simply switching off the Reptilian broadcasts would change everything.

There is a multi¬ dimensional effort going on to set the planet free from aeons of Reptilian/Gray control and this will succeed. We need to play our part in our level of reality while others do their job elsewhere. This dismantling of the Reptilian Control System is not only to help humanity. What is happening here is having a knock-on effect across a wide area of the galaxy and beyond because of how a smaller part of a hologram can affect the whole.

There have been many battles over the Moon… There is a plan to gradually insert different programs of influence on Earth when the Moon becomes occupied by forces that would assist in your growth rather than limit you.

The Moon’s programs have for aeons been of great limitation toward human beings. The tales about the full moon and insanity, madness and heightened bleeding are all true. There are repetitive cycles that the Moon creates to which you respond. It is the extraterrestrials that really operate it all. Your technology, though rapidly advancing, cannot begin to compare with the biotechnology (including genetic engineering) of sentient space travelers.

You are newcomers to the game and you miss a vital key, for your senses, and the essence of your physical world, structure reality in a particular way. You constantly translate data and, like interpreting a dream, condense the experience into physical boundaries, where you find you can explain less and less. We are leaving an age of limitation and entering an age of limitlessness). We are being manipulated to decode reality that keeps us limited and enslaved.

All Movements, actions and manifestations of people, animals, and plants depend upon the Moon, and we are controlled by the Moon… The Mechanical part of our lives depends upon the Moon, is subject to the Moon. If we develop in ourselves consciousness and will, and subject our mechanical self and all our mechanical manifestations to them, we shall escape the power of the Moon.

The Saturn-Moon Matrix operates within the frequency range of mind, the electromagnetic spectrum and low-vibration emotion. When we open our minds to Consciousness our perception expands beyond the influence of the Matrix frequencies. We can suddenly perceive what we were blocked from perceiving and we begin to see what is really going on.

The most ancient human accounts do not mention time. It is an illusion of the Matrix, and time was encoded to enslave humans by disconnecting us from the NOW.

The “ Time Loop ” is the Matrix. The time loop is what has been hacked into the limitless NOW-reality that we should be experiencing. Saturn is associated with time and “Kronos” , the name of the Greek Saturn God, means “time.” Saturn – Moon control of our perception of time the ” reptile ” holding humans back so they could not “grow”

Planet Earth is a Saturnian society controlled from Saturn via the Moon. This makes so much sense of what has happened to the world, and what is happening. Notice how the traits and influences of the Saturnian are the same as the Draconian – the Reptilian “hive” mind. The Satum-Moon Matrix reflects the hive mind of the Reptilians that control Saturn and the Moon. The Reptilian hive mind has hijacked the human mind via the Reptilian brain and the Moon Matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking using all forms of entanglement psychology as some form of negative conditioning and is common for all strategies. Sound waves and noise harassment building invisivble walls, they anchoring and sensitizing (planting seeds(, by buiding stongholds, they stalking with vehciles and stalking with sounds, they stalking by shadowing, they using synchronously and simultanously actions of interference, they surrounding stalking vehicles, people, helicopters, they patrolling on streets or in food stores, jangling keys, hand behind back, car alarms turn on and off, they using sensitizing colors and surround your movements with stalking vehicles and people, they playing street theater, they using psychological communication theater, they using methods crowdning and flooding. and they speaking in same way around your daily living, they place sirens on refrigerator at Christian organization lunch room, and all these actions has the common these building strongholds, engangle into the matrix, enslave the mind, wallking like prison guards, and speaking in a captivating way, and when they moving and stalking they moving simultanously and synchronously and standing around, in the front with their hands behind their back and another can stand very close in the food queue, and they constant obsstructing and building hinderance in food stores or walkways by parking cars, and they all moving so they can circle around you, either they standing in front and the other behind in some way, or they standing beside your both sides. This is how the have surrounded your apartment all sides with sound harassment technology on every side of the apartment. And in same way they synchronizing their actions to create and strengthen their actions into the matrix and mind prison.

And to streghten that Earth in this living area is a Matrix and Mind Prison is when the computer generated voice beaming and looping “foot fetter” when you are outdoors and exercise. This is the enganglement psychology everyone is using and follow, and people here and there or in the food queue start having a conversation about court and standing behind you when you paying for your food products. Its like their is some form of machine, robotized software program that controls them all, or it just may be one and same Spirit of the prince of the air who controls this World, or Annunaki/Archons, or Nordic Reptilians in disguise.

Open your mind and you will see what has been purposely hidden from you.

All methods of organized gang stalking reveals something about an existing Matrix and the Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deception created by the powers, principalities, authorities of darkness and Saturn/Moon Matrix. Here is some of all organized gang stalking actions from this area of the land within the matrix.

There is a ongoing computer generated voice that is speaking in through the airs, and by the use of syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, and electro magnetic frequencies that is beaming and constantly looping all form of sound, words, voices, day and night, indoors and outdoors, and beaming these synchronously and simultanoulsy when eating, take a bath, make a dinner, and thinking, and this computer generated voice can change the beamed and looping word in one nano second, and it has the capacity to beaming and looping 3-4 sounds, words, voices at same time. If you close your eyes in one nano second it starts beaming and looping open your eyes, and the organized gang stalking people using same methods as this computer generated voice does, by constant and simultanously and synchronously interference and noise harassment in real time. And these methods is also used by departments, healthcare, social wellfare, companies, media, pharmacies, food stores, neighbors, people on the streets.

This computer generated starts beaming sounds, words, and voices every night when you trying to to sleep. This system starts beaming “now he is mad”, now he is mad”, “now he is mad” and this is combination with beaming intense sounds into the mind. In the morning it start beaming intense sounds, and then starts looping he is the devil or just devil, devil, devil. This computer generated voice speak like Satan himself, and the metrhods of Satan and Organized Gang Stalking is the same. And neighbors also using same methods of simultanously interference and noise harassment in real time, and neighbors also have surrouned the apartment with sound noise harassment technology devices. Neigbors above stalking 18 hours every day, and have some technological devices they creates seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor, another neighbors has device that creates drum beats sounds, another using drum sounds and music, and the landlord may have place some device in the bicycle room that creates high sound of a heavy door slamming. Neighbors using these sounds technologies and starts or turn then off simultanously and synchronoulsy when you thinking.

Organized Gang Stalking and syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies

There is a ongoing computer generated voice that beaming constant sounds of distractions and constant beaming voices (speaking) out of the clouds (the airs), both indoors and outdoors, day and night, and people is been controlled by this computer generated voice of distractions.

The characteristics for this work triggering all form of emotions and thoughts. Here is some examples how it sounds in the airs around my living area. These words starts simultanously when you make dinner, or when you eating, or sitting on the toilet. And neighbors interfering in same methods when you sitting on the toilet by dropping things above your head, door slamming, flushing toilet at same time, or open or close the water cranes simultanously. Neighbors above simultanously and synchronously shadowing your movements from room to room. If your are in the living room they drop tnings above your head, if you then visiting the toilet the neighbors stalking/shadowing by drop things above your head. Or drop things on the floor, one second later door slamming their apartment door, then door slamming the entrance door, and then standing outside your window and banging in the fence simultaanously when you write or read, or watch a tv serie. Here is some examples what the beast system and matrix is beaming and looping;

⦁ It using sound waves and looping sound scripts
⦁ Constantly looping words like “fear”, “anxiety”, “panic” into your apartment (used to triggering fear emotions and fear thoughts, and is beamed and looped simultanously when you eating)
⦁ Beaming and looping words “they gonna kill you”
⦁ Beaming words like; “Now you are dead”
⦁ Constantly beaming and looping words; “now he is mad” (is been beamed every night when you trying to sleep, sitting on the toilet)
⦁ Beaming words like “now it is dangerous” (start when you eating, when you thinking about writing)
⦁ “I warning you”, and “I warned you” (these usually starts after you have been visiting food stores, pharmacy, exercise outdoors, and then beaming “I warned you” and people playing street theater everywhere, stalking everywhere, just waiting to make use of psychological communication street theater)
⦁ This computer genatedad voice Beaming ” I reject you” , I reject you
⦁ This computer genatedad voice Looping words “heaven is near” (the kingdom of heaven is near)
⦁ This computer generated voice interfering when you are outdoors an exercise and beaming and looping words like; “its going well now”, and then beaming words “those breatings”, and even here people interfering in same ways; by make comments “Its look heavy” and when you carry your food bags the using same way of comments; its look heavy. When you exercise at home neighbors start beaming and looping drum beats. The computer generated voice and the neighbors using same methods, interfering in same way, noise harassment simultanously and synchronously as the Matrix voice. They are connected, or the may be same Spirit of this World.

⦁ The Beast system Beaming and looping devil, devil, he is the devil, he is devil, anakim, anakim (this is the process of demonizing and organized gang stalking). The Beast system talking and beaming words like Satan himself, and Satan controls this World, and may even control the habitans in this area of the land within the matrix.
⦁ These words is been beamed indoors when make dinner, when you eating, are outdoors and exercise, and when you sitting on the toilet, when you trying to sleep,
⦁ When you are outdoors and exercise this computer generated voice beaming “those eyes, those eyes, those breathing, those breathing, it´s going well now, its going well now
⦁ It´seems neighbors working with same methods of constant interference, noise harassment, shadowing, starts door slamming from 04.30 in the morning to 22.30, and then standing outside your window and banging in the fence, standing there like a Archon for maybe 4-6 hours every day, then garbaging in your backyard. It seems gang stalkers is connected to same computer generated voice, and using noise harassment to distract, disturb, and distort. And neighbors dropping things on the floor and dragging furniture

Organized Gang Stalking, healthcare and psychiatry

And then organized gang stalking is where the carnal mind is, it also is in departments as healthcare and psychiatry.

This system beaming words as; “they gonna kill you” and “you are dead”, “now its dangerous”. The beast system may be the “carnal mind” and the beast system is where the carnal mind is; it is in within the matrix of organized gang stalking. Its same forces and then the carnal mind is here the beast system is, it means it is within departments. In this living area organized gang stalking can be found in every department.

How does departments be related to this.

⦁ Healthcare informs humans has a brain in the stomach (some believe this also registers fears).
⦁ Healthcare then informs humans have a suicide gene
⦁ Doctors then informs stress kills (and organized gang stalking creates stress)
⦁ After doctors informs that stress kills – tv media starts using the “kill” word in every sport program you watch
⦁ Doctors give prescription for 230 sleeping pills.
⦁ When its time for prescription renewal by internet and phone, healthcare calls up and hanging up the phone, so you have to make the booking time on internet again. This may be some form of healthcare ostracism.
⦁ Then they stop prescription for sleeping pills during treatment for depression.

The kill theme or threateningt theme then continues on public streets and walkways by people on the street. The matrix or beast system is in departments and on the streets; its using same mind; mass consciousness and this is the Hive Mind of reptilians.

And then organized gang stalking is where the carnal mind is, it also is in the people minds on streets, walkways, or balconies. Here is examples how people on the streets working in same way;

⦁ People on the streets using words as; “I gonna kill you” when you passing them on the walkway
⦁ Other can use words as; “murder attempt” when you passing them on the walkway
⦁ A neighbor can stand with a airgun on the balcony in the early morning
⦁ A landlord worker suddenly standing in your backyard with a knife in his hand and scratching colors on the gate in your backyard a saturday morning. And just couple of minutes before this there is a walking orchestra outside your window.
⦁ Or someone can walking around with a white ice hockey mask on their face late everning. They may walking 50 meters in front of you and then turning their heads just to make sure you seems them with the mask. These actions is reality is this living area.

Organized Gang Stalking and Social wellfare

Social wellfare also partciapting in organized gang stalking. At meetings they using same methods of beeping alarms that starts on and off every time with new appointments and is part of the organized gang stalking interference. The social wellfare secretary trying to gaslighting your mind by making you believe your hear things. The social wellfare secretary trying to gaslighting your mind by sending two different new appointment times. The first appointment that arrived to your gmail has been removed day after and there is a new mail with a new appointment time, and the first gmail has been removed. So the social wellfare secretary sending two appointment times and some else remove the first mail, so they working together when they trying to gaslighting and confuse your mind. The social wellfare secretary also is part of the remote viewing harassment as all others. When you write about new mind mapping technolgies, the social wellfare secretary has made a made mind map. This is the actions of mirroring the mind to create mind control. They using this mirroing methods everywhere. Same method is been used in food stores (cashiers), pharmacies, healthcare. The social wellfare also using some form of worrying psychology about economy and using same methods as the banks. The social wellfare usually sending you information by post about payment and the paper includes day for payment. The social wellfare dont write when the payment is, and later the paper starts arrive one or two weaks after the payment. Same method is then used by the banks. The banks stops sending notice about incoming payments. There is no money on the account in the morning, there is then no money on the account until after 9.00, then there is problems with the banking system and there is no money on the account before 18.00. And when you visiting food stores there is always all form of psychological communication street theater. People start talking about insurence, no money at the account, credit cards is not working, and these is all subtle threats. This is how they working to create all forms of worrying thoughts. They also beaming commercials about insurence into your apartment. The Beast system may be control them all and represents the stalking Spirit and mass consciousness within the lower matrix and the carnal system of this World.

Organized Gang Stalking- Employment agency, Christian organization

When the employment agency get a work at a Christian working place; they have a place a siren on the refrigerator. The other Christian working place have created working tasks including moving the swedish flag every time you move a new pallet. When you move a pallet you have to move the swedish flag from one pallet to the other.
When th employment agency get a work for you, they get a work at same company that is stalking you with their trucks.

Organized Gang Stalking and Military

Even miltary participating in organized gang stalking. All departments stalking and mirroring your mind. When you write about speed of light and how information cn travel instantly through by use of intuition, then does they fly military air planes over your roofs. All departments and companies using same metod of stalking by mirrroring the targeted individuals daily life.

When you tv is on and you watching live sport and just may have write the word “crystallized” then does the sport commentator using same word some minute later.

When you watch live tv sport broadcasting then they start male long fake nose breatings to create some form of breathing interference. When you are outdoors the beast system is beaming “those breathings”.

Social wellfare secretary mirroring by making a mind map afterr you have write about new mind mapping technology and mind control.

Pharmacies also using mind control, mirroring and remote viewing psycholog. They giving advice how you can break pills in pieces, and this without you have asking for any advice, and this after you have started to break pills in four pieses.

When you watch a tv program about art and they painting busches blue in the program, afterwords someone has painting a stone blue where you usually exercise.

When you make dinner and opens the oven and the fire alarm starts, the does the fire alarm starts during a therapy session.

If your tv get a 5 centimeter white stripe on the screen, then there is news article about a famous painting that has a white stripe in the painting.

So they all mirroring your daily actions with some form of psychology of mirroring. And the military mirroring the speed of light writing by flying military air planes over the roofs.

When you listen to music they start beaming and looping same music chorus, both indoors and outdoors.

When you watch tv series then they start looping music from these tv series

When you watch reality shows they start beaming voices from these reality shows

When you watch live sport programs they start beaming commercials from these into your apartment, and then outdoors when you exercise.

They mirroring and stalking every thought, what you see, think, do and using every department, or company, or media, or people that can mirroring your daily life, thought, and writings.

They dont just mirroring and stalking in all ways, they also speaking in same interfering way. In same way they mirorring everything, then people everyhere speaking psychological communication street theater to sensitizing the mind. And then they start using all forms of stalking vehicles in same colors and then start sensitizing with colors. Then they start using sound of coughing and stalking and then start sneezing.

Then they start beaming and looping hair shampoo commercial into your apartment, and then starts beaming hair shampoo commercials at same time you washing your hair. This is the actions of organized gang stallking, and synchronously and simultanously actions of interference. Same methods is then be used on every living area, and by every department or company.

Then does all tv broadcasting starts sending or creating a suddenly high pitch sound of distortions. Then does your TV screen get a black frame around the entire screen.

Then there is hole in shower handle and then does the water temptature start constantly changing

It seems everything follows same model of interference, disturb, distract and distort every thing.

The workers around your backyard then even start warning blastimg signal at same second you open the refrigerator.

This is real time surrealism in thsi area of land.

Organized Gang Stalking – food, food stores, make dinner, eating

Here is examples how they interfering when you buying food, make dinner or eating.

Here is other ways of mind control. A neighbor above starts constant fake coughing every 1-2 seconds and like a robotized machine continues fake coughing for 25 minutes, after a few days 15 minutes, then 5 minutes, then here and there for some minute, then start fake coughing when you make breakfast. Everyday at same time you make breakfast walking out on the balcony and start fake coughing, then start fake coughing when you eat dinner. After this people on the streets start make fake “double coughing” and stalking you with fake coughings outdoors, in food stores and so on.

The neighbor above who using fake coughings when eating, also using constant door slamming when you make your dinner.

Then does a computer generated voice starts and is beamed into the airs when you make dinner, when you eat your inner and constant beaming sounds and voices while you eating your food.

When you are outdoors and exercise they have place out orange plastic spoons everywhere along the road and spoons is related to eating. People in this area of land walking and driving around and place out mind control “things” where you exercise. This is how the occupying not just the mind, or stalking in food stores, they also place out orange plastic spoons everywhere to occupy even the space outdoors. They even painting stones blue or orange around walkways and in the woods. They also place out blue plastic pieces everywhere in same way.

And same methods of placment is been used when you visit food stores they place out food products you usually buy and place them here and there in the food stores.

When you standing in the food queue people around using subliminal communication about there is no money on the account, talking about insurence, and this is subliminal economic threats and threats about lost income.

When you then leaving the food store and carry you bags someone make a comment; its look heavy, and same interference methods is been used hen you are and exercise and someone on the street make same comment; its looks heavy. Its seems it is same spirit of stalking within them all and using same methods. Same spirit using same methods. The Matrix is controlled by one spirit, and uisng the human mass consciousness within the lower matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking and some example how they create sleep deprivation

They uisng endless of methods to create sleep deprivation and they working together as the computer generated voice beaming sounds, words, voices into your mind and apartment every night and morning.

⦁ Fear, stress, negativity, triggering emotions and thoughts, create a social enviroment with constant sounds, using paranoia psychology and gaslighting
⦁ Doctors give prescription for 230 sleeping pills
⦁ Then does they stop precription for sleeping pills during treatment for depression
⦁ When you start buying healthcare products againt sleeping problems. The pharmacy workers now seems to partcipating in organized gang stalking. They started with ny giving a transparent bag when you buy your products, and these transparent bags is been used when someone want´s to return medication they no longer using. Then they don´t alarm of the products you buying, so the alarm starts shooting every time you leaving the food store.
⦁ When they beaming sounds and voices into your mind you have to sleep with headphones with music
⦁ When you start listering to music at night they hacking your computer and changning the speed in the music files
⦁ Then they start beaming and stalking your mind with same music into your apartment and then even outdoors.
⦁ When yo awakening in the morning they beaming same music into your apartment
⦁ Then they starts beaming same music some hours before you trying to sleep
⦁ Then they start beaming and looping sounds of intense grass trimmer sound
⦁ Then they start beaming and looping sounds of commercials
⦁ Neighbors dropping things above your head when you have falling asleep and awakens you
⦁ Neighbors dropping heavy things on the floor in the middle of night and then laughing loud, or they dragging furniture in the middle of the night
⦁ Helicopters flying around the roofs late everning, around 02.00 in the middle of night, or 04.30 in the morning
⦁ Today the beast system starts every night with 1-2 hour with sound tormenting. It beaming and looping several sounds and voices at same time, and then starts beaming and looping “now he is mad”. Its starts every night by trying rush up your mind, and every morning starts with he is the devil. So it is beaming and looping “now he is mad” and “he is the devil”. Every night starts with interference of “now he is mad” when you trying to sleep, and every morning starts with “he is the devil”.

Sleep deprivation and firecrackers

Here is another example that reveals the matrix, the beast system is on the streets and within departments, and using mass consciousness.

The Organized Gang Stalking program using firecrackers to stress up your mind.

They have been shooting firecrackers for three weeks and 80-120 hours of fire crackers shooting. Who is usisng firecarckers and stalking them by shooting firecrackers? The beast system and humans within the matrix. Who have access and store firecarckers for 120 hours when they just sell firecrakers at eastern times and neww years time? And then the landlord is participating in organized gang stalking they don´t do anything about firerackers shooting. Then they stalking you with firecrackers here and there when you are outdoors and exercise.

Then does the beast system and people knows when you having a new appoinment time to healthcare, and every night before they start shooting big firecrackers late evenings. So the beast system knows when yoo have new appointments to healthacre and using firecrackers to rush up your mind before you trying to sleep. And neighbors seems to hav access to firecrackers all year and start shooting them when ever they want´s to stalking and interfering during the whole year.

In same way these people seems to have access to firecrackers, the neighbors also have tehcnological devices to stalking the mind, to create sounds, noise harassment. Neighbors above have technological device that makes seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor, another neighbor has a drum beat devices that can create all forms of looping drum beats, and even sound as heart-beats they can speed up. Another neighbors using music and drum sounds, and the landlord may have place some technological device in the bicycle room that suddenly sounding like a huge door slamming sound. And their is constant ongoing sounds in the airs by using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, and electro magnetic frequencies, and beaming words, sounds and voices 24/7. And helicopters in the air stalking eveywhere. They beaming words like “We control the sunlight” in the airs when you exercise outdoors, and just a few seconds later a helicopters appears in the airs. All the gang stalkers is connected to the matrix or the beast system. The maya psychology rules the whole world, and Satan rules the whole world, so the beast, maya, and Satan may be same Spirit of Stalking within the matrix (using mass consciousness).

Organized Gang Stalking and pharmacies

Organized Gang Stalking and stalking vehicles – Cars and trucks

Cars is been used for stalking
Cars and trucks have sensitizing colors.
Cars driving around with one broken front light, or one broken rear light, or turn off their light.
Cars have turned off their engines and starts them when you passing them
Cars is been used for honking hornes
Cars/trucks is been used for obstructing and blocking walkways
Cars is used to park them here and there
Cars is used to turn on and off car-alarms
Cars/trucks is been used for make beeping sounds
Cars is been used to revving tires
Cars is been used for arriving or leaving in high speed
Cars and service trucks using flashing warning signals
Cars is been used for brighting with light
Cars is been used to create queues
Cars is been used to create staged accidents
Cars and service cars is been used for create hinderance work

Organized gang stalking and humans

Humans is stalking
Humans stalking and using sensitizing colors
Humans walking around and obstructing
Humans playing street theater
Humans playing psychological communication street theater
Humans constant creates noise harassment actions
Humans constant interference to disturb, distract, distort
Humans make subtle threats
Humans using all forms of power tools to create noise harassment
Humans banging in railways
Humans constant door slamming
Humans constant garbaging in your backyard
Humans make human made high pitch screamings (even at night)
Humans stalking with firecrackers
Humans driving around with mini-motor cycles for hours and constantly turn off and turn on engines
Humans bouncing a football for hours every day outside your window
Humans speaking loud outside window, or constant babbling
Humans using fear mongering psychology
Humans stalking by making double coughing sounds
Human fake laughing
Humans acting street theater wickedness
Humans constatnly interfering through the mass consciousness and make interfering sounds
Human is imitating, mirroriing sounds, words
Humans interfering by using mobile phones
Humans walking cris cross over walkways when passing
Humans slow down their walking pace when you passing them
Humans have technological devices around your apartment and starts them on and off
Humans starts intense hammering in walls
Humans make hitting sounds in the floor
Humans dropping things on the floor
Humans ditching on your door bell

Organized Gang Stalking and Landlord and landlord workers

Landlord workers stalking with cars
Landlord garden workers creates noise harassment with leaf blowers
Landlord garden workers using lawn movers
There is hole in shower handle
The water pressure starts changning
The water temperture changing from cold to warm, then from warm to cold
Landlord don´t sending invoices for rental and dont send it by mail after sending a mail, but you must retrive it at their office
The appartment door has been open several times at the morning (may be psychology to create insecurity)
They let people shooting firecrackers for three weeks for 80-120 hours
There is barking dogs on balconies for hours
Mini motor cycles driving around for hours outside your window
There may be some device in the bicyle room that generates a high sound of door slamming
Garden workers standing in your backyard and scratching color on the gate with a knife a saturday
Landlord has walking orchester that walks around outside your window, like nazis uisng music (and one neighbors has a drum beat device and creates constant looping sounds)

When they working outside you backyard they synchronizing so the blasting alarming signal starts same second you open your refrigerator

When you make breakfast a neighbor starts seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor

Organized Gang Stalking using two forms of mind stalking “control”

One is the when a person start some organized gang stalking actions will then be used by others. For example if a neighbors starts fake coughing every 1-2 seconds for 25 minutes every day, will then be used as sensitizing method sthey using outdoors or stalking when one is the food store and start double fake coughing.

The other way is to use reverse mind control by mirroring and imitating your daily life. For example if one write about technology, mind control and mind mapping, the social wellfare secreatry has made a mind map to your apointment.

Or if your fire alarm starts when one opens the oven, the fire alarm starts during your visit to healthcare.

Or pharmacies workers giving “remote viewing” advice how one can break pills into four pieces when one not has asked for anyone advice, and this when one have started to breal pills into four pieces.

Same methods is been used when one watch reality shows, tv programs, sport program, and then starts beaming music from tv series, voices from tv programs, or commercials from sport program and beaming and looping these into ones mind, indoors and outdoors.

This is how the stalking spirit using mass consciousness and revealing the methods how mankind is been controlled.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction.

Here is examples how they using water for mind control. They using in same way when the neighbor above started constant fake coughing for 25 minutes every day and then starts using fake coughing everytime you make breakfast or eat dinner.

Neighbors above open water cranes in bathroom and letting water running for hour after hour, just for hook up your mind to a constant background sound. Then they start using this to shadowing you in your apartment and interference at same time you moving around in your apartment, or visiting toilet for some example.

Then has someone be in your apartment and make hole in the shower handle.

Then the water pressure started to changed while you take bath

In present days the water tempature change from cold to warmer, and then from warmer to colder. When the water becomes warmer you change it to colder, and after some minute it starts to change, and when you have change it to colder, it starts be warmer.

The energy companies is also part of organized gang stalking. They turn off light outside your backyard at night, and turn on light daytime, and they turn on streets light daytime when you exercise.

Neighbors around your apartment have technological devices that creates all forms of sound distractions. Neighbors above has a device that creates seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor

The landlord may have place a device that creates high sound of door slamming in the bicycle room.

Another neighbors have technological device that can produce drum beats in all forms, and even sound like heart beat, and then speeding it up.

Another neighbors using music and drum music.

Then their is constant ongoing computer generated voice speaking out of the coulds and beaming sounds and voices day and night. Every night starts with 60-90 minutes with sound beaming terror into your mind.

Latest night neighbor above dragging furniture in the floor in the middle of the night and dropping things on the floor, and when your mind has awaken in the morning neigbors above drops things on the floor above your head.

Same neighbors above then drops things above your head at daytime, then doorslamming the apartment door, then door slamming the entrancé door, and then standing outside your window and banging in the fence. Neighbors above stalking around 18 hours every day, and every hour.

Neighbors above can drop heavy things on the floor in the middle of night and awakens and then fake laughing, and it is same neighbors that sitting in their apartments and fake coughing for 25 minutes every day. Same neighors above using drilling machines and drilling in walls here and there, and then hammering in the floor, and making hitting sounds. Neighbors above seems to be using a whole science of stalking and harassment psychology.

The Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deceptions for what kind of races living on Earth.

Everyone seems to be in control of this stalking spirit, even miltary using same methods.

Organized Gang Stalking mirroring and imitating your daily life actions and is then been used by anyone you meeting.

For example when you write about technological mind mapping the social wellfare secretary has made a mind to your appointment. This is the reverse remote viewing of mind control.

When you write about speed of light; air defense military airplanes flying over the roofs for two days

When you watch tv series, tv shows, tv programs they mirroring music and voices from these and beaming these indoors and outdoors and stalking your mind.

When you write and the tv is on and you write the word “crystallized”, the sport commentator using same word some minute later.

When some area of your tv screen gets a white stripe, day after there is a news article about a famous painting that has a white stripe in it painting.

When you mediate and say thanks after you meditation, and then goes to the food store the cashier say thanks.

When you visiting your internet bank your neighbor above starts make hitting sounds in the floor.

When you write a mail to social wellfare the neighbors above starts make hitting sounds in the floor.

When you watch tv series or tv programs neighbors above dropping things in the floor, or make fake coughing sounds, or make high made human sound when something is happening in the tv serie.

When someone gets shooted in the head in the movie, a minute later someone shooting a firecrackers

When something is happening in the movie the neighbor above door slamming and then running down the stairs and doorslamming.

When you exercise at home neighbors starts looping drum beats.

It same methods everywhere and is been used by any department you visiting, food stores, pharmacies, libary, shopping malls, or wherever you go, landlords, garden workers, energy companies(turn off light at night and turn on light daytime).

The carnal mind is highely activated in this living area of the world and its habitants.

And these actions continues from companies, landlords, banks, trade unions and so on.

There is a common organized gang stalking all companies is using; they either delaying or don´´t send your the invoices, so you need to write to them.

Banks for example stop sending any notice about payments into your account. The payment is not your account same day you waiting for payment in the morning at 08.00, then after 09.00.

Last month there was no money at your account before 18.00 because there was problems with their systems. And sometimes you can´t access your bank account through internet. There is organized gang stalking strategy all companies and departments using.

Social wellfare who is sending the money stop sending you notice about payment day, and this notice arriving one week after your money is on the account. The social wellfare secretary using to sign with name and day for payment and then stop write the payment day.

Trade union stop sending your invoices, so you need to write to them. And the trade union stop sending the yearly calender.

Broad company don´t sending invoices so you need to write to them.

Today it is 27/9 and the landlord hasen´t send your invoice for your appartment, so you need to write to them

It is something new every month.

This method is used by all companies and departments in their organzied gang stalking

There is no end for all methods the organized gang stalking program or the beast program not using.

Cars for example driving around with one broken front light or one broken rear light, or driving around with lights turned off. It may symbolize the Horus Single Eye of Stalking. Its not just one car or truck, you may see 10-15 cars every day.

When you passing cars on the walkway the drivers has turned of their engines and when you passing they starts them.

When you passing people when you exercise them they either start walking cris cross on the walkway. Walking from left into the middle of the walkway, to the right and then change it to the other side. This is some form of psychology of distractions and obsructions.

When you passing people on the walkway when you exercise they start walking in slow motion and consciously slowing down their pace synchroulsy when at same time you passing them.

When you passing people they interfering by talking in their mobile phones and dropping some words here and there.

Cars driving around and stalking, sensitizing with colors, parked cars everywhere that blocks or obstructs the way, helicopters stalking everywhere.

At same time people makes comments when you exercise; its look heavy, good work and so on.

Everything is organized gang stalking theater. Its street theater and it is psychological communication theater.

Even Christan organizations using organized gang stalking methods.

When the employment agency get a work at a Christian working place; they have a place a siren on the refrigerator. The other Christian working place have created working tasks including moving the swedish flag every time you move a new pallet. When you move a pallet you have to move the swedish flag from one pallet to the other.

Organized Gang Stalking is the carnal mind and this is the mass consciousness of the lower mind matrix, and this the matrix, mind prison, the dreamword, the beast system.

The Darwin evolutionary theory may be a deceptions as everything else in this world.

It started by genetic manipulation of the human dna strands and through it humankind become the slaves to the matrix.

What this beast system or the matrix does is to create and triggering fear emotions and thoughts. This beast system beaming and looping words and voices related to fear, anxiety, worries and panic in the airs by using syntethci telepathy, voice to skull technology or electro magentic frequencies. It does not just have the capacity to beaming one sound or voice at same time, its seeems have capacity to beaming 3 or 4 sounds or voices at simultanously. This is going on day and night, both indoors and outdoors. It also seems to have capacity to beaming sound or voices in real time change. For example if you are outdoors and exercise it beaming words as; those eyes, those eyes, then those breathings, those breathings. When you close your eyes it same second it starts beaming open your eyes, open your eyes. When you going to sleep it starts beaming sounds same second you close eyes, or it starts beaming sounds int your mind soon as you awakens. This syntethic computer generated voice beaming words as; they gonna kill you, and people on the street or on the walkways speaking in same way as this computer generated voice beaming.

This is how they stalking with fear, working with paranoia psychology and working with fear and threatening psychology to triggering fear, stress and trying to create a paranoia enviroment of wickedness. They are all part of organized gang stalking, even healthcare and psychiatry is part of the organzied gangs stalking program. Its the carnal mind system and the matrix of this world. They all using all forms subtle methods and trying to blend in their fear mongering content around your daily life.

To strengthens the effects of these fear monger and subtle threat psychology they also create sleep deprivation, and lack of sleep can triggering paranoia emotions and thoughts. Shooting firecrackers for three weeks can be one method, noise harassment another, healthcare stops prescription of sleeping pills during treatment for depression. This is the world on Earth in this area of land.

This is organized gang stalking in this area of land and humans seems to be using same methods as the computer generated voice is beaming and looping. The beast system may reprent the carnal mind, and carnal mind is the ego and ego is been controlled by mass consciousnss, and mass consiousness is been controlled by the matrix, and the matrix is the beast systems of this world, and there is a ontroller of this world. This is the powers, authorties, and principalities of this world.

For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. (Ephesians 6:12)

In same way the constant interfering computer generated voice beaming sound or looping voices, and constant intefering, disturb, distract and distorts mind, life and creates sleep deprivation, and people everywhere acting in same interfering way. It seems humans minds is connected to the matrix or other computer generated mind control devices. This may be that Satan, the matrix, mass consciousness is the carnal mind of the ego.

Here is some example how organized gang stalking actions taking place everywhere, by anyone, at anytime and anywhere. Its not just persecution by people and vehicles, it constant stalking with sounds and voices in the airs (using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology and using electro magnetic frequencies).

Organized Gang Stalking is everywhere and is been used by anyone and all departments

Methods of imitating and mirroring is part of organized gang stalking

They using methods of imitating and mirroring, and this in combine with synchronously and simultanously actions of mind control and stalking

Here is some examples and same methods is been used by departments, healthcare and social wellfare, and military;

Organized Gang Stalking includes many ways of synchronously and simultanously actions

Shadowing – neighbor above shadowing your movements from apartment above and walk heavy on the floor, or stamping in the floor. They stalking, shadowing all movements in the apartment and using psychology of entanglement (synchronously and simultanously actions).

This includes all forms of synchronously and simultanously actions when you eat, take a bath, visiting toilet

This includes start synchronously and simultanously actions of noise harassment when using your internet bank.

They start synchronously and simultanously actions noise harassment when sending mail

They start synchronously and simultanously interfering actions when you watching tv series and dropping things on the floor above your head when something is happening in tv serie or the movies you watching

Synchronously and simultanously actions of door slamming. They using door slamming to create actions of mind control. Door slamming starts every time you make dinner. A neighbor standing outside your window near the entrance door for 3-5 hous every day, and opens and close the door constant synchronously and simultanously when you write a word, when something happening in the movie, and when you reading, and in same second door slamming (open and close the entrance door).

Neighbors starts beaming and looping drum beats

People standing outside your window and noise harassment interfering your thoughts and in same second you think a thought people outside your window make a high pitch screaming or make sound of terror screaming.

Its actions of stalking and mind control in real time

When you are outdoors they interfering with your thoughts by honking horns, cars, trucks, constructions working machines

When you are outdoors and exercise people make high pitch screamings in same time you think a thought, or they honking horns in same second you see a sensitizing object that “synchronously and simultanously” appears in front of you when you exercise outdoors

They make synchronously and simultanously sound of fake double coughing and stalking you in food stores or in the food queue

When you watch tv-program or live sport program the commentators make long fake nose breathings and even make fake double coughing sounds

When you watch live sport program the commentators also make soft sounds of clearing their throat and this appears in same second you thinking a thought

When you watch snooker sports the commentator is quite for many minutes, and not commenting the ongoing game for 5-8 minutes, and in same second you thinking a thought he “Synchronously and simultanously”starts commenting the game again. Then does this process going on and off during the tv broadcasting. Same methods is been used when you watch football games, commentators make long moments of silence and in same second you think a thought start commenting.

Neighbors above using same methods Synchronously and simultanously interfering harassment. Synchronously and simultanously “door slamming” start early in the morning and going on all day until 22.00-23.00. And during the day these Synchronously and simultanously actions going on all day; dropping things on the floor in same second you write a word, or read a word, or a word appears in the movie, and the neighbor either drops something in the floor or standing outside your window and opens and close the entrance door in same second.

When you listening to music they start and beaming and looping these music chorus in the airs, both indoors and outdoors. They have been beaming and looping same 4-6 music chorus for more than 15 hours one day.

When you wacth tv series they start beaming and looping music from these in the airs and into your mind

When you wacth sport programs they start beaming and looping commercials from these sport programs into your mind

When you watch reality shows they start beaming and looping voice from these reality programs

When you wacth a movie and someone may whistle like a bird, day after you have a new follower on your Youtube channel as; “Birdsong” for an example.

When you wacth live tv programs and may just write a word “chrystalized” – the sport tv commentator suddenly using the word chrystalized.

When you watch tv programs and your tv has a white 5 centimeter white stripe over the screen, you day after reading a news article about a famous art that has a white in the paintings.

When you write about speed of light, military air force planes flying over the roofs to imitating and stalking

When you write about new mind control technology and mind mapping, the social wellfare secretary has made a mind map to your appoinment

When you visiting pharmacies they giving you a advice how you can break pills in four pieces and this without asking for any advice, and this when you have started to break some pills in four pieces. This is remote viewing stalking and mind control psychology.

When you visiting healthcare they also using same methods. If your fire alarm starts when you open the oven, the fire alarm suddenly start in the house.

When you open your refrigerator the workers start blasting warning signal in same second you open the refrigerator.

When you open your window somene standing outside firing a firecracker or someone make a high pitch screaming

When you may meditate and the end it with saying thanks, cashiers in food store imitating this by saying thanks

Neighbors above using running waters for waters hours and opens and close them Synchronously and simultanously when you think a thought, or write a word, or a word appears in the movie.

When you make dinner or eating a computer generated voice is been beamed and looping words, sound and voices simultanously.

When you take a bath a computer generated voice is been beamed and looping words, sound and voices simultanously.

When you sitting on the toilet a computer generated voice is been beamed and looping words, sound and voices simultanously.

When you exercise outdoors a computer generated voice constantly interfering when you exercise and beaming “those eyes”, and “those breatings”

This stalking Spirit using the human ego and mass consciousness and just not trying to hijacking your mind, its trying to control your perception of reality, and gaslighting is been used to create confusions. Gaslighting is not just the art of confusion and deceptions. Gaslighting is just another way to create mind control through methods of wickednedness, doubts, deceptions and confusions.

This is reality in this living area of the matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking includes all forms of stalking on every level; physical, social, emotional, spiritual, and technological

Then Organized Stalking includes all forms of stalking on every level, it also intefering on every level

Then it includes stalking and interference on every level, it also includes harassment on every level.

Then it includes stalking, interference, harassment, it also includes the process of imitating and mirroring everything it is stalking on every level.

These four components of stalking, interference,, harassment, and imitating/mirroring is the central keys of enslavement into the matrix, mind prison, the beast system.

Organized Gang Stalking using psychology of entanglement.

Organized Gang Stalking also using psychology of manipulation, street theater, deceptions and gaslighting.

The Organized Gang Stalking program reveals it is a enslavement program or a entanglement program.

Within the matrix and mind prison everyone is its prisoners, that´s why it is termed “mind prison”. It is designed so no one has the ability to leave the matrix, and no one can understand who designed it, who controls it, who has the keys to the lock, and don´t have access to understand how it works.

In this living area of the matrix everyone walking around and using some of all these methods.

The psychology of entanglement has endless use of methods.

Organized Gang Stalking using three ways of entanglement

The first way is to anchor a “control” mechanism at the targeted individuals home. This control mechanism is the key component of entanglement. A neighbor from apartment above starts a fake process of coughing. This is the implement or the mind control installation within this matrix. The matrix using coughing as a methods of stalking. neighbors above started constantly fake coughing every 2 seconds for 25 minutes everyday. After a fews days when the mind has been sensitized to the coughing sound, they lowering it 15 minutes, then 5 minutes per day, and then start using it as a method of stalking and entanglement. When you then make breakfast neighbors above knows when you make your breakfast and walks out on the balcony and starts fake coughing, then starts fake coughing when you eat dinner, then starts fake coughing when watch tv series. The process of fake coughing process has been implemented by a neighbor, and when you then walking outdoors people on walkways starts make use of fake coughing, when you visiting pharmacies the pharmacies workers starts fake coughing for 15 seconds, and when you watch sport program the commentators interfering with fake coughing sound in same second you thinking a thought in your daily living.

Neighbors above also using running water in same way. In same way the fake process of fake coughing process started for 25 minutes every day, and then is been used as mind control mechanism when you eating. And in same way they opens the water cranes and letting water running for hours, just to create a ongoing background sound of control. Then neighbors above starts using water cranes as a control mechanism and psychology of entanglement, and sitting near the water cranes and waiting to interfering. Neighbors sitting in the appartments near the water cranes and opens and closed the cranes synchronously and simultanously with your thinking thoughts.

Neighbors above walking around with drilling machines in their hands and soft drilling in concrete walls, and other times they drilling in the concrete but never hammering any nails in the walls afterwards.

When neighbors above not make drilling sounds, they walking around with a hammer in their hands and hammering in the walls and floors.

When the neighbors above not drilling or hammering in walls or floor, the dropping things on the floor, here and there.

Between all these actions the dropping things above your head on the floor, door slamming their appartment door, running down the stairs, door slamming the entrance door, then standing outside your window and banging in the fence, then door slamming, banging in the fence, door slamming, and these actions is been synchronously and simultanously with your thoughts, or when you read a word, or write a word, or see a word in the movie you watching, and then opens and close the door.

When you going outdoors and exercise neighbors above opens the water cranes, and when you have been exercise for 1½ hours andare back home the water is still running, or they opens them when your are near home.

Neighbors above also using their washing machines to cretae high sounds from the centrifugation. They can start their washing machines late evening after 22.00 and even after 23.00, and when they start their washing machines they start direct on the centrifiguation.

Neighbors above living a organized gang stalking life 18 hours every day.

They interfering every time you using your internet bank, sending a mail to social wellfare and starts make hitting sounds in the floor.

Neighbors have a technological devices that make seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor.

Sound and noise harassment is the process of spiritual and psychological warfare, it is also the process of entanglement.

People can place a white checked paper in your backyard, and when you then visting the food store and standing in the food queue, there is a white checked paper on the floor. This is how people walking around and place one thing on one place and someone else place same thing on a other place you visiting.

In this first examples the place a thing, a product, or implement a sound (fake coughing) around your home and is then been used outdoors by others in food stores, on streets or pharmacies.

In the other way of entanglement is been used in remote viewing. If you write about new mind control technologies and how they mind mapping the brain, the social wellfare secretary has made mind map to your appoinment. The beast system want´s control every thought and through these imitating, mirroring, remote viewing, and constant work of interference reveals how everyone seems to be connected and controlled by the matrix.

The social wellfare secretary not just imitating and stalking your mind, but also trying to gaslighting and trying to make you belieeve your hear things, and then trying to gaslighting by sending two different appointment times, and where the first appointment time has been removed from your gmail.

Pharmacy workers not just using fake coughing. They also using same methods as the social wellfare secretary did with the mind map. Pharmacy workers give a advice ho you can break the pills in four pieces and this without asking for any advice, and this when you have started to break pills in four pieces.

Same methods social wellfare secretary using, and the pharmacy workers, same methods is been used by healthcare.

When you open the oven and the fire alarm starts, healthcare mirroring this by starting their fire alarm when you visting healthcare.

The first method of entanglement is been implemented an anchored around the home and is then be used in the public domains. Fake coughing, or place a thing/object (white checked paper in the backyard and then place a white checked paper in the food queue).

The other method of entangle the mind is based on imitating and mirroring your dailiy actions or actions that taking place in the daily living. It can be everything; mirroring a conversation, mirroring some one write or say, or if the fire alarms starts. This method mirroring and imitating mind (thoughts, daily actions, or conversations).

This method is also been used by cashiers in food stores in same social wellfare makes mind map, or pharmacy workers fake coughing or give advice how to break pills in pieces, so does caschiers start saying thanks when you buying food products. This is just another way to imitating your process of meditation when you end the session by saying thank´s. Cashiers also using methods of deceptions or (gaslighting), and say´s the product cost 150 crones, when the cash credit cards register shows 250 crones. And these methods is been used in different ways to create doubts and insecurity in the mind.

The third method is a kind of reverse form of mind control. In this model the process of implement a control mechanism. This can be a word that is been used in a presentation by employment agency and when one is outdoors your hear someone on street using same word.

Healthcare is part of these mind control psychology methods. A therapeut have business cards in medical package. Then does the therapeut place a orange on his desk during the therapy session. This orange is the “implementation” of a new mind control mechanism to sensitizing the mind. When you later then visiting the graveyard, some has place a orannge on the gravestone, and does people start cast orange peel on walkways, and this even in at winter times. Usually people don´t eat orange´s on walkways at winter times when hands is freezing. This shows again how one person implements something and then does people around start using same methods.

Here is another example used by healthcare. When you leaving healthcare a person arrives on a spark scooter and then does people start stalking with spark scooters. Then they start place out spark scooters here and there on walkways where you passing when you exercise, or parking two spark scooters outside your window.

The Organized Gang Stalking program using firecrackers to stress up your mind.

Here is another way of entanglement they using in this area of the matrix. If you have visit to healthcare, they start shooting firecrackers every night before an new appoinment to healthcare. This is also part of the entanglement psychology the beast system using. The matrix or the beast system shooting firecrackers near targeted individuals and stalking them with sensitizing high sounds.

They have been shooting firecrackers for three weeks and 80-120 hours of fire crackers shooting. Who is usisng firecarckers and stalking them by shooting firecrackers? The beast system and humans within the matrix. Who have access and store firecarckers for 120 hours when they just sell firecrakers at eastern times and neww years time? And then the landlord is participating in organized gang stalking they don´t do anything about firerackers shooting. Then they stalking you with firecrackers here and there when you are outdoors and exercise.

Then does the beast system and people knows when you having a new appoinment time to healthcare, and every night before they start shooting big firecrackers late evenings. So the beast system knows when yoo have new appointments to healthacre and using firecrackers to rush up your mind before you trying to sleep. And neighbors seems to hav access to firecrackers all year and start shooting them when ever they want´s to stalking and interfering during the whole year.

In same way these people seems to have access to firecrackers, the neighbors also have tehcnological devices to stalking the mind, to create sounds, noise harassment.

Here is other entanglement methods neighbors using. They have surrounded your apartment with tehcnological devices and starts then on and off, and interfering with your thoughts to disturb, distract and distort your mind.

Neighbors above have technological device that makes seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor, another neighbor has a drum beat devices that can create all forms of looping drum beats, and even sound as heart-beats they can speed up. Another neighbors using music and drum sounds, and the landlord may have place some technological device in the bicycle room that suddenly sounding like a huge door slamming sound. And their is constant ongoing sounds in the airs by using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, and electro magnetic frequencies, and beaming words, sounds and voices 24/7. And helicopters in the air stalking eveywhere. They beaming words like “We control the sunlight” in the airs when you exercise outdoors, and just a few seconds later a helicopters appears in the airs. All the gang stalkers is connected to the matrix or the beast system. The maya psychology rules the whole world, and Satan rules the whole world, so the beast, maya, and Satan may be same Spirit of Stalking within the matrix (using mass consciousness).

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

This was some examples how the art of entanglement is been used and implemented around targeted individuals homes.

Then how the beast system using the human ego and mass consciousness to reveal w hat targeted individuals thinking, seeing, doing, or what they talking about and then using this to create mind control mechanism of stalking the mind

This shows they also implement methods of reverse entanglement from places outside the targeted individuals life and then surround their home areas with stalking components.

This shows how the beast, the matrix is everywher and using every department, healthcare, social wellfare to create mind control mechanism.

Here is some examples of entanglement related to the dailiy use of food, eating and making dinner, or visiting food stores, and even when yoy carry home your food products.

The neighbor above who using fake coughings when eating, also using constant door slamming when you make your dinner.

Then does a computer generated voice starts and is beamed into the airs when you make dinner, when you eat your inner and constant beaming sounds and voices while you eating your food. The beast system interfering with fear based words, and looping sounds when you eating. Neighbors and the beast system working with same interfering methods.

Here is other ways of entanglement. When you are outdoors and exercise “people” have place out orange plastic spoons everywhere along the road and spoons where you exercise. People in this area of the matrix walking and driving around and place out orange plastic spoons in their organized gang stalking.

Food store cashier is part of organized gang stalking. When you visit food stores peeople or workers has place out food products you usually buying and place them here and there in the food stores.

They using food queue´s to create subtle threatenings. When you standing in the food queue people around using subliminal communication about there is no money on the account, talking about insurence, and this is subliminal economic threats and threats about lost income. And they also has beaming commercials about insurence into your apartment. Some this beast system also has been beamaing your credit card number into your apartment with the purpose to create insecurity. And your apartment door has been opened several times in the morning, and this may be part of the process of creating insecurity, triggering fears, and create paranoia, or part of gaslighting to creates doubts in the mind.

When you then leaving the food store and carry you bags someone make a comment; its look heavy, and same interference methods is been used hen you are and exercise and someone on the street make same comment; its looks heavy. Its seems it is same spirit of stalking within them all and using same methods. Same spirit using same methods. The Matrix is controlled by one spirit, and uisng the human mass consciousness within the lower matrix.

Here is another w ay how to create entanglement to food; When the employment agency get you a work at a Christian organization they have place a siren on the refrigerator.

When they working outside your backyard they synchronizing so the blasting alarm signal starts same second you open your refrigerator. This is how they create synchronously and simultanously fear based interference actions. They can also start their warning blasting signal same second you passing them, or they can stalking your with the warning blasting signal when you exercise and letting the signal going on for 5-7 minutes.

When you make breakfast a neighbor starts seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor

This was some examples how people walking around and living their lives within the matrix of organized gang stalking in this area of land.

Here is some of all methods the organized gang stalking program is using and the ruler of the matrix and beast system is Satan and he controls this world.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, “paranoidize”, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, “dys-cognitize”, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul. These methods is a product of the carnal mind.

They even want´s control or interfering with the water use when you take a bath:

⦁ A neighbor starts intense hammering in walls, or starts picking in his bathroom every time you take a bath
⦁ The landlord or other workers has made a hole in the plastic shower handle
⦁ Then does the water pressure constantly changing
⦁ Now does the water tempterature constantly changing. It changing from warmer to colder, and when you regulate this, it starts changing to warmer again it changes to colder, and when you changing it to colder it changes to warmer. This may be another way of constant create interference and total domination or mind hacking your brain.
⦁ Then does the neighbor starts door slamming when you drying your hair and body with your towel.
⦁ And then does the beast system beaming sounds and voices when you dressing of your cloths before the bath.

This is the Spirit that is in place in this area of the matrix.

Here is 9 example how Satan and organized gang stalking is working;

1) Covering
2) Blaming
3) Damning
4) Whining
5) Worrying
6) Demanding
7) Persecuting
8) Reframing
9) Substituting

Here is a lists of example words that indicate 9 different non-coping attitudes that Satan and organized gang stalking is using to sensitizing, inducing, provoking, affecting or infecting like “negative” computer virus. These methods can be found in different ways in Satan´s spiritual warfare and organized gang stalking. Look for examples of their use in your life and relationships or organized gang stalking. The words are listed alphabetically by category.

COVERING ATTITUDE: affectation, black market, blindness, blocking, censorship. concealing, darkness, dead, denial, fake, false front, feign. front. hidden, hiding. inhibition, journalism. news, obfuscate, obscure, posture. pretense. protecting. put-on. repression. screening. selective abstraction, sham, shielding. sheltering, show. shrouding. smoke screen. smothering, suffocation, suppression. unclear, underground. unseeing.

BLAMING ATTITUDE: accusing, adversarial, allegation, anger, ascribing, attribute, berating, blaming, captious, carping, charge, chiding, critical, disconfirming, discounting, discrediting, enemy consciousness, externalizing evil, externally referented, faultfinding, holding accountable, imputing, indictment, journalism, lay at their door, nagging. news, pointing the finger at, read-the-riot-act, reprimand, reproaching, scolding. taking to task, witch hunt.

DAMNING ATTITUDE: abhorrent. abominating, anger. apartheid. autosuggested hate, belittling, closed-minded. condemning. conflict, cursing. damning. demonizing. denigrating, denouncing. depression. derision, despising, detesting. devilifying. discrimination. disparaging, dooming. downgrading, hatred. intolerance. journalism, loathing. low self-esteem, minimizing. mocking. negative propaganda. news, political cartoons. prejudice. put-downs, racism, ridicule. running down, scoffing. self-abuse, self-castigation, self-denigration, self-downing. self-reproach. shame. splitting, strife. terrorism, undervaluing. upbraiding.

WHINING ATTITUDE: awfulizing. beefing. bellyaching, bickering. catastrophizing. carping. complaining. crying. devastation, dramatizing, fretting. fuming. fussing, griping. groaning, grumbling. horrorizing, journalism. low frustration tolerance, moaning, news, personalizing, pouting, raise a fuss, raise a stink, relationship therapy, sniffling, squawking, supportive therapy, temper tantrums, teniblizing. wailing, whimpering. WORRYING ATTITUDE: agonizing. anxious, anxious type. apprehensive. brooding. discomposed. disquietude. distracted, distressed, disturbed, dwelling. fearful, fidgeting. fretting. going nowhere fast. looping, losing hean, losing sleep over. nervous. obsessing. restless, ruminating. self-toment. stuck, stuck between a rock and a hard place. superstitious. tied up in knots, troubled, uneasy. worry wart.

DEMANDING ATTITUDE: a real Hitler. aggressive. always right. authoritarian. can’t delegate. can’t-stand-it. commanding. compulsive, control freak, controlling, dictating, dictator, doesn’t know when to delegate. doesn’t know when to quit, doesn’t know when to retreat, dominating, domineering, forceful, forward, has to. got to. insisting, into everybody else’s stuff. journalism. know-it-all, macho. nagging. negatively perfectionistic. never say die, news. pushy. sick and tired of. sick to death of. unrelenting.

PERSECUTING ATTITUDE: abusing. agonizing, attacking. beating. character wassinazion. combat. crucifying, defaming. demolishing, destroying. diatribes. din throwing, excruciating. fighting. genocide. gossip. grinding down, harassing. journalism. jumping to conclusions. messenger as message. mockery. mud-slinging. news. nagging. oppress. paparazzi. persecuting. plaguing. political campaigning. promoting damning. punishing. rage. ridicule, sarcasm. satire. scandal, scolding. scapegoating. stalking. talebearer. terrorism, tongue-lashing. torment, torture, urge demonizing. whipping, wrecking, war, war slogans.

REFRAMING ATTITUDE: brief therapy. camouflaging. cloaking. clouding. cover-ups. deception. defending. disguising. dissimulation. distorting, dream mechanism, evasion, excusing. facades, falsification, feigned appearance. fogging. guise, image. intellectualizing. journalism, justifying, legal defense, lobbying. lying. mask, masking. masquerading. misinformation. misleading. mixed-up. melodrama, news, obscuring, pathological lying. plastic, phony. political campaigning. propaganda. press agent. pretending. pretension. promoter. public relations, rationalizing, romanticizing. sentimentality, smoke screen. snowing them, spin, spokesperson. subterfuge, theatrical agent. veiling. veneer, verbal realities.

SUBSTITUTING ATTITUDE: appearance. alternative, avoidance. behaviorism, distracting. diverting, doubling for, dummy. escapism. exchanging. false front, journalism, legal defense, lobbying, mask, misinformation. news. political campaigning. slandering campaigns, propaganda. proxy. public relations, replacing without removing, red herring, standing in, supplanting.

Organized Gang Stalking using two forms of mind stalking “control”

One is the when a person start some organized gang stalking actions will then be used by others. For example if a neighbors starts fake coughing every 1-2 seconds for 25 minutes every day, will then be used as sensitizing method sthey using outdoors or stalking when one is the food store and start double fake coughing.

The other way is to use reverse mind control by mirroring and imitating your daily life. For example if one write about technology, mind control and mind mapping, the social wellfare secreatry has made a mind map to your apointment.

Or if your fire alarm starts when one opens the oven, the fire alarm starts during your visit to healthcare.

Or pharmacies workers giving “remote viewing” advice how one can break pills into four pieces when one not has asked for anyone advice, and this when one have started to breal pills into four pieces.

Same methods is been used when one watch reality shows, tv programs, sport program, and then starts beaming music from tv series, voices from tv programs, or commercials from sport program and beaming and looping these into ones mind, indoors and outdoors.

This is how the stalking spirit using mass consciousness and revealing the methods how mankind is been controlled.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction.

There is a ongoing computer generated voice that beaming constant sounds of distractions and constant beaming voices (speaking) out of the clouds (the airs), both indoors and outdoors, day and night, and people is been controlled by this computer generated voice of distractions.

Then has someone be in your apartment and make hole in the shower handle.

Then the water pressure started to changed while you take bath

In present days the water tempature change from cold to warmer, and then from warmer to colder. When the water becomes warmer you change it to colder, and after some minute it starts to change, and when you have change it to colder, it starts be warmer.

The energy companies is also part of organized gang stalking. They turn off light outside your backyard at night, and turn on light daytime, and they turn on streets light daytime when you exercise.

Neighbors around your apartment have technological devices that creates all forms of sound distractions. Neighbors above has a device that creates seven automatic hitting sounds in the floor

The landlord may have place a device that creates high sound of door slamming in the bicycle room.

Another neighbors have technological device that can produce drum beats in all forms, and even sound like heart beat, and then speeding it up.

Another neighbors using music and drum music.

Then their is constant ongoing computer generated voice speaking out of the coulds and beaming sounds and voices day and night. Every night starts with 60-90 minutes with sound beaming terror into your mind.

Latest night neighbor above dragging furniture in the floor in the middle of the night and dropping things on the floor, and when your mind has awaken in the morning neigbors above drops things on the floor above your head.

Same neighbors above then drops things above your head at daytime, then doorslamming the apartment door, then door slamming the entrancé door, and then standing outside your window and banging in the fence. Neighbors above stalking around 18 hours every day, and every hour.

Neighbors above can drop heavy things on the floor in the middle of night and awakens and then fake laughing, and it is same neighbors that sitting in their apartments and fake coughing for 25 minutes every day. Same neighors above using drilling machines and drilling in walls here and there, and then hammering in the floor, and making hitting sounds. Neighbors above seems to be using a whole science of stalking and harassment psychology.

The Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deceptions for what kind of races living on Earth.

Everyone seems to be in control of this stalking spirit, even miltary using same methods.

Organized Gang Stalking mirroring and imitating your daily life actions and is then been used by anyone you meeting.

For example when you write about technological mind mapping the social wellfare secretary has made a mind to your appointment. This is the reverse remote viewing of mind control.

When you write about speed of light; air defense military airplanes flying over the roofs for two days

When you watch tv series, tv shows, tv programs they mirroring music and voices from these and beaming these indoors and outdoors and stalking your mind.

When you write and the tv is on and you write the word “crystallized”, the sport commentator using same word some minute later.

When some area of your tv screen gets a white stripe, day after there is a news article about a famous painting that has a white stripe in it painting.

When you mediate and say thanks after you meditation, and then goes to the food store the cashier say thanks.

When you visiting your internet bank your neighbor above starts make hitting sounds in the floor.

When you write a mail to social wellfare the neighbors above starts make hitting sounds in the floor.

When you watch tv series or tv programs neighbors above dropping things in the floor, or make fake coughing sounds, or make high made human sound when something is happening in the tv serie.

When someone gets shooted in the head in the movie, a minute later someone shooting a firecrackers

When something is happening in the movie the neighbor above door slamming and then running down the stairs and doorslamming.

When you exercise at home neighbors starts looping drum beats.

The carnal mind is highely activated in this living area of the world and its habitants.

And these actions continues from companies, landlords, banks, trade unions and so on.

There is a common organized gang stalking all companies is using; they either delaying or don´´t send your the invoices, so you need to write to them.

Banks for example stop sending any notice about payments into your account. The payment is not your account same day you waiting for payment in the morning at 08.00, then after 09.00.

Last month there was no money at your account before 18.00 because there was problems with their systems. And sometimes you can´t access your bank account through internet. There is organized gang stalking strategy all companies and departments using.

Social wellfare who is sending the money stop sending you notice about payment day, and this notice arriving one week after your money is on the account. The social wellfare secretary using to sign with name and day for payment and then stop write the payment day.

Trade union stop sending your invoices, so you need to write to them. And the trade union stop sending the yearly calender.

Broad company don´t sending invoices so you need to write to them.

Today it is 27/9 and the landlord hasen´t send your invoice for your appartment, so you need to write to them

It is something new every month.

This method is used by all companies and departments in their organzied gang stalking

There is no end for all methods the organized gang stalking program or the beast program not using.

Cars for example driving around with one broken front light or one broken rear light, or driving around with lights turned off. It may symbolize the Horus Single Eye of Stalking. Its not just one car or truck, you may see 10-15 cars every day.

When you passing cars on the walkway the drivers has turned of their engines and when you passing they starts them.

When you passing people when you exercise them they either start walking cris cross on the walkway. Walking from left into the middle of the walkway, to the right and then change it to the other side. This is some form of psychology of distractions and obsructions.

When you passing people on the walkway when you exercise they start walking in slow motion and consciously slowing down their pace synchroulsy when at same time you passing them.

When you passing people they interfering by talking in their mobile phones and dropping some words here and there.

Cars driving around and stalking, sensitizing with colors, parked cars everywhere that blocks or obstructs the way, helicopters stalking everywhere.

At same time people makes comments when you exercise; its look heavy, good work and so on.

Everything is organized gang stalking theater. Its street theater and it is psychological communication theater.

Here is some examples;

All of these methods starts by anchoirng a mind control mechanism of sound. Constant coughing for 25 minutes. Neighbors sitting in their apartments and fake coughing every two seconds for 25 minutes and then start using it when you eating, and same neighbor then using running water in same way. Open water cranes for hours and then open and close the water cranes synchronously and simultanously with your thougths. Neighbors above living a organized gang stalking life for 18 hours every day, and even gang stalking in the middle of the night by dropping things on the floor to awake you, and then laughing loud.

Fake constant coughing for 25 minutes and coughing every 2 seconds, after a few days they lowering the minutes. Then does neighbors using fake coughing when you make breakfast, when you eating dinner. So they know when you start make breakfast or eat dinner. Then does people on streets, in food stores stalking your mind with same double fake coughing, and even sport commentators using this methods of interference. And even pharmacy workers using fake double coughing.

Neighbors starts constant looping and beaming drum beats hour after hour, and day after day. When your mind has been sensitized to this sound for days and weeks, they start using this sound as mind control mechanism. Then organized gang stalkers can interfering synchronously and simultanously they can turn on and off these sounds in same second you thinking a thought and turn off the looping drum beat sound in same second.

Neighbors above using running water in same way. They open the water cranes to create an constant ongoing background sound hour after hour, evening after evening, week after week. Then does they start using water cranes to mind control your thoughts. They sitting near the water cranes and constanly turn then off and on simutanously when you thinking.

Neighbors constant door slamming for 15 hour every day. Its starts early in the morning and going on all day, and evering until around 22.00-23.00. Neighbor above dropping things on the floor, then door slamming the apartment door, running down the stairs, door slamming the entrance door, then standing outside your window and simultanously banging in the fence one meterr from your window, and then using door slamming in same second you read a word, write a word, hear a word in the movie and so on.

Other neighbors outside your window anchoring an bouncing ball sound. A neighbors walking outside your window and bouncing a ball for 5-7 hours every day.Then they start using bouncing ball sound in same way they using all other methods, and bouncing a ball and then starts and then stops, and starts and stops, and they then start interfering bouncing ball sounds when you thinking or write.

Other neighbors driving a mini motor cycle in ciircles for hours, day after day, evening after evening, and then they start to constant turn on and turn off the engine, day after day, and hour after hour. Then they uisng mini motor cycle sound to interfering when you thinking. When you then are outdoors and passing cars and red light car drivers have turn off heir engines and turn then on in same second you passing them.

Other neighbors standing outside your window or around and high pitch screaming for 7-8 hours every day. They nearly speaking a word, just high pitch screaming to each other constantly. After this even these start using high pitch screamings and interfering when you thinking.

Energy companies turn off street light outside your window at evening. When you are outdoors they can turn on street at daytime when you are outdoors and exercise, or they can wait by turning on street light when it begin darkening when you are outdoors and exercise on the walkways. Or the can turn off some part of the street light and just where it is dark there is three people standing in the darkness. And cars in this area of land driving around with one broken front light or rear light, or have both light turned off.

Neighbors shooting firecrackers for three weeks, and for 4-6 hours every day, or between 80-120 hours of firecrackers shooting. Who have access to shoot firecrackers for 120 hours, and Landlords does not make anything about they shooting firecrackers for weeks. They are also part of organized gang stalking. They then using firecrackers as they using all other methods and interfering. They can stand near your backyard and in same second or two when you open your window a firecracker going off. And when you are outdoors and exercise and are kilometers way from your home they other people starts shooting firecrackers as well. They using firecrackers in same way when you watch a movie a few seconds later your hear a firecracker.

TV broadcasting and sport commentators using same methods as all others examples of mind control and synchronously and simultanously interference. They interfering in real time in every live sport broadcasting you watch on every channel. They interfering with soft sound of clearing the throat, fake coughing, longe fake nose breathings. The sport commentators also uisng silence as a control mechanism and then interfering in same second you thinking. When you wacth billiard and pool broadcasting the commentators is quite for 7-9 minutes in the broadcasting and then start talking in same second you thinking, and this going on and off through the whole broadcasting. They also using same methods when two commentators comments football. The both may be quite for a longer time, or just the other for minutes and then start talking in same second you thinking. When you then watch these tv programs and they sending commercials, then they start beaming and looping these commercials into your apartment or into your mind. If you watch tv series, reality shows they start beaming music from these tv shows and even beaming their voices into your apartment, and then even beaming these peoples voices outdoors when you exercise. When you listen to music they beaming and looping these music chorus for hours, both indoors and outdoors. Even news paper companies stalking in same way and stalking your mind. For example if your tv screen get a white 5 centimeter stripe on the screen, day after there is a news article about a painting that has white stripe in the paintings.

Organized Gang Stalking, The Carnal Mind, Tribal Consciousness, The Matrix, The Mind Prison, the Dreamworld, The Archons who created two worlds out of one (the artificial world matrix)

Uncategorized

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *